REPORT R E S U M E S

ED 012 353 AA 000 105

LEGAL AND DOCUMENTARY ARABIC READER--WITH EXPLANATORY NOTES,
EXERCISES, VOCABULARIES AND MODEL ANSWERS IN TWO VOLUMES.
BY- MANSOOR, M.
WISCONSIN UNIV., MADISON
REPORT NUMBER NDEA-VI-146-VOL-1-2 PUB DATE 65
CONTRACT OEC- SAE -8650
EDRS PRICE Mr-$ e4 HC- $24.40 610P.

DESCRIPTORS- *ARABIC, *TRANSLATION, *VOCABULARY, *LANGUAGE

INSTRUCTION, *TEXTBOOKS, MADISON

THE PURPOSE OF THIS TWO VOLUME WORK IS TO INTRODUCE THE

STUDENT To MODERN, STANDARD ARABIC WITH CONCENTRATION ON THE
STYLE EMPLOYED IN FORMAL DOCUMENTS AND INTERNATIONAL
TREATIES. IT IS ASSUMED THAT THE INTERMEDIATE STUDENT USING
THE READERS HAS CONTROL OF THE ESSENTIALS OF ARABIC GRAMMAR
BUT HAS NOT BEEN ADEQUATELY EXPOSED TO MODERN LITERARY ARABIC
TEXTS AND ESPECIALLY DOCUMENTARY TEXTS. GRAMMATICAL TREATMENT
OF THE TEXT IS GENERALLY AVOIDED. THIS WORK PROVIDES THE
STUDENT WITH 62 SELECTIONS FROM CONTEMPORARY DOCUMENTARY
SOURCES IN THE ARAB WORLD. THESE SELECTIONS ARE ACCOMPANIED
WITH AIDS TO FACILITATE STUDENT USE, SUCH AS GLOSSA:ZIES,
NOTES, IDIOMATIC USAGES AND SETS OF EXERCISES IN ENGLISH AND
ARABIC PHRASEOLOGY, WORD BUILDING, AND SYNTACTICAL
VOCALIZATION. THE SOURCES FOR THE SELECTIONS WERE TAKEN FROM
UNITED NATIONS MATERIALS, PUBLICATIONS OF MIDDLE EAST
COMPANIES, NEAR EASTERN AND WESTERN TEXTS OF ARABIC TREATIES
INVOLVING ARAB COUNTRIES, AND VARIOUS OFFICIAL PUBLICATIONS
OF ARAB STATES. THIS WORK WAS DEVELOPED THROUGH TEACHING
ARABIC, ESPECIALLY DOCUMENTARY ARABIC, TO ENGLISH-SPEAKING
STUDENTS OF INTERMEDIATE AND ADVANCED LEVELS FOR OVER 6
YEARS. IT HAS BEEN REVISED, IMPROVED, AND ADAPTED FOR USE AT
BOTH THE GRADUATE ANC THE UNDERGRADUATE LEVELS. THIS BOOK WAS
PUBLISHED BY C.J. BRILL, LEIDEN, NETHERLANDS, 1965. (TC)

4,
wrz17-'114tv..

111

'1411.-

'
, .

111' -464.4:9} I OW ;34, it'41 r4

j .10
Ivt, 5, i
,14k41,4.4 -Pc ' IV E fhp.
'4,C4itii.11,*1)10
ISM tn/jui.
 3

LEGAL AND DOCUMENTARY ARABIC READER

Volume I

=
 rf 17frih en2.
411:n 04' if7,
I.

acy'rer' i%rf' rif.

(int"! 1-15-,"1 rir-

eyrs.( j

'eft zr.C IfS7c

Mr11 Ilzer c9 yric vy

74:9 ewl:

wirmri n-r.) :r-er e:sr.

etAt
 \LEGAL AND DOCUMENTARY ARABIC READER-

With Explar tory Notes, Ekerlises, \

Vocabularies and Model An. wers

In Two Volumes

Complied, Edited, and Annotat

by

J M. MANSOOR
The University of Wisconsin, Ma4ison, Wisconsin

Foreword by

AZIZ S. ATIYA
University of Utah

LEIDEN
E. J. BRILL
1965
This work was developed pursuant to a contract between the United
States Office of Education and the University of Wisconsin and is
published with permission of the United States Office of Education

PHOTOMECHANICALLY PRINTED IN THE NETHERLANDS

 This book is dedicated to

SIR HAMILTON A. R. GIBB

in sincere gratitude
for encouragement, help, and inspiration
 TABLE OF CONTENTS

Volume One

A. Foreword XI

B. Introduction XIII

C. Basic Units and Exercises (complete list of titles) 1

Unit 1: Pact of the League of Arab States--I 1

2: Pact of the League of Arab States--II 9

3: The Charter of the United Arab States 15

4: Joint Defense Agreement

Between Syria and Egypt--I

5: Joint Defense Agreement

Between Syria and Egypt- -II 29

6: Joint Defense Agreement

Between Syria and Egypt - -Ill 35

7: Arab Solidarity Accord--I

8: Arab Solidarity Accord--II 48

9: Pact of Mutual Cooperation

Between Iraq and Turkey 55

10: Israeli-Lebanese General Armistice

Agreement--I 63

11: Israeli-Lebanese General Armistice

Agreement--II 71

12: Proclamation of the United Arab Republic 78

13: The Constitution of the United Arab

Republic--I 85

14: The Constitution of the United Arab

Republic--II 91
"7,1"71,7

VIII

Unit 15: The New General Election Law in Syria - -I 97

16: The New General Election Law in Syria-11 104

17: Official Text of the Abolition of Monarchy and the

Proclama+ion of the Republic of Tunisia 112

18: The Constitution of the Tunisian Republic: Preamble 118

19: The Tunisian Constitution 126

20: Syrian-Jordanian Judicial Convention - -I 132

21: Syrian-Jordanian Judicial Convention--11 138

22: Protocol on the Legal Status of the Trade Delegation

of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics in the
Republic of Iraq - -I 146

23: Protocol on the Legal Status of the Trade Delegation

of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics in the
Republic of Iraq--11 153

24: Exchange of Notes Constituting an Agreement

Between the United States of America and Lebanon
Relating to Special Economic Assistance 160

25: Agreement on Economic Assistance Between the

United States and Libya 167

26: Trade Agreement Between the Union of Soviet Socialist

Republics and the Republic of Iraq 175

27: Trade and Payments Agreement Between the Union of Soviet

Socialist Republics and the Lebanese Republic-1 182

28: Trade and Payments Agreement Between the Union of Soviet

Socialist Republics and the Lebanese Republicit 189

29: Trade and Payments Agre, ment Between the Union of Soviet
Socialist Republics and the Lebanese Republic - -Ill 196

30: An Agreement Between the Royal Government of Egypt

and the Government of the Hashimite Kingdom of
Jordan for the Establishment of Air Services Between
and Beyond Their Respective Territories 204

31: Exchange of Notes Terminating the Treaty of Alliance

Between the United Kingdom and the Hashimite
Kingdom of Jordan 210

32: Air Transport Agreement Between Switzerland and Lebanon 216

id
 IX

Unit: 33: Agreement Regarding the Suez Canal Base--I 225

34: Agreement Regarding the Suez Canal Base--II 233

35: Agreement Between USA and UAR Concerning Certain

Educational Exchange Programs

36: USA-Lebanon Agreement on Procurement of Nuclear

Equipment and Materials 249

37: Point Four General Agreement for Technical Cooperation

Between the United States of America and Iraq 257

38: Treaty of Friendship Between the Union of Soviet

Socialist Republics and the Mutawakkilite
Kingdom of Yemen 264

D. Supplementary Texts (complete list of titles) 27.2

1 . The Tunisian Constitution 272

,2. The Pact of the League of Arab States 273

3. The Pact of Mutual Cooperation Between Iraq and Turkey 274

4. The Exchange of Notes Between Jordan and Britain,

Terminating the Treaty of Alliance--I 276

5. The Exchange of Notes Between Jordan and Britain,

Terminating the Treaty of Alliance--II 277

6. The Trade Agreement Between the USSR and Iraq 278

7. The Educational Exchange Agreement Between the

USA and the UAR 279

8. The Agreement on Economic Assistance Between

Libya and the USA--I 280

9. The Agreement on Economic Assistance Between

Libya and the 282

10. The Agreement on Economic Assistance Between

Libya and the USA--III 284
 x

11. The Suez Canal Base Agreement - -I 285

12. lhe Agreement Between Libya and the World Health
Organization 286
13. The New Electoral Law of Syria 287
14. The Suez Canal Base Agreement--II 288
15. The Air Transport Agreement Between Switzerland :Ind Lebanon 289
16. The Provisional Constitution of Iraq 291
17. The Judician Convention Between Syria and Jordan - -I 292
18. The Judicial Convention Between Syria and Jordan--II 293
19. The Judicial Convention' Between Syria and Jordan--Ill 294
20. The Constitution of the UAR (1958)--I 295
21. The Constitution of the UAR - -II 296
22. The Constitution of the UAR--111 297
23. The Tunisian Code of Personal Status--I 299
24. The Tunisian Code of Personal Status--II 300

*Volume Two

A. Key to the Bask Units and Exercises 1

B. Key to the Supplementary Texts 114

C. Cumulative Vocabularies
142
General Observations 142
English- Arabic Vocabulary 145

Arabic-English Vocabulary 252

*For a detailed listing of the Units, see Volume Two.

 FOREWORD

The importance of the teaching of Arabic to Americans has been universally

acclaimed by educational authorities in this country. For some years now, the United

States Office of Education has generously lent federal support to strengthen the study of

neglected languages and cultures, of which Arabic stands as a first priority. At the

beginning, the teachers of Arabic were ostensibly hampered by the dearth of suitable

manuals and instructional materials. Happily, however, a great deal of work had been

done in subsequent years, and an attempt to coordinate the multiple efforts in progress

at many Centers was made by the National Conference on Middle East Programs held on

November 21-23, 1963 at the University of Utah. The Conference dealt in the main

with the teaching of Arabic in the United States in co-operation with the Center for

Applied Linguistics and with the support of the Office of Education.

Apart from reviewing a number of manuals of elementary and intemedinte Arabic, it

was noted that the preparation of readers derived from standard literary sources would

meet a crying need. Of these general readers sponsored by the said Office, three have

attracted special attention. They comprise worthy projects executed at Princeton Uni-

versity, the University of Michigan, and the University of Wisconsin. It is hoped that

all three will soon see the light, and all will be of aid and solace to professors of Arabic
SM
throughout the country. We are concerned with the last of those works; and it may be

sufficient here to note that the first two are of a general nature while the third has been

devoted to the sole discipline of legal and diplomatic documents.

The author's approach to this spe.:ialized type of reader is commendable since it

will be helpful above all considerations to one important category of scholars whose

services are needed in the field of international relations. The selection has been made

in two stages. The first stage consists of the choice of a set of representative documents

;,
 XII

from what we regard as an unwieldy mass of original material. In this regard

Dr. Mansoor has demonstrated great erudition, and a mere survey of his table of contents

will show the acumen with which he located the most relevant records by means of

systematic sifting and wide enquiry. In the second stage, Dr. Mansoor concentrated on

the pruning of each document where redundance in diplomatic style was eliminated with-

out impairing the essentials or touching the spirit of a given document. The results of

that procedure is a practical reader based on purely original sources.

Furtherrcs)re, the author has meticulously supplemented each of his chosen texts with

a glossary, n Aes, idiomatic usages, and a set of varied exercises in English and Arabic
phraseology, >vord building and syntactical vocalization to ensure the perfect acquisition

of a closely krtit and flawless harvest of Arabic diplomatic style. Textually, education-

ally and linguiJically, his system throughout the book is above reproach. To ascertain

the soundness of every detail of his work, he has held extensive consultations with the

widest possible range of scholars--both Arab and Arabist--whose review of the substance

of the book is in itself a warrant of excellence and a proof of the author's organizational

ability in the service of Arabic instruction in America.

Middle East Center

University of Utah Aziz S. Atiya
 INTRODUCTION

The research reported in these two volumes was performed pursuant to a contract

between the United States Offic:e of Education, Department of Health, Education, and

Welfare, and the Regents of the University of Wisconsin (Contract No. SAE-8650) under

the terms of Public Law 85-864: The National Defense Education Act of 1958.

Not long ago, Professor Aziz S. Atiya, the noted Arabist of the University of Utah,

published a very valuable article on the instructional materials available for the teaching

of the Arabic language in the United States. (See "Arabic Language Teaching in the

United States: Instructional Materials," in Newsletter of the American Association for

Middle East Studies, Vol. III, No. 1, fall, 1961; pages 1-2.) He referred to the sudden
awakening of Americans to the importance of learning languages other than English, and

more especially the Oriental languages, of which Arabic was then considered among the

most critical. In the official circles, the response to this pressing need had been demon-
strated by the appropriation of considerable funds for the National Defense Education Act,

under Title VI of Public Law 85-864, for the encouragement of language study in the

institutions of the United States.

Although Arabic is considered among the languages most needed in America, its

teaching is beset with extraordinary difficulties; and the ability of scholars, both Arab

and Arabist, has been subjected to a severe test by the akcence of the right tools which

have long been available to other corresponding disciplines such as German, French, or

even Russian. As Professor Atiya has already noted in the afore-mentioned article, we

must make a clear distinction between Advanced Arabic and the essentials of Elementary

Arabic. There are adequate books in Arabic, originating in Arab countries, for advanced

Arabic texts, but every teacher of Arabic outside the Arab states is aware of the scarcity

of good books in elementary and intermediate texts. This fact has been the despair of

r.
 72,

XIV

both the teacher and the learner of Arabic.

The Arab world is forging ahead in every possible direction, not only politically,

but also culturally and linguistically. To keep abreast with the growth and development

within the countries of the Middle East, secondary literature is found to be insufficient.

The original documents must be studied and consulted. Hence, the editor has under-

taken to prepare such a reader in legal and documentary Arabic. id

Background

The meeting on Languages of the Near and Middle East held in Washington in

October 1959 gave high priority to the preparation of intermediate and advanced Arabic
readers. For several years t'ie University of Wisconsin has been working un the
prepara-
tion of readers and other teaching materials for Arabic, including textbooks and special-

ized dictionaries. In 1958 the first correspondence course in Arabic in the country was

inaugurated by the Extension Division of the University. In 1961, McGraw-Hill

published the first comprehensive ENGLISH-ARABIC DICTIONARY OF POLITICAL,

DIPLOMATIC, AND CONFERENCE TERMS. (This dictionary was financially supported

by the American Council of Learned Societies and the University of Wisconsin.)

While several universities, including Wisconsin, have been preparing Arabic readers

of all kinds, no project at that time, i. e. in 1959, included the very special and

important Arabic language and style of Arabic documents, on which we had been working

since 1956. However, intensive work on the project began only in 1960, when the
University of Wisconsin received a grant from the U. S. Office of Education under the

provisions of the National Defense Education Act. This grant was generously supple-

mented from time to time by the University of Wisconsin authorities.*

*In 1963, the University of Michigan published a series of Contemporary Arabic

Readers devoted to various genres of modern literary Arabic under the general
editorship
7176Tessor E. N. McCarus. These Readers are highly recommended.
 XV

Purpose of the Reader

modern,. standard Arabic with
The purpose of this work is to introduce the student to

concentration on the style employed in formal documents and international treaties.

readers has control of the
It is assumed that the intermediate student using the
exposed to modern literary
essentials of Arabic grammar but has not been adequately
treatment of the tex'e is
Arabic texts and especially documentary texts. Grammatical
from con -
generally avoided. This work provides the student with sixty-two selections
These selections are accompanied with
temporary documentary sources in the Arab world.
of them.
every possible aid to facilitate the stud:nt's use
especially documentary
This work was developed through teaching Arabic, and

Arabic, to English-speakingstudents of intermediate and advanced levels for over six

adapted for use at both the graduate
years. It has been repeatedly revised, improved, and

and the undergraduate levels.

who majored in Political
One of our former graduate students, Dr. Monte Palmer,
research in Cairo for his disserta-
Science and minored in Arabic, was able to carry out
Arabic documents for his sources. Dr. Palmer is now Assistant
tion, using original
Professor at Western Illinois University.
these units intelligently should
It is the editor's conviction that a student who reads
in the original for his
experience no difficulty in reading Arabic documentary sources
the Reader will be of real use
research or for other purposes. It is our earnest hope that
Arabic, both in and out of government
to the increasing number of students studying

service.

Sources Used for the Reader

materials, publica-
The sources for the selections were taken from United Nations
Western texts of Arabic treaties
tions of Middle East companies, Near Eastern and
of Arab states.
involving Arab countries, and various official publications
 nE7-77...

X VI

The Department of State in Washington, D. C., the Cultural Attaches of the Arab
Embassies, and the Public Relations Officers of the U. S. Embassies in the Near East

have generously assisted in tr.?... project by sending documentary materials and/or by

supplying useful related information.

Other support was rendered by the Arabic Language Desk at the United Nations

Secretariat in New York City and by UNESCO Mass Communications Department in

Paris.

Several hundred Arabic documents had been studied and forty carefully chosen

selections are herein presented. The basic selections are distributc)d as follows:

1. Charters and Constitutions: Units 1, 2, 3, 12, 13, 14, 17, 18, and 19.
2. Military documents: Units 4, 5, 6, 9, 10, 11, 33, and 34.
3. Regional Middle Eastern and North African documents: Units 1 through 22,
and 30.

4. Electoral Laws: Units 15 and 16.

5. Legal documents: Units 20, 21, 22, and 23.
6. Economic and Commercial documents: Units 22, 23, 24 through 30, and 32.
7. Miscellaneous documents:

Cultural: Unit 35.

Technical Aid: Uniffs 36, and 37.
Friendship: Unit 38.

Diplomatic Exchange of Notes: Unit§ 24 and 31.

Since most of these documents are of a political nature, no special classification for

political documents is given.

For a detailed listing of the twenty-four supplementary selections of documentary

texts, see Table of Contents.
 XVII

Organization of the Basic Units

Each Unit contains the following sections:

A. The original text presented in unvocalized Arabic. With the exception of

obvious typographical errors, no attempt has been made to change the text

of the Units presented in the readers. In some instances, sentences or para-

graphs were omitted to avoid repetitions or clumsy materials, but otherwise

the text of each Unit is in its original shape and is unedited. Thus, devia-
tions from prescribed usage were not altered in order to present to the

student a record of documentary Arabic as it is actually used.

Vowel points are indicated only in the sections dealing with vocabu-

laries, notes, idioms and phrases, in order to guide the student to correct

reading. However, the basic texts and translation exercises are left

unvocalized so that the student might gain a practical experience in

reading unvocalized texts. Arabic writing is not normally pointed and

documentary Arabic is never vocalized.

B. A cc-nprehensive vocalized vocabulary relative to the Unit under study,

accompanied, where necessary or desirable, by critical, linguistic, and

cultural notes. The words are arranged by root as in conventional Arabic

dictionaries.
The meaning given in the vocabularies reprasent, in most cases, the

contextual usage only. The most complicated issue we faced in the

preparation of this work was the control of vocabulary, which is the most

difficult problem to solve at almost any stage in learning literary Arabic,

and particularly specialized texts. The great majority of words used are of

high frequency in M. Brill's count, as revised by J. Landau (A Word Count

of Modern Arabic Prose, American Council of Learned Societies, New

 XVIII

York, 1959.) A word is glossed the first time it occurs in the Unit; each

Unit is glossed independently of the others for ready reference, for constant

reviewing of the common vocabulary, and for faster reading. Thus, if a

given word occurs in five Units, it will be glossed five times. This method

will permit the selection to be read in any order desired, without referring
to the vocabularies of previous Units.

In works of this nature there is, obviously, a considerable overlap in

vocabulary, especially from one category of documents to another. The

student is therefore urged from time to time to review the selections he has

already studied.

Organization of the Vocabulary

Words are arranged according to their Arabic root, as is customary in Arabic lexi-
cons. Hence is not to be looked for under , but under . Since

only few words of the same root generally occur in the vocabulary, no arrangement has

been made to list them in any specific order as that used, for instance, in J. Milton

Cowan's English edition of Hans Wehr's A Dictionary of Modern Written Arabic. We

used this excellent dictionary as the authoritative reference dictionary for our work.

Some Arabic and non-Arabic nouns (such as place names) are listed in alphabetical

order according to their initial letters. Where an English word has two or more dissimilar

Arabic equivalents, a gloss was added to eliminate ambiguity. Thus,

square, open space

t'er* square, geometrical figure

Nouns are vocalized in the pausal form. Nunations are not usually indicated, with the

exception of some adverbial forms ending in r , and some nouns ending in ,

1;3; immediately; lic-1 sometimes; lawyer; ()GI lots

(of land); etc.

 XIX

The vocalization of the definite article Lji is not indicated. Hamzat-ul-wasl is

also not indicated unless it begins an entry. In most cased hamzat-ul-qat'is indicated.

With rare exceptions, nouns are entered in the singular. Sound plurals regularly

derived from the singe ar are not given; almost all other plurals are written out. Such
.
plurals are introduced by for t4-7-, plural. Example: Qipr-i- expert.

Adjectives are entered in the masculine singular.

Verbs are entered in the third person masculine singular (the "he" form) of the Per-
v
fect. Every Form I verb (i.e., of the pattern) is usually followed by , or

which represents the medial vowel of the Imperfect form of the same verb. Thus

represents dammah, represents fathah, and kasrah. In other dictionaries, these

are often represented by "u", "a", and "i" respectively. Thus stands for
9 a .9 .9 .9
with as its Imperfect; has 74:.):'. and &P.. has `elk:

respectively.

The roots of irregular forms of verbs or nouns are usually indicated: ( )

agreement. A preposition which is normally used with r. given verb in a specific

meaning is glossed with that verb, e. g., to.., to permit.

A few words are used in Arabic with alternative readings without difference in
-
meaning. These are indicated as follows: f which means that this particular

word may be read as fj T or ; similarly which means that

the Imperfect of this particular verb has twc forms: b and

The following abbreviations are used when considered necessary:

English Arabic

a adjective 3 g 3l an alternative form

adv adverb
n noun plural
verb
s .o . someone
s.t. something
 xx

C. Vocalized common phrases and idioms. This has also been a difficult task

to accomplish because of the thin border lines between expressions, phrases,

and idioms. Often an expression or word is frequently listed in several

Units for the sake of repetition and review.

D. Supplementary unvocalized sentences from and into Arabic.

E. Additional exercises for drill and practice, as follows:

1. Exercises relating to the roots of selected words in each Unit.

2. Exercises on expressions and phrases selected from the Unit under study.

3. Vocalization of one or two sentences selected from the Unit.

4. Composition of sentences using selected words, phrases, and idioms.

Supplementary Readings

In addition to the bask Units, twenty-four unvocalized texts selected from Arabic

documents are presented. These supplementary selections, following the basic Units, are

completely unglossed. They are presented as additional reading selections for compre-

hension and proficiency. (For a detailed listing of these texts, see the Table of Contents.)

The student who has mastered the basic units should experience no difficulty in dealing

with these additional selections with the use of a standard Arabic dictionary. We

strongly recommend J. Milton Cowan's excellent English edition of Hans Wehr's, A

Dictionary of Modern Written Arabic, Ithaca, New York, 1961.

Contents of the Second Volume

The second volume includes the following:

A. A complete translation into English of all the Units given in the first
volume, to help students of Arabic--in colleges and in government service- -

to check their own translations and thus to enable them to study formal

Arabic on their own.

 XXI

B. Key to the Exercises from and into Arabic.

These keys should serve as a reference only, not as the model translation.

C. Key to the supplementary texts.

1-1. Cumulative Vocabularies. English-Arabic and Arabic-English vocalized

vocabularies are given for all the texts of the basic units. (See Volume

Two for general observations relating to the organization of the Cumulative

Vocabularies.)

Acknowledgements

As "Chief Investigator" according to Appendix A of the Contract, I was charged

with the primary responsibility of selecting and supervising additional personnel,

developing the over-all plan of both volumes, selecting the appropriate documents for

the readers, checking all units whose drafts were prepared by others, editing them, and

preparing the final copy for publication.

The list of those who have helped us is a long one. I am grateful to many distinguished

scholars in the field of Semitic Studies and Linguistics, tor valuable comments and sug-
these scholars
gestions which have greatly improved the final form of this work. Among

are: W. F. Albright, Charles A. Ferguson, Frank A. Rice, T. Cuyler Young, Sir

Hamilton A. R. Gibb, George Makdisi, W. B. Bishai, and others.
rendered in the
The undersigned owes special thanks to severll persons for assistance

preparation and the production of these re 'hers. I am particularly indebted to Dr. Hosni
vocabularies and the
Khalifa of Hartford, Connecticut, who prepared, in draft form, the
supplementary exercises of a substantial number of the Units, most of which are included.
also due to Mr.
He has made very useful contributions to this work. My thanks are

Mohamed B. Alwan, and Mr. Michael Suleiman, teaching assistants in our Department,
in this volume.
each of whom prepared the glosses and exercises of three units used

Thanks are also due to Mr. Fawzi Asadi, who assisted in vocalizing the glossaries.
3

4
 t!,

The "ready-for-camera" copy had to be prepared in the offices of the Department in

Madison, Wisconsin. The author is greatly indebted to Mr. Robert Edwin Hopkins, who

painstakingly typed the Arabic text for this Reader, and vocalized the greater part of the

glossaries. To Mrs. Agnes Rapp, secretary of the Department at the University of

Wisconsin, the author is deeply grateful for having spared neither time nor effort to

produce a carefully edited, and an impeccable "ready-for-camera" manuscript for the

printers.
Finally, it will be impossible for me to express my gratitude adequately to the three

distinguished scholars who proofread the readers, corrected many errors and misprints,

made valuable suggestions on the glosses and the translations. The publication of this

work would have been much delayed but for their assistance. Above all, my gratitude is

due to Dr. M. Piamenta of Jerusalem, Dr. M. EI-Garh of Cairo, and N. J. Dawood of

London.

The author was also occasionally assisted by research and project assistants, most of

whom were graduates from Arab countries and of advanced graduate standing.
 1

A. TEXT Unit 1

Selections From

Pact of the League of Arab States - -I

I jj .1.11

j g 5t.).-11 ) L64.11 I

j g VI ),_J I 31..".J j g )11 JP." l -41

e: 1/4AL-11

g ;J h..> La

11.4p..b." j t rta dam ;Ii1 N-?ti I %v.> Lo j "17";1-il ie.J/41 Li*.

; 17'. 1 -611 JP' `:;. )t-"-U g

ea. :Li N.& I

" 65-* -6:13)-11 1-0 J jig L°J ;et' 1-11-)1

J, sJ Cre- id. LiJ
.011 J3-4?ei 3 g L.: 3 J, I
WIZ Ph-;.4.1 v, ,s.6

1-443-1. )1?) L vrJ

Jua;%1 g L4iLT,

zt,u.1 T
I ,a..)1,; I Li ail ria

g
L g i)i))1
jj ;we. ,3,_,1 I a, L>,11 I Lo g LI-4-1 ail

g 41.5",;11 4:4.4 _11 k:)1:LAti Li) jia I v pjui

LA-4-1 1 g :-/-sbuiL; zt.t.L...1

;;.^J I j t 4f.oasii I 6eI",t- g L.4 II

i)ii.31 j I !4

"61-4- sLi J'AZ %I-At cit 1"

L csis ij;..;; 1 g JS I I ;I; 31.3
 2

die Lik.;3*i maA jj 4.r j4.1

I J .11 I c.../ N.011 L4:::.;5; I I _o

14.J 4-1 I L4.6.10.-

L-c..N1 Lgt, t:j j Loi 11...:J I,

(-; "rt--'1? b,LAZ 4 i :S .J `Li C.) JUL; t:).

4.:5)L%1J1 ethi i?
Lwai
" )3Ali 0.1..04J

dr:J. :Li I, jijani I 1 eiLi 4.41 J> by. 31.01.)..) I

Jr J-') 11-1

4
;311..^J 1 c
1;11.7_11 I 5,4 J

1:4s c.),`1
 3

B. GENERAL VOCABULARY AND NOTES

( ) to be composed

g prince, emir (of a royal family but also

title of leader of pilgrims' caravan)

CAT c jal aspiration, hope

guarantee (n)

z.131.:1;1; ryS ( Loo' L; pasha (title bestowed by the king on

selected persons and to persons of high

rank, such as ministers. It is used after

the name of such persons. It has been

abolished in the UAR)

.1/4,r; mail (n)

telegraph (n)

134.; c 0.5 bey (a title of Turkish origin besi,wed by

the king on high officials of the govern-

ment; it is less in stature than "pasha")

customs, tax

nat::,nality
effort

( passport

to give authority, to delegate

welfare

bolstering (n)

to bind

tie (n)

4t agriculture

( rat 1 ) visa
A0.4
 4

interest (n), welfare

industry

JU" ) aviation

currency

(;Y ) aim, purpose

plenipotentiary
( v1"; )
future

one and all, all without exception

independence
)
full
navigation

wish (n)
);.- o iss d ) CA

coordination

11° c structure

reinforcing (n)
( 4-,3) 44.

C. PHRASES AND IDIOMS

whose names follow, whose names are

given below

with a view to strengthening, in order to

strengthen

The League of Arab States

: in response to

out of concern for

/ with due regard, in accordance with

with the aim of realizing, in order to

realize
 5

01.1;1 j A
including, included in that
A.
president of the senate
le

extradition
.
counsellor of a legation

:Lig! in proper form

His Excellency (title of an ambassador,

prime minister in Iraq, or president of

the republic in Lebanon)

1 yl LO His Royal Highness (title of royal prince,

also for the title "grace')

His Majesty (title of a king or queen)

.111 Oslo His Excellency (title given to a prime

minister unless he has a higher title)

I L.. His Excellency (title of a cabinet minister

or ambassador)

r'":1 His Excellency (title of a bey or a person

holding a high position)

;:i1;:j1 His Excellency (title of persons holding a

high position in general)

c5a the commonweal

in order to safeguard

j:44. t..) close cooperation

what follows, the following

Liaas lilt to consider in a general way
...Ili I consolidation of relations
41: 45;'.6.; credentials
 6

in order to direct

CAPA
; minister plenipotentiary

.... J.) fg ji minister of the interior

1-41.1
minister of the exterior

D. SUPPLEMENTARY SENTENCES

(a) Translate into English:

trig ahLit," Lie.z1

iejti ..`e

"1-1LUI 1"-"" -6111, ;"t wp.*JI

al I - 11:'
ijJ I Loa Jj-4i- tj Ls.m ut:is (sat J Loz....J I j 41 I _r

45.1 41izL. J t
,4+:;3 Lk.; r.N1

j5 41 4;

(51s I I ;AA,"
q.;
ji.4 3 I 0:".. j...a" 3 it, 3.. C.. A
).1.1 11.101.; 1JL.JI )i 6.t.; Li JI rA I _
ils;11 cri.;,;....JI 43 L JI I jab 45.6 %:001 1

J.
 7

(b) Translate into Arabic:

1. The League was established out of concern for the bolstering of the bonds of

friendship and cooperation among the Arab States.

2. Respect for the independence and sovereignty of all states is a recognized

international principle.

3. All efforts should be directed toward the improvement of the commonweal of

the underdeveloped countries.

4. The Suez attack was stopped in response to world public opinion.

5. Should any independent Arab state desire to join the League, it shall present

an application to that effect.

6. No state is considered a member of this alliance until it has signed this pact.

7. The main purpose of the League is to consolidate the relations among the Arab

States.

8. The Ministry of Interior usually deals with matters of nationality, passports,

and visas.

9. Most states place a great importance upon matters of extradition.

10. Communication matters, including railways and navigation, require exhorbitunt

expenses.

E. EXERCISES

(a) Give the English equivalent of the following:

(LJI 4..)....J1 41).11 _1

4.1..1.411 t
 8

(b) Use the following expressions in complete sentences:

St
J
J "
ii
(c) Vocalize the, following sentences:

1-410: jp.i1 141 I L..".1 I Le

L4J .3"-J ;;-,01:.+.4.i i--4.1=1.

("Ls I j 411 cse. I j .1.11 I

J1 Liao

(d) Give the root of:

_o
 9

A. TEXT Unit 2
Selections From

Pact of the League of the Arab States--II

t:).45

di

"3 Cr' 1=61 CACA-3. "3 ti.-11 ;.0-1 I Le 1-%J. jet: y

ji L4; .31 iJ, .1,1 j )1;z,- I

A; L.)1.5 j)i-ki I A L-)c;i-1 I «ZL,

L.J.L., I

jj ° I L.; v.', -
6-4-;:i.1 'AI ".1-.4 :;-"-1-!ci L'f (-5 Lr-`1.3 "^L,J1
1)-y 1 1) 1 1)11; J-o.,

aciij 1.4.-,_11 L,Ai 3 (sic 3 'I Qs 1 t.;) 1 iL r

1).0 ,cli.".;)U :j.c J .711G I r.lo )1 L i 3 J-41 1 L4..41.0 I

11111 I ..tas I Li-ib al.11

4; JJ Je. I j I ra )11 a LS 1.:31i

1.1,..11 zi,J1 41,

jj 411 LJ
.),; L. _

cri LAjl" 4),;:: LA,

J (r.i cS-N.11 (11%; i...51.!%.11 :51,..14.411 jj J11 J 0

rig; y Ljt.: jj 14J.r

L-k,; f k12.j I 1.1 .3 crii.

Jam.; LW: ..111 I-4:3 dig 4.11 )11.3 J-SbLawi I 1

)1.3 f jir y jrIt J I jp.3 J

J Us, UsLA `1,s Ljerci J ;Als L.)A -Y

,3,41 I `t its
ljjj J ,; A.1.- LT.) J fLawsJ I cx.:N I c)Atj
 10 v=4

B. GENERAL VOCABULARY AND NOTES

( ) to be composed

(je to be allowed

arbitration. Cf. to pass judg-

ment; r..1...,.. to choose as arbitrator.

1
r.l' i
i t .41.2 4,1. e..7......az board of arbitration;

i.g...,:-. court; ,...ia,,. Y i ;;V:. court

...,

of appeal

4"" to fear
6.1SL> dispute (n)

measure (n)

rank

permanent (a)
1"9")
t) ri* ce 41; opinion, vote
to consider 4

(j 4s ) 1..r4;1 aggression, attack. Cf. j a; to

.....0
treat as enemy; j..c4 to engage
A/ ,
in aggressive action; j %It enemy;
ti
,-op ,
i
,1,15 ut hostility .1

, ., ,

.
..Q...... aggressor, attacker 4

V 44....i to promise, to pledge ,,

settlement, settling (of a dispute).

to break (open), to pry open. Cf. 51,

,1

instrument for opening; hence,

I oat! letter opener

(j) 11;° immediately, forthwith
 11

C, d
ply decision, resolution
r Cis
( ) 41': binding. Cf. to to fetter, to bind;

J chain, bond, tie

sufficient, adequate

to resort to

recourse (n). Cf. L,rJ to resort to,

to take refuge. Hence sts>')l refu-

political
gee;
"tr.")
,
refugee

obligatory

contending party, disputant

dispute (n)

.==110 to arise, to flare up

system of govern
system; fl
ment. Cf. to put in order

effective

( J.* ) J to threaten

) to mediate; ja,..,5; mediation;

to put in the middle, hence,

,
.1=4.,i; to be in the middle. Cf.
1,1'3 middle, center; .61.«:31 I

1.L the diplomatic circles

official
reconciliation, from 4.03 to

adjust, to reconcile. Cf. to

come to an agreement; J 6.;;

according to
 12

C. PHRASES AND IDIOMS

.sus I c..03 I j1 in case of aggression, should an aggression

take place

assistant secretary

which may lead to war

necessary measures

to repel aggression

an aggressor state

a state aggressed against, i. e. attacked

the territorial integrity of the state

he requested a meeting of the council

the majority of the votes

unanimous decision

majority decision

decisions relating to arbitration

to take an action

it does not involve, it is not concerned

with
is not or shall not be obligatory or binding

the system of government

minister plenipotentiary

D. SUPPLEMENTARY SENTENCES

(a) %.,anslate into English:

aabL-"ti coe 63)1-3' ;AI 1-KJ )11 jeir.

1-4-; ("Lit 1/4111 LUiJi 1/40; Ijul I k.sm.,& I
 Iha

7SZT77.,"'-'777-'777.7

13

%.1.1%. I) J cjiN I ().1-?%4 J o ..1.04:411 )1,11 4. .-;41.10 r

.1.J. "'I Le.) .t

*:;1 Le. )1,1-1 kr4"-1 .4 UatP: kric -.41°.X14 ;LIJJ L't JUI Cji 14"
j'At' ktU JAL; cjir

J)1,41 40.."1.& I o

5-;'41 k:J3.43411

0.4.1-7411 z.91); Y
14.6; v; rqi.11 A
.41-4 J6 4:f t:' r
t..ft11 r Lit.;

..1J1 r;L; 4#.4; vzi 1 J.14.4.411 1.

(b) Translate into Arabic:

I. Every American tourist shall respect the laws of the country he is visiting.

2. Every sovereign state has the right to choose its own system of government.

3. The General Assembly of the United Nations attempts to conciliate the con-

tending parties in any dispute.

4. Should a dispute arise between two independent African states, they may apply

to the Council for the settlement of that dispute.

5. The decisions of the Supreme Court shall always be effective and obligatory.

6. The decisions relating to school construction shall be taken by a majority vote.

7. Any democratic state that is attacked may apply to the United States for help.
 14

8. The representative of the King of Denmark to the United Arab Republic shall

have the rank of an ambassador.

9. Should there arise a dispute that involves the independence of the State, that

State has the right to take all the necessary measures to protect itself.
10. If a state attacks or threatens to attack a member of the League, then all the

o' er members shall come to the aid of the aggressed State.

E. EXERCISES

(a) Give the English equivalent of the following:

.as _ 41jJ 1
1,11 t 1.41.1.c 4.5 J r
itiaZi I Q., 0

(b) Use the following expressions in complete sentences:

4.;4 Lr4'.-i.e 1 41,401 e:ij I 1

t.
6.11 16,4,11 rk.6; o

(c) Vocalize the following sentence:

jj (4; eti.1116.1t f 114; is.. .44 I j ,AJ I ZJj

rig. oi;; 411

(d) Give the roots:

r1-6.,;.11 j J .11c.

1..r4s1 t ,E.

1)31 A

4 1
 15

A. TEXT
Unit 3
Selections From

The Charter of the United Arab States

t).
II kt .1_,J I j JJ I j

1....4J I ;; . j,..-4.& I y. A t j : rt . . t4,L, 1

0,1 r VI (:',1 I ;7:1 J.JJ I j, a1 I 1.1.;.7.J I e.J4.;...1

..a.."

L-4: ("WI X5,.1 I r 1-6-11 ;017.J.) .111 *L-4-1---a'IA

)11J I 4; I Lb,11 vii.;.) 1

4i'. cji, I). cgi r
iY
03.)
4
1., I I L.4,1 I :L. I I t
4119i
; jUji cif J643 X11 v.i..2.;,L1 I I 11 01 5;t: 0

dthi ;

J La;. )1.3 3,.<e

j 1.16.4,1 W.) I
1
ii4z, Y
4J La:4i vl J Lt..J itsielii jp:J%

J 64; I I .1)1J I

.10,4 vIU 4:1.1 j

J .i.; 1.;4/
L» J-' If. .); 6.1 I A
t".1.?t. 4:; UAL :74 vi 6,...1-?..11 'L.-. ai I

0:4.:4:: Las VI J, I Q1.,";.. J.As cf. 0J-7w 4.j.c41

(-41 ;-,06.11 rIS!Vi u,, J J.t 0.1;iii I
 7-

16

B. GENERAL VOCABULARY AND NOTES

to define

to pursue, to follow
culture

council

customs

to preserve, retain, maintain

rule, regulation, provision
foreign

plan
NI

international (a), but (.71.,..) nationwide,

statewide. The latter is also sometimes

rendered international.

stage, step

armed

authority
p..". ) Li..aw policy
equal
cno.
( ) 4.7 34.4%
affair
, personality

jArl g condition

to form, to establish

joining

natural

member

membership
 17

supreme

education

to assist

exploitation

discrimination

to accept

to specify, to decide

economic

consular, an Arabized Latin word in use

in both literary and colloquial Arabic.

. JO

representative
- representation

..1 4.0 C e J.* duration, period

ti production
C..."""f.
.. 1.
coordination

to create, to establish

t activity, effort
XL' : currency, money

(11-:
aZI I t 111.i system, regime

to organize, to determine

) development
I1 La" ,/Jib to aim

e(1rSa) organization

e( j%.,) charter, from to trust, to

place confidence in; 'kg' confidence

Cf. also ti.), document, deed.

( J.2.3 ) "dB unified

 , zz, F ": 7-5.2 !;":,

18

C f( ) );*: resource

JL means

° to draw up, to put

e.
C.4,3 regulation, position

(>-,) citizen

C f(`4) function, job, position

C. PHRASES AND IDIOMS

the supreme council

abroad

without discrimination
LL unified foreign policy
0;51 currency affairs
a,
4.1 LLci *m to join this union

;3Ai J)14-`,1 exploitation of natural resources

1 6.

4e42;j 4er 1.(31L: diplomatic and consular representation

;1:4i ;:11:01 The Mutawakkiliat Kingdom of Yemen

the official designation of Yemen.

A means depending, trusting

(upon God). Another adjective often

added to the title of Yemen is

the happy one.

D. SUPPLEMENTARY SENTENCES

(a) Translate into English:

j JS 1.4 J ,iJ Lexp.,11, I

J)
LJ) J,fl
 .77,1,77,77,7FgrITZT7770,7177-

19

J U.; )1.1 LA.: ai I 431 ,-93 1

0, I 4,0; pliLI I r
al ieJ5JI
J.> ,1

1J- cris

oat (is WJ 6..1-?%&I el; 4.1.1-7%.. I 1)5 1

1.471-el., `i I 6)..1-?,..1 Lft.:1:.:J I z. 4.11 j::...t.; /.10 Y
L.) Ji %.Li I .;-4-11 Lsia C.J. J111 .1 J-0: 4

tit cris v-ji 0.,;6,11

N..J I 1/4.; '4.1110 ;.); LP.; )3

(b) Translate into Arabic:

1. Presidency of the Union Council shall be assumed alternately by each member

state for a period of one year.

2. The State which is to assume presidency of the Council shall appoint the

president.

3. The President shall have one or more Vice-Presidents from the state or

member states,

4. The Supreme Council defines the higher policy of the Union with regard to

political, defense, economic, and cultural matters.

5. The Supreme Council enacts the laws which are necessary to this effect.

6. The Supreme Council is the supreme authority to which the determination of

attributions shall be referred.

7. The decisions of the Council shall be issued with the unanimous approval
 20
of the Council.
8. The Supreme Council shall enact the Union Laws falling within its jurisdiction

in accordance with this Charter.

9. The Supreme Council appoints the Commander-in-Chief of the Armed Forces of

the Union.

10. The General Budget of the Union shall be issued by a decree of the Supreme

Council.

E. EXERCISES

(a)Give the English equivalent of the following:

LW I 1.1.311
50
t 001-i,11

La. :)11 1 1.-;rk; 4.)5 j "

(b) Use the following expressions in complete sentences:

)11 jtj _I
"
.4;
U1-4,11

;e. Z- 0,;1111 Jj _r
c ; 11 _1 ; _o

(c) Vocalize the following sentences:

1-4: ("WI -.-.J5Ji Js

.364; )11 4..J1 6,11 Li,. )11 jj,L1 I T

1 el.'', )11, .10....t11..: ell 4;1., ; I Nvi I _r

J
 21

(d) Give the roots of the following:

036,1:;;JI A
 22

A. TEXT Unit 4
Selections From

Joint Defense Agreement Between Syria and Egypt--I

1 It) 2..41 I LI;JJ1 1:J1i:A

.13 O.) 13 13 J csis 1.io-4,40).".

j 1 0 1..113 ,11 1 I

Li/1J L aJ, aJ I L-cAgji." (Jai

L04.:. i13.3 al
als 1 -.1.4.A 1 15- 01; olz.-...13 .3.11 T

J ces Ciat. )L e..L.14) L-4:4s J.:4.0 I L..4;,13.;

;43 all a.; j..stw (A. J cjri,./ Lig ,`,o L J 1,

L L J.11 I of 1 oat 1.1-4,1r. 013 L4.16 <as

Lag )13 J ; 1 ,,l ..i L. j: L. 3 ce .11

L.2.; u.1 r X.JI3 cr%1

40,b1). 40;
.14.1.10 (sic
hgerel j
Liz.;

I :0 )L.J 1
01:113.3.11 r
L41 )-1;:. 31 J. ij

J LL1.i 31 rib 1 t
4,1,11 Al; 4,113 ,;:...11; 3.11 r..1 1 .11.441 5.11, )3i.1 1 45.1s 01:....a.:L0.11 1 01...1.1,

:4s1 Li 1 j L4& 1 L. 01.7; Le:.-...11 01.113 VI 4.i...A ,.,2,11,% 1 o

Lris 6r1-7'

J4.;
 23

B. GENERAL VOCABULARY AND NOTES

to affect
) to take, to adopt

to hasten, rush

40-5,
collective

C it":- body, apparatus, system. Cf. i41

,e-42,411 the nervous system

desire, care

to use, to employ

to apprehend, to fear

measure, step

defense

defensive

imminent

maintenance. It means permanence

and duration but could be used to imply

the meaning of maintenance. Cf.

11%1 .4 always

to repel, to return

armed

integrity, safety

legal

joint, mutual, common.

Sit THE COMMON MARKET

to consult

to be troubled, to be upset
 1,7

24
0

01*-0 to consider

f lag) attack, aggression

?,
determination

contracting

relation
x:sc- in exercise of

t assistance, aid

purpose

individual (a)

to settle

4.013 f ) otte;Li.' sudden

ro:'
J5i ) %J.0 immediately

to decide

stability, consolidation. Cf. also

decision, resolution and

report, account but also determination,

decision

( cs..a; ) to require

independence
( 3; ) J
( J0 f AP ) '4:44 command

whenever

to undertake
/
t_li,./ Cf.
.1, ..,
dispute, also eiL;-;
, 1
. struggle for existence. The

root
.e..)-; means to remove, to strip off.
.....
.

Hence,
441 v.; to expropriate;
to disarm.
 '7.T-77.::777T.75.7.72-7T7

25

. erl
to accomplish, to carry out

( ij); to strain

means, medium

to occur, to fall, to drop

situation

preventive, from cis', to preserve, to

safeguard, to protect; hence

preventive. Cf. '39;; `31°

preventive medicine.

C. PHRASES AND IDIOMS

either state

at the request of

emergency (lit. sudden sitriation)

danger of war

self-defense

maintenance of security and peace

to repel the aggression

seriously

(API3Y
peaceful means
*IP /
in exercise of the right of self-defense

to restore security and peace to normal

00' o'
' al° immediately
,
aJ La- in the event of
at their disposal, in their possession

44 -I
/, ;; L.4
including (lit., with what is in that)
international disputes
Ar, ,,,,.,74-7nors"v

26

joint defense agreement

with a view to accomplishing

D. SUPPLEMENTARY SENTENCES

(a) Translate into English:

coi .. 04.

x. ,.`511 r1 J 3.61 1.44.3 L cgt, 11 LUJJI vi,j_;j1

VI tiF:LI I c4,11

Ji I Z. 04; II r%1 -r
'I hillt LA .3...+4 tit 'Lax 1 41 1,34
31 4 r.;;;.11 LI; 41 I 11 1,:)11 _o

ri j 40; j.4. ,xJ I jsil I ale 1.42.

LA %Le JpJ

i1 Ls vi 1.41L.,a; ')L.113 c".9V1 :J14 y. 43111, r`vi JL Y

rib J p.n. 1.6.4'

to N.") 012; ..C.itac....11 A

it4 6,11 I

(b) Translate into Arabic:

1. The United Nations affirms its desire for the maintenance of peace and security

in the world.

2. The Security Council endeavors to settle all international disputes by peaceful

means.

3. War occurred in 1939 because Britain and France considered any armed attack

against Poland as an attack against themselves.

4. In exercise of the right of individual and collective self-defense, the two

contracting states take all measures to repel any attack against each of them.
 27

5. The United Nations takes all the means at its disposal including the use of

armed forces to restore security and peace to the Congo.

6. The joint defense agreement between Syria and Egypt stipulates the establish-

ment of a supreme council, a war council, and a joint command.

7. At the request of Egypt, the two contracting states carried out consultations
about t!.1 strainer inier..atiQ.4! situation.

8. There is no imminent threat of war following after the personal consultations

heads of the American and Russian governments.

9. With a view to accomplishing the purposes of this agreement, the commanders-

in-chief of the armed forces of the two states met for consultations.

10. The Allies undertake to hasten to each other's assistance in the event of an

armed attack against any of them.

E. EXERCISES

(a) Give the English equivalent of the following:

,Loo
c)41

z-. 1.01...J1
t
ri, J T

c:\11 .361
t11

I
'
viu: r
o
1

(b) Use the following ex ressions in com lete sentences:

cL,,,

474110 4,6
ubldi t
Lt. 1
&fig

tit 13.)

I ,x,s. VI
rjs 1
ro
 28

(c) Vocalize the following sentences:

0.1.)11 fli J Ili .Si;

r
c)s 1-47.1.0 .0411

l Is )l.wi 1 VI
(d) Give the roots of the following:

1 11

ft
 29

A. TEXT Unit 5
Selections From

Joint Defense Agreement Between Syria and Egypt--II

p024 j LI I ei .1.1 I

411 ) ;es. j-241 ij ie.,..-)Lit.11 I ji, crit%1 Lp..1.&.11 1

;J L,iJJ run ue utj L.A.:.J

,AlAtt isoL4,.11 z.L4.,- /J. I

451sc51 I

0:kW uLts ;4:0 rin t:Mtui ce. LcitNI 6r',413.1

0...1-!..11 LA) 4.11 1)111.11 Lt.:1J I vi 4..1-y.411 vozst r

I L., 5) 1 Li. 3.0 L.

I csis%11 I

v...4J .1 1-4141 0":"*J. 1 k.:)4 ib 04) 4st. r°11 4,j"1.7441 f.A.1 6: 0

crlaN I to.1."..J.1 VI uz......11 cji.S)%11

rx11 -12-" L .41:- 30 I,

iS11.44.ii L-4.JI,

et iS JLJ-11 64P cr y D) cAl t.)-) Jt: 1

urn Jt: L.S LA-4; iL Za14. 11.1

`"L'"".1.3 C/1";"11 0:11b*Lli Clt3e V.!"

Irr'JI

6.1 I 4.1445 Y

tLAJI .01111 I
 30

C..)i-51)1

L4JiAtt ij I Jb cieeria) L4a4.4:), ));:".* 4.1)

a.s3i craj r..4,J1 w L-14s

B. GENERAL VOCABULARY AND NOTES

to take, to adopt

to consist of

security, insurance

program

army

carrying out, realization

to have the power, to be competent

jurisdiction

plan

equipment, equipping

training
authority, reference; from J to

returr to go back. Hence c? J''

something to return to, a reference. Cf.
,/
1J to check, to revise; c-,
/
to retreat and 4rs., J reactionary.

arming

joint
to consist of

advisory

to issue

applying, application
 31

Jul $ work, function, operation

to appoint

subsidiary

to submit
(ay" eJin jki . JA; commander

iJ its; command

J-/ appropriate, responsible

ois) to set up, to form

committee

to receive

(
J
g cv) el; rules, regulations

to function, to exercise

possibility

to dismiss
L) body

( directive

recommendation, but

ship, guardianship

prepared, placed

( JS,) J J;Y;: assigned to

( -) c task

C. PHRASES AND IDIOMS

,
Vo I t..).c not within the jurisdiction of
to be competent to examine
I .61,..4.1 I military planning, or plans
,
a: Lai I chief of the general staff
 32

official authority
as required, when necessary

in matters relating to

commander-in-chief

by, on the part of

general staff

advisory body

higher directives

minister of war (defense)

minister of foreign affairs

time of war

time of peace

D. SUPPLEMENTARY SENTENCES

(a) Translate into English:

?-1.411 44..Sb

J4','" ("Th t.). CV.`^`", .4e-)W1 0+-:;::

;1/4 1..-0.11 .L1 r

1/4.90_,J 1 1 Lm tiJI 1 11:,,1 13 1.4.434.1 1 t.s; 6p...1-",1 I t
jlts v. :J 1 ei,ui 1 1

,)41.0

011 ..k j, rx,-

t:. _y
;..1..1.45..J 1 10 ie. )11 1 _A

I .1 IL, Ij j_NO, t.L.1 1 1S.r..J 1 a.;...7,U I L - -1

LiJ I j3 Jo cjs, L.A. j...t.aki 1 110..ial I 1
 7.77,-.747

33

(b) Translate into Arabic:

1. The minister of foreign affairs is competent to submit foreign policy plans to

the council of ministers.

2. The presidency of the republic is the official authority for all ministers.
3. The commander-in-chief receives all higher directives from the minister of war.
4. The minister ordered the set up of an advisory body to be attached to his office.

5. The king appoints and dismisses the chief of staff of the armed forces.
6. Parliament examines all programs prepared by the government.

7. The joint command consists of the commander-in-chief, the general staff, and

the units assigned to it.

8. Cong.ess has the right to set up subsidiary and provisional committees as

required.

9. Appropriate measures shall be taken to carry out social reform plans.

10. The advisory council issues rules of procedure for its meetings and work.

E. EXERCISES

(a) Give the English equivalent of the fallowing:

I I I 01.:J, .1)1 1

0.6%1 4...1.7,44 Lta., I t LiJ I 1. yJ I r

;01 1 j.:; 0. emi.r.JI 0

(b) Use the following expressions in complete sentences:

lj _I
:Sp:6:J I .11,:siJ I or... t edits?! I .tietie; l,AS. I r
43..1;41i l:4J I ;61r.3.5.3 t 1 0
=
 ,

34

(c) Vocalize the following sentences:

dzap Lt t JI e, Lit 4....).,J ,_I

Ji3J I veL," %I' I

Lb:
J Iaus ; LjJ I

(d) Give the roots of the following:

I -1
A 0
 35

A. TEXT Unit 6
Selections From

Joint Defense Agreement Between Syria and Egypt--Ill

v. c...*

J.**" CM' tUIit

r141 Jr` A .Pfe, &4 4AJ :.I JI ; 6) it; tL I WW1 I

: Lr (WI 1
11":"."" )/ I*Sr7-2-41 I ;. WI I as 1 I

.11 criji I
4-5-3-4 c- L- I .r-a
I 4..3/4 1/2 L cris ce; L,..4:1); cflx

1- r, 4.*

St' 40)4 L LiJ I

;Sj....-.4.431 it r 1.;,1.11 .7.1-N1 I,

0.1-y....H 0.1 ; a 1.Ji I 1.; _

u-1-=%1 LibM
;..<1=4.11 :a Lail L..7.4.1 I 01.7.J.,,,,J I r
43W1 NA; I ajt C11, vi I
41.1 j 4:;p, rUJI
Ci.-PJP-11 v JS L4Y-1-4 ci-1 I ire Lai I c 1511 0--r. 47.,-N.1 I Zi 4r.
Ze..P.00 LrAIP W.I J 1 J., crls j.,5").4,J I 1.0.1 I

~I. t.t.,11 fl..4.11

Le1-4-.1
ir6 1-%.

-1"-4.11
r LAJ I I i).4,

;?..),)-.111
t
CAP-1,411 C.JA ;T: ti.' v1 SP, cris °
431L11 j'A:Z CAP tit*:")1
 36

;IOW III ..Lo 4... tr. ji; Lat.: LaLii J

cie...)-11 ;Lk; VI

B. GENERAL VOCABULARY AND NOTES

exchange (n)

inevitably, ipso facto

to determine

possibility, probability
carrying out, realization

to have special duties, to be specifically

concerned with, to have jurisdiction over

plan

constitutional

defense

to consider, to see, deem

observed Cf . I; to observe, to

comply with and %;:1; under

the auspices of.

concentrated

responsible, answerable

priority
peace

to ratify
ratification
striking (a), on a war footing

necessary

to deem
 37

J1 -.3.; preparation

immediately
1#;,'
to submit (a plan or document)
f
)1; approval, affirmation

('
a, JO ; base

411.t. to have, to possess

L.::Lt construction, setting up, erecting

in force, valid
carrying out, execution

final
trc;
directive. Cf. 3
to face, to confront

direction. Note the following

,
idiomatic expressions: 4..3

in detail and
.,
111.40 approximately.

meeting, facing, confrontation

distribution
budget, also balance sheet from cu.,

to weigh. Cf. .:141.;.;;

balance of payments.

to place, to lay down

situation, circumstance, procedure

to occur, to fall
signature

arising out of, lit, expected. Cf.

gill factual, realistic.

 38

C. PHRASES AND IDIOMS

C LS1; on the proposal

o
dr J.. under the command of

at the disposal

;:ts 611 11-4,J1 joint defense plans

to consider it necessary to place it

rLi responsible to

to deem the forces to come uncle: his

command, ipso facto

it shall be deemed valid

striking forces, forces on a war footing

as follows, the following

not later than

ministry of external affairs, foreign office,

state department, foreign ministry
-<
A-14
t4" to place under his command

to be in charge of; 5 ±o command

is not commonly used :n Arabic

, ,p P p
)1ran the necessary installations and bases

D. SUPPLEMENTARY SENTENCES

(a) Translate into English:

I vi 1.0_11 Jl.;
CI.. 1.a I qI ;-.4.7-1,..1 ;Sil...1.41 I :Les. Lt sJ I .10.10-4,11 IlL_NJI j_At

,e1 kt)-'411 (1-.J1 .06111

J."1, &fix ...uq;-11 --t

 39

Will L-41-1, J-1-I it Li.; "'";):

L.4 "; iJt1, It; Litj 1Sw-Iul -12-12-kn t,"::1) ur Pit 1

r 1-m.1 13;_l Y

01..o 11.12-4- jr..:i.".1. 1 it. I L..) J 1st: A

Crhta J I LUJJ I Lrls cit lez; 1

jt, ci 1%; 1 0.6 .4):".4.4.1 I ;1... .3.1 I .12.1=..iti I LJ .1..J I Low.)

( b) Translate into Arabic:

1. All forces are placed under the orders of the Commander-in-Chief.

2. The minister of defense prepares the defense plans and the military budget.

3. The commander will distribute the armed forces placed under his command by

the state in accordance with defense plans.

4. In time of peace and in time of war the state has forces on war footing.

5. The government puts at the disposal of the armed forces the necessary bases

to carry out defense plans.

6. The minister of planning submits the reform budget to the Parliament for

final approval.

7. The commander considers it necessary to place enough forces under his command

to meet all eventualities.

8. Forces concentrated on the frontiers are deemed to come inevitably under the

command of the president in case of war.

9. Installations necessary to carry out reform programs are constructed all over

the country.

10 The pact is to be ratified in accordance with the observed constitutional pro-

cedure in the constracting states.
 40

E. EXERCISES

(a) Give the English equivalent of the following:

°))l f1.1 cji _1 z 3'._1

I c cis as,:...$,J .J1 laiguk.1 I_

4.ir. -Lean ci! -A.= I itjUI ,:.1";i11 o

(b) Use the following expressions in complete sentences:

(c)
.114.01.r

Vocalize the following sentences:

6.3 rd.; T

jS)z t
I r WI
,:.:. ce Lsix% L 1,6_4.11 JI T

(d) Give the roots of the following:

cjet.Lift:: IyJ I _r T tSjCt

L.4.: _A
Y 1 Ji As 0
 41

A. TEXT Unit 7
Selections From

Arab Solidarity Accord--I

I LiW I aol.iGI

1-4.L. LS I, 4 ra Zie.)1-4...?-3 J.).a....1

1-11-0

1-4.A.4 4p1...0.11 0L,SJI cf.1.0

:110.i- 0...LW I I ,ifb 011

OLJI,
;11/41) 3
I j J.1 I J

z.1 vi cj 3

%Lot. %.0 rJ1 L.1 ;14:3 ci4.1.0,k4in I.;13 T

4p1,
L csig: is.zul

vej.A.1 0141 r.s..Q.1 0..14W- :.y" L..:,.11 _r

4,1 iS j1.4,..11 0. ...La pe. cp.1-13 4.1

.`Z 1")

).)-4.3 i::),J%-i °:,*.:1--r-11 )311 `:"1`3S-' 4111'1'; "

az1,5a- 43/As cs.6 1;.-J

4.1%2.13 I cji,SJI J...; 03LW I

:it J-2.1 14. 6.i..1%;, 0,

4.1.c ',ill:: 3 1-4.) J Lfte. L 31

 -!,-

42

B. GENERAL VOCABULARY AND NOTES

r.

to affirm, to assure

faith
) principle
exchange (n)

amount (n)

tremendous, immense, from to

be immense. Cf. body.

total
"4:71Y;;L
pound (n) (monetary unit in Egypt)

abbreviated as r Z.,
for "
The English pound (guinea) is

usually
ar /;
1/47;
>> 0
Jra- C' ..N.4-1- effort
, liberation
P"'" i J11-"z
41.11...tc: preservation

realization
to delegate (authority), to authorize

to know, to be conscious, to realize

strengthening, consolidating

to result from
Lrix `= J.;
4:41 desire (n)

responsibility

contribution

(
safeguarding

necessity

tIi

,1".71.'""
 43

CJA
solidarity, derived from < to be

responsible, to guarantee; hence the

verb ". to have joint

LP'-1.;;;;

responsibility.

to necessitate, to make necessary or

requisite

to deck-ire, to announce

cooperation

to appoint

objective, aim
authorized representative, delegate (n).

to entrust, to delegate;

Cf. ue minister

plenipotentiary. This should not be

confused with 3,2 anarchism

worth, value (n)

promotion, strengthening

expenditure, expense, cost

existence, being. Cf. being,

C.)

existence and the universe.

C);S-Th
obligation
El rii19'1
to lay upon

result (n)
;.`4:4%;

coordination

sought for, desired

to delegate
 charter (n), pact
fulfilling (the requirements), from Le,
to be complete, perfect.

Cf. 0; fidelity, loyalty,

J gill >I to remain

loyal to someone; til I 44

God has token him back, hence

;14 death.

C. PHRASES AND IDIOMS

or its equivalent

total amount

League of the Arab States

for the preservation of

to delegate full powers, to authorize fully

being aware of

resulting therefrom

immense responsibilities

satisfactory form

safeguarding of security and peace

it shall be given the term of

what follows

as a result of

United Nations Charter

credentials

in accordance with
 45

D. SUPPLEMENTARY SENTENCES

(a) Translate into English:

Ls :1;1..11 iJ.1 I > ()L11, -

J.)41 i LSD

1:411 4,6 kl=46u1-1 14.-3 ,rte- P."-11 J3.411 k.)-4". .13 J":"

u....t.) I I pa.) I t...) LiziJ I fLiik, I r

);..I I ...I I I; I o Jr i dee 1-i.J I J)L.J
,e. ILLS r41 j.i.c; 4.11 t)..e. I S 1:1 I Jj al I 'Lt.. 0

1.41 L.; iipt

IL. LS t:, 5.441 1 J.. -1

Lr1-6 .4:4/.4,1 I LJ,`,....J I ti 1.):41.1 I C-..`.!-

4.5.1--1 e Z1/4A...P-A-J I J.Pli ;CO J-Ai .).)". I a C.4 A

I .1..,"1 I its
1.61,11 \J1 J 6)3 .111

>A.a+111 .1.03 cei L-4S

i-a 4%.=:1 0-6 1 1-<:4-1. I J

49,..J I 1.11.11
IMPRIPPIANIIWINIP11111111111111WWWWIII

46

(b) Translate into Arabic:

1. The Arab states signed the Solidarity Accord in response to the wishes of the

Arab people.

2. The Arab nations have to bear grave responsibilities in their attempt to

preserve Arab existence and independence.

3. The realization of a solidarity accord is considered a positive step toward

unity among the nations concerned.

4. Friendship and cooperation are the best means of safeguarding peace and

secur!ty in the M;c1dIJ East.

5, The Arab Solidarity Accord was concluded in accordance with the principles

of the Charter of the League of Arab States am; the United Nations Charter.

6. The delegates exchanged their credentials which gives them full powers to

find a solution to the problem.

7. The Arabs believe that solidarity is an important step toward the liberation

of the homeland.

8. After a long discussion, the delegates agreed to the following:

9. The contracting governments declare their desire to bolster Arab existence

and unity.

10. The United States Government shall share in the expenses of building the

high dam.

E. EXERCISES

(a) Give the English equivalent of the following:

r -1 ji I 1
40.11..."1
ei

47

(b) Use the following expressions in complete sentences:

L.41 ..11-oht jci %

t "to r
J 6;i _ 0

(c) Vocalize the following sentences:

Cd":11., ;2-.; 1-4-; ;1.

..,1 I

;S) 64/ 1.i-a LAjo. O z. ka,s.-fti I iyLm

'lig 4,1'4' 11

(d) Give the roots:

r
1A i:0:1.11; I Y -
CA, LOC.;
 48

A. TEXT Unit 8
Selections From

Arab Solidarity Accord--11

crLikj1

J LA:: 1J LH, UAL 61)1: cr Ot..;

cshyS.2.11 01_411a1

sa-i-1 pa.; a :3 a."13 I ° Lam.; cr..aw s1 s

1.163.1 ;1.4.4.11.,11 .3.1 v,JaJ Lz. $.51.1 :.131.:w I z.1.4.)S..4.11

4./1.LI1 Ce J. 403 Z4.0,.l I ie. all e.L'.01) cs.14

J4tf:; r L-J1 crit je.""2.4). Cill:"3 J":4; 6:Ji; zi%3 j") I

41 4:7.1 U.,1 I ..s-ch

)61 siJi ..u.A.11 r

;:,;LAJI s.l l..r 1 A 61) :rte WI 4i ;U:; y1 t

ce JS *rlioY i 4.3.0),11 *4 1rY1
ZA,A1 cei 'Z3 14J4 6.33 Z.A.A 15.-+J

J1 al I L.L.NJ

L iribliJ 1. rl-AJ I ,:eLGJ I Z. ;41..;o1 a.1.4 L,S,J1 o

(six LI J. ex;
tilt113 JI La L..4.t. 4.01
IZ-az J.1%1 ti 61) L ce J-441

11111 cr....". IA. L) I iz..;.)) I OS.1.11

J31.:, 14.1....1 I
*See note on calendars at end of chapter
 49

B. GENERAL VOCABULARY AND NOTES

period, appointed time, duration

date (n). Note that ouL; is used

to mean history, chronicle, annals.

CI;
to take place, to be completed

to write, to edit
accounts (n) (of a bank). The plural form

is usually employed in this sense.

J obtaining, securing, acquisition

to keep, to retain

maturity, becoming due

L>14../.15 C 1:1;1 requirement, need

when

warning, n ,tice

j to pay

observed, respected

(J). ) equal, equivalent

purchase (n)

purchase (n)

ult to ratify (a treaty, etc.)

mutual guarantee, solidarity

to remain
6.
..ts to amend, to modify

CJi
provide, provided It is a phrase imply-
ing stipulation, it can be rendered--
provided that.
 50

to pledge, to undertake
(may) accredited, authorized. Cf.
(.." -OA P:.! J.! minister plenipotentiary

presentation, submission (of a report)

installment

lapse, passing (of time)

supplement, appendix

obligation
production

copy (n)
dr.:0 e share (n), port, -.n, one's lot; hence also
,
luck

expiration, termination. Cf.

end

supplies. The official translation, which

is not followed here, renders provisions

which in English may also mean, food.

We feel that in this context

plurai of means equipment,

supplies. In Iraq, for instance, for

army food supplies

I JO is
w
the expression used. Note that
also means task, ; 1:4:b tasks.

to deposit

to become plentiful, i. e., available

to sign
 .51

C. PHRASES AND IDIOMS

O

cob Lip;
t,r.1 the date it becomes effective

4-0 i=c;J, A until it expires (of a treaty, agreement,

etc.). Literally: until the expiry of its

date.

the General Secretariat

the signatory governments

the contracting governments

the above-mentioned

the diplomatic channels

in affirmation of the foregoing

the armed forces

to be in force, effective
instruments of ratification, ratification

ii,numents

and other (matters), and the like, etc.

the observed constitutional procedures

to be put into effect, to give validity to

in accordance with, according to

and so on

D. SUPPLEMENTARY SENTENCES

(a) Translate into English:

J.4.0 Jwe w U.; )1 I jar3 1

1.)-?.. 4:.:1-6 tj.X. ..)1 l I Ce-a't

 7.-77.-nUTRZA,

6e:J. a ie.- L. ale .1i I j )14 JS 4.1Arkre. al I fa YI Lb";

....1.04,1 I al:L.131

;3' a. 0.01 41.0 ,J1.4o.l "So...I,. t

06-4kJ I jilt. ad:WI s 1.-4:1;L:

a ; IS Sit " 112'46j. 01,11 Li; E. ":""sil V41'7" V 1L°

C.P11.741 JL4c11 ;1:4:taj ;:1374'w Jj e.L.;3 1.;i3

i1i4,.)11())-ftf
i j- s t i i I ..11 I 43:143 j J14; ft (51.0 u; L.:4J I j a Ji I 4.:43:;1 Y
Lr6 .1 k:11 1-0.3L: X11 4)61 v a aS J.J I v ,a,Llin -A
(pi-xi I c.).Laz.1 I

ird/-411 -"j1 J a a c.). c)ija 4 JP."; I

Nti 4.Aiakj1 >. ")=.51

; %SU:WI L 1.c.."11 ). i

(b) Translate into Arabic:

The above-mentioned obligations will be paid by installments over a period not

to exceed five years.

2. The contracting governments decided to meet again two years after the maturity

of the first installment.

3. If this law is put into effect, many innocent peopie will be imprisoned.

4. The United States Government pledged to purchase all the necessary supplies
from the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia.
 53

5. The democratic countries have contributed their share to help the economically

underdeveloped nations.

6. Although the treaty was concluded for a period of ten years, it was amended

and expired after the first year.

7. The United States Government purchases only a small part of its armed forces'

provisions from foreign markets.

8. A copy of any agreement among the Arab states shall be deposited with the

General Secretariat of the League of Arab States.

9. Most treaties are ratified in accordance with the observed constitutional

procedures in that state.

10. The accredited delegates exchanged the instruments of ratification after a long

discussion.

E. EXERCISES

(a) Give the English equivalent of the following:

;41s),..11 41 I LI-k3 y I " I-44J cx., I

L,

1044. j _r

(b) Use the folloying expressions in complete sentences:

j-4.,L4J1 L43 j1
.)16 I ;),,s' L His- LI 11 i);1 r
J1,61.4.1 I ..i.il.. ..01 _o

(c) Vocalize the following sentence :

/.4..t1 it,. J."; ,g,A.:Js '4; Lb y l dt:Wlb

 54

Give the roots:

t
(d)

_r

)*
* In dates, after the year is for of of the Hijra, pertaining to Mohammed's

emigration and c for S J relating to the birth of Christ, A. D.

 55

A. TEXT Unit 9
Selections From

Pact of Mutual Cooperation Between Iraq andTurkey

4.0J-'J I . II

Jr1a. ,4-; ji "-ski I cr., 5 1 4-J I J-d 1 L'Ols LS 1.J 1

Z.; 1 J.211

I ual I )/..,ti 1

rL.J1 ,D1 40:J 1 19 1 1..a T9 ci j1;1

ril-R-1 I ,e3--:J cr%li L). °;:" czt.

Ir.-:-.11-4J I Lc-. L jr.:J I

J..i 1 Z JAL,. ..16,411 JLA LS L.13 1

cji ale I Z....1-5.11 J J

1 341 J::.1 Ylj v 1 j13_.,%1

I rAN1 ;al 1-4; IJ I J

co; cf.15...ax L.-J.:; 4s.is ii...,13-LAJ I rk:Ls 1j ,A 111:, r

11-.P1 ir4J vi 1.1-.113 c,:vi
). o1 'a., LJ 1 r 13...1, j.)11 I ye.. .z.J I L I

J1

'1-"4-)1 I "'I 17°. `-j1 Jgb9V1 .1;-; "

e L'J. 1 6)a,,; I Z.1)1-,J1

I .1j511 4),.;
3.1'; .2.11-"-J1 i:45LJ I

Uti I
 56

L 45.1.0 1.64.3

tlis.113 )L, j..;J ,D I j.11 I ci

c:j1 .' r..)11 co OJL,11

I; Liz.- .11...+ CJ IU JJb& La j Liz I csis 4.4;,,. 11 I

1..4-1113

j.<4.%

j.; 1A-111 LA J.2.% .4; j1S,tfl

r.!M 11/.1

B. GENERAL VOCABULARY AND NOTES

( ) jl;4 taking

brotherhood

c: _ basis, foundation

security

maintenance, stability

to give effect, to affirm, to confirm

. i
iki c g 15-, part, division

q.>i; to be divisible

:4)/ jt - majesty

neighborhood, neighborliness
(Je-) Ji:ri.
.-""
good

f 1:<":"1 c i f..C.; provision, rule

to fulfill, to realize
..- , ...."

pi*. I.
Lc' C. g 17.*5 ''-' measure
,-
4).- .., interference
 57

internal

realization

defense, defending

to accrue

responsibility

peace (n)

existing, prevailing
master

affair
:ast, Orient
sunrise

joint, common (property)

correct

friendship

maintenance

necessity

constant
I
party (to an agreement etc.)

greatness

concluded

relation

to cooperate

treaty
0.
.1.4": to undertake

contractor

to appoint

VI° purpose
 7,7;Z:r7:7

58

.1 1.
e As"'
party, group, team

to submit, to present

to recognize, affirm (an agreement)

resolution

economical

in accordance with, in conformity with

to be convinced

existence, being

obligation

required

to affect, to touch
to refrain from

dispute

to provide, to stipulate, to specify

region, area

in view of, in regard to

growth,, development
tj ;w1 C. aim, objective
11IMMO to concern

organization

( ) pact

to necessitate
11:;31 middle

C. PHRASES AND IDIOMS

in any case, in anyway

LiWNI :51 t whatsoever
 59

with each other, between each other

maintenance of peace and security

an integral part, an indivisible part

good neighborhood

the Arab League

His Majesty

His Excellency

internal affairs

4.5;.J I Middle East. Cf. (S'j '`)C1 43;41'

Near East; (5:4 VI 43).12.1. I for East .

foreign policy
L;.

S°Stj j:;11:4; in good and due form

rit
10.31; friendly and brotherly reluSons

Lii treaty of joint defense

designed to, supposed to

in accordance with

to settle the dispute

whereas

as follows
,:,
L)41,04, plenipotentiary

ir, view of
, - to necessitate taking the required measures
a.;1.11
credentials

in their capacity as
 60

D. SUPPLEMENTARY SENTENCES

(a) Translate into English:

J,.1'" adl
J=44.3 jr,;) CeN I j ; asb

Isis ;LIU I kJ I flits r1 .61 I vi r.X.J I 1-4.4 dij I r.N I ei.1) _r

Is

.j...14.1 I LI; iJ ; jj 411 Jj 411

tif LI)

4.00:C43.41 csis LI a41;:, d

; I r,.%1

rLi -11- " 3%1 `1"' 1:":":; 1

Jj J.dli ;,.A1 J 1-i%J I Y

J c.jitS 1)1 it..I x...11 ) c' I j,J I ....A

L.:)s LizAl jj L:jci sLe 11 (..51

66)--4-N1 jjail LI I 1/40 cjl..;..%1 c L15:4

ki)--6i 1, .;.,mob -ti 1 vet t1 j.; ys cdia: fit i

(b) Translate into Arabic:

1. The United Nations Charter stipulates that any dispute between the nations

of the world shall be settled by peaceful means.

2. The Arab stat:-.i concluded the treaty of joint defense and economic coopera-

tion to maintain peace and security in the Middle East.

3. The basis of the internal policy of Iraq is to insure constant progress in the

si
 61

standard of living of th' people.

4. The treaty of friendship anc good neighborhood concluded between Iraq and

Turkey was signed in Ankara on March 29, 1946.

5. The provisions of the treaty shall not affect the rights and obligations accruing
from the United Nations Charter.
6. Iraq is one of the first members of the League of Arab states.
7. The new minister plenipotentiary presented his credentials to the ministry of

foreign affairs.
8. A dispute between civilized nations is not to be settled by war.
9. The prime minister signed the treaty on behalf of his country.

10. Friendly governments refrain from any interference in the internal affairs of

other notions.

E. EXERCISES

(a) Give the English equivalent of the following:

611S.:A I L., _t s .3:J I clo )11 1

crls ai.I.41 I I rJas t let.l I ai I J..211 r
I r. yl vi o

(b) Use the following ex ressions in com lete sentences:

";:j I Ji); t _r
I r.:)I I -.1 11, LA J.A. 0

AU, ,,
 62

(c) Vocalize the following sentences:

co;pJ1 14 JhI utic 1

1 I ,.i.^ jao:GJ 1-0,i6G1 J.6 (i.11 jet 1

.1.1;LizL WL

(d) Give the roots of the following:

r 1
;j1411 A Y :exp.:L..11 03

1
 63

A. TEXT Unit 10
Selections From

Israeli-Lebanese General Armistice Agreement--I

; Lan J4.11 Li: I

kuNib L 1.01.):.' 15 ("J rtl..2.11 eJi.g 1

I 1.34.; 11

`454.-4.11 404: itd."

,1;..)-4J1 LO Liz I

J 4:SA j11 _T
ie; ;5;.11 0.19 L.NLI yI

; 4.i .er-113 1*
I I I j:*.J J.:, 403 J.As 41; ilos.

rl,JI 0.3 I ...Lab J ra A J-C 4;1

laimA11 pis ini.10.7. y ua-d1 11L ,..?; ejl1,11 ;-)L.,A &

it, jS4Q-00 14.1:1.;.11 cj.; ppji 5 it

k>s I 4...".13 Uff t..)1

I
ci> t-IS
13;
L1):.-"A

t>.
t t
;; 0

1 ; Lt 1, t.L...11 j.;.JI

11 t>,,N1 :..A.+ i),4%, .41.1

;.:.J11J1 4.161 a.S I itA 4e;l:sJ

; 44A-A .7.4: V 44.AP...11

 64

yr.%ow, ar. k:j.:%11 te.1J I it..; J-0 I

1 J19 :1/41 vi vme. kr11-1-- 1

Lib el.., jl:r.. Olt 41

..Lob

B. GENERAL VOCABULARY AND NOTES

to affirm

to order

security
066 It; principle

mutual, reciprocal

land

of, belonging to
fully
during, also vi during, in
the cr,urse of

to respect
r
fear. Cf. cji ."..I-it-A lest, for
fear 'hat

planning,. plan

scrupulous, precise

step, stage

armed
 65

f*L' peace

peaceful

de.,""; settlement

liquidation, from to be or

become clear, to filter, to

make pure. Cf, ,..;31-O sincere, pure.
/.0 .9
The name comes from this

root. It was given to the prophet,

Muhammad, and is a common Arabic

name. It means selected or chosen one.

guarantee, assurance, from cr,...; to

guarantee
0.4j:10,
to have bearing on, to be applied to

claim
consideratior,

term

aggressive

military
concerning

normal

restoration

party, group. Cf.

/eto divide,
,
to separate; jj.; to differ-
entiate, to distinguish. Cf. also
the Foreign

Legion;
.
 66

division; J-4 r in

spite of the great difference.

,.....,l;1;,' c. , ) 1-
.0 resolution, decision

( f 3; ) Z1. Li l establishment

(f0) ..., fl":. to undertake, to carry out

cfr ,.. - _,- ,7,,
lii i S,:i t i a ii force, power

) to observe, to be bound

01111101 to gain

t!N.1 ;IL0, t;4-.11 to resort to, to have recourse to, also, to

take refuge in, hence

Ar;.
refugee. Cf. l;;;;f1 1;:a.: orphan-

, age.

civilian, civil
a
.ate
to prejudice, to touch, to violate
I di; to dictate to someone. Cf. 651:1

dictation, transmission (of a telephone

message)

( ;IA ) advantage, privilege

conflict, dispute
t.()%
;C organization

implementation

cs-tj Lt; ) ultimate, final

4A-r attack

J J." to threaten

4.11 armistice, truce, tranquillity from

e" #
k..)J-s° to be or become quiet.

Cf. c).A411 to suspend hostilities.

 67

importance

( Li9rp: c < 4-04..jr position

C. PHRASES AND IDIOMS

to affirm the principles

the Security Council

secure and free from any fear

to be scrupulously respected

as an indispensable step

permanent peace

settlement of the Palestine question

mutual assurances

it shall have no bearing on

future military operations

..-
I o J I the restoration of peace

Je-,4-.: Je-..-- ,
cr; with a view to facilitating
toward the liquidation of an armed

conflict
1- with a specific view to
140 1.3.

against resort to

it shall not in any way prejudice

to dictate these provisions

it is accepted, it is indisputable
it is recognized, it is admitted

military or political advantage

:41 in this regard

 68

D. SUPPLEMENTARY SENTENCES

(a) Translate into English:

oti*--1; kis a; /1).P. v 41;',Lk.L11 i.TAti-111 0.*N1 4.".-1-,- j

aek, 2;g"t*:; j,-.1 4:&*.-'. 414-.,)-11 J.:1-4*- 11 .16 1

116. A i.43L4411 ;06- rsNI r

40:14.:.11

431.1:1 .33 j I .-3.4.3.1...11 t

t.
4 ie. )3)....e .1.4.) 1I 0
Loi; ;2.1-,74.1

.e41.5 74,11 gri c)tx41:111 J.1. 2.X.1 " ;-"3-gb 44.11-2°31 2:03:" r 61-

es) 3
:I.) .) I f 3S ,..1I .34...4.1I )11 --v

)11 ("In `,5.3L...A, Lb I A

45,11 1)11 111; a.01 1
;Ut...411

4.11...11 1-

(b) Translate into Arabic:

1. The undersigned representatives have exchanged their credentials.

 69

2. The United Nations endeavors to facilitate the transition from a truce to

permanent peace in Palestine.

3. A general armistice between the armed forces of the two parties is hereby

established.

4. No warlike act or act of hostility shall be conducted from territory controlled

by one of the parties to this agreement against the other party.

5. The armistice demarcation line is delineated in pursuance of the purpose and

intent of the United Nations resolutions.

6. The basic purpose of the armistice demarcation line is to delineate the line

beyond which the armed forces of the respective parties shall not move.

7. The military forces of the parties shall consist of defensive elements.

8. The prisoners of war detained by either party of this agreement have to be

exchanged.

9. All articles of personal use, valuables, letters, documents, identification

marks, and other personal effects of whatever nature have been returned.

10. If they had escaped or died, their articles of personal use were returned to

the party to whose armed forces they belonged.

E. EXERCISES

(a) Give the English equivalent of the following:

L.17 z.)61
J.A.N.I I Li-a ;13.4. A.,..111 I I ,;,; r
I I

(b) Use the following expressions in complete sentences:

,itus jis

TA±km,L11-,XE-P,,,rtSL:eC
 " "7"'"I'''''",7,7-7-...-::'".":77.7"'.7,777,71,,C,"4.! 0..4, 7.77-.T77

70

r
°
(c) Vocalize the following sentences:

LL .1.1:*--:; 067: Al 1-4.: 41.*J1 Ls..sle411 L J51 1

Lre:J )11 rs../ 1.1

o-*N1

(d) Give the roots of the following:

i.e....ILII _r .......:1 _T fil all 1

LC+ - A ;..i.qY ;;;A.A.11 1 L":JI 0
455:I :J61-11
 4 :X

ft

71

A. TEXT Unit 11
Selections From

Israeli-Lebanese General Armistice Agreement--11

L. I J-4.11

,N I J1 a A.--.31.) a,yrJ I, Ze. L). 1)1

jt,i 1;61 41 bi lof

aai ;i ;it 4.4 31 I s3.111 J..;

1/4),:.1..J 1.0 W I 14.11 v I J.A1*

4-" ;I /A I Jet.° J1-!tJ I s .1)-z J.
LJ I ;.; Ls.Le

jig 4.-11 g hs>zil

pc; g ,1 I j Lai I .1,11=.:;. .1

j-ti1 Le): /pc ; :1/4;_;.111

6.11 ; vi

ij j 01..:J .L.11 .3.24.3 I 10-4.31

ads Li J L-4.41-443 J-4,U J....U.1 I .10.A.1.1

J )6- L-11 ,;..W

3);.,11 v1, I.L.J f I c). Lk.)

J JAz; abisi ,Js

Lij

I r,"'Y .31).4 a. LI :0..1, 1..1 o

te:.; stfth iL ce;VI ;Ji;L:ii pt) duj

 72

I I ...Lit

Itc1,44 j...1 jJ1:z..11 1,1.0 44; 61.4-at 1

1-6.A.4 41%.-.-

B. GENERAL VOCABULARY AND NOTES

t.5 1.. prisoner, prisoner of war

land

to follow, to pursue

to take place, to run

crime

air
to pass over, to cross. Cf.

go beyond, to exceed; hence,

permissibility and

passport

(ie.) j.:1-;4i. crossing

(Jr') JL space

warlike, military
to prohibit, to ban
JP
to bring to trial; ra y- to be

brought to trial

line

coastline

reduction
 73

during, through. 4,,; during,

in the course of, within (a g'ven period).

Cf. 114, 4,r; meanwhile,

in the meantime.

to evacuate

defensive

international

control

preceding

withdrawal

;IL control, authority

transmission, handing over, delivery

paramilitary

supervision

plan, design. The irregular plural

Note Lsai
,
is in common use in Iraq.

.r.-:42s. determination

for (to do something). Cf. also

4.)51; mali 0: designed by so-and-
so.

lo remain. The noun means

shadow, shade; umbrella,

op
parachute. Cf. also ..1;"?-
paratrooper.

(3 ..$) (;r:/.1.; hostile

 74

(jag) .3.4c.. to transgress, to trespass, to advance

w ft
(unjustly or illegally). Cf.
enemy.

cp:k.g 4.:4! A.* set forth, defined, appointed, specified

Cia; nonregular, irregular

j.f demarcation, dividing; from

to divide

to commit, to perpetrate

" If territorial, regional

f LJt CJ mine (n)

civilian, civil
( job ) I; C r Cdb water

4:420; ;;;Sa:;...; area, region

removal, clearing, from LI:: to be

clean and to clean.

J-111 purpose, objective
/ JP

armistice, truce

C. PHRASES AND IDIOMS

ke114-6 v-p>" any warlike or hostile act

4;J exchange of prisoners of war
. ,
I c.A%1 under the United Nations supervision

air space

J411 -111Zi" -)"1" to prohibit crossing fighting lines

1 '5;1 reduction of forces to defensive strength

J.:4131 1:1.+JI armistice demarcation line

 75

L. 'J:: Cep) within 24 hours

;.
1-16,-..4 .J1 %:= 61- for crime or other offense

:X; 0) "at. throughout, completely

ko O....
's 3.42.r1 to remain in effect

with respect to

it. liv....^.1 I i.Z jiii paramilitary forces

.4...ii)-0 Iteaa territorial waters

.0

r L';1)L i;JS.;.11 Lilo I. ;.:J I minefields

D. SUPPLEMENTARY SENTENCES

(a) Translate into English:

I layiJ I ..t.; u;.11 I1

-14-U

J. 05.)1 J-4-1-1 J.o W I -6-ki ?.j.)-*-1-1 jet

Lg.; k..,13 ..J I J J-41.1 J.:4W JAA.11 _r
j.4LiJ I .6.41.1 a$;;..1.1.11

J.014 all 1 c.A.4.44; al& cji;:.1.1i I _o

L;J%L: ;..,J I 4:0, L JI 6.3.7..b.z Jue j)l.;- le;

sl.cr Jr> Y
)1,; I Jab% tie... O.; 441.1 J-46.11 t:, A

1 A 4.;LIJ I .t 1.;,:; 11

jMe..*-1; Lji I jet )1 9

431))1, C-41 aag1P.11 °64%1 te-"r ari
Los ; LC 1+4.6 I 6111 ce LA jtu :13.41

ttia_- ci.thti, ,
 76

(b) Translate into Arabic:

1. The parties to the present agreement have responded to the Security Council

resolution of November 16, 1948.

2. This is considered a further provisional measure under Article 40 of the Charter

of the United Nations.

3. The two parties have decided to enter into negotiations under the United
Nations chairmanship to implement the Security Council's resolution.

4. The two parties have agreed upon the following previsions.

5. No military or political advantage shall be gained during the truce ordered by

the Security Council.

6. The general armistice is established in pursuance of the following principles

and United Nations resolutions.

7. The line described in Article V of this agreement shall be designated as the

armistice demarcation line.

8. The exchange of prisoners of war took place within 24 hours of the signing of

the agreement.

9. The injunction of the Security Council against resort to military force is not

respected in the Congo.

10. No provision of this agreement shall in any way prejudice the rights, claims,

and positions of the two contracting parties.

E. EXERCISES

(a) Give the English equivalent of the following:

(/' VIP>. JA-= e."1-0.11 J.,111

1.1
4.4J J4-A-11 ::J-4.0 J.oUJl .1 1I _r
(Liu yL 4;.41 43.101.4.J I o
 77

(b) Use the following expressions in complete sentences:

cr.L.LJ I .12..4J I T Jjs..11 1

t UJ -r
_

(c) Vocalize the following sentences:

,s9; Ja:)11 0.4 J..93

JUG )11 .1.21 4.0" LAA...1

4.11":0. LATJ: jib )1 I U." ttj y:t %L.04. sktia.:0

i.; J.4.1J J4ii I £.1L

.111 api J tJ I ..LA -r

(d) Give the roots of the following:

_t
: Ji....1i -Y it:9-'1 1
 78

A. TEXT Unit 12

Selections From

Proclamation of the United Arab Republic

irYY 4z; ; sq.:A ;..JJ 1 1.4; b

vor:Z) 1/40.1;3L1 1 4114 1 1 19oA .1,1..1 j3'1

I pia" )34'`s 4,Pejj 11°W1

ro kw
L.c.;.1 1 )1.1 ge; 13131 vi 1 ,i.sb

.) LA.: 3 41 j.A.1 1 i31,1

2,:N1 61;." 1.4-;- JS wipt

heti-jt w 1-4'-it °'*%1 L'e J'S 41); L. 1315 LC; 6-) 6:3-1 r
ts131 e s cg 4411 1

1',J 1 ee.. j...J 1 e 1

cji alp ZAJAW1 j: )1JJ1 .3.1_4N1 cr; (5113; L. 13,..1 1 t

.r.p.J 1 .3 L., je31, &.) L...1 6.33 j..,.11 1

r-94 01)-iff JS t- 6di

tige r*4 j`j 01 irCi.j1

44"J .4::/"Ni 654 6Vijj

v.LJ1 c-4.; LA 3 0111 r.4.;1.1:,1 ;xi o

1-44-a I ° 1-1 J.-c+4' 11"

"J,-"S ftlkl 4.; vi alas 4,61.0.-0,1 ,)3.11Ad LS ; J...,40,1 1

 79

I ier 1121.1"Ji dti 6'" I!) 1.4:31334:: I!"11-1J1

jice LS d'aPial 4:0J, 111'4". 0.,A `1,i3

eta, Lopek

B. GENERAL VOCABULARY AND NOTES

history, annals; but t.r. dating (of a

letter, etc.). Cf. :L;;JI

biography, curriculum vitae

hoped for

faith. Cf. to be faithful; cei

safety

(,s measure (n), proceedings

session (of parliament, etc.)

z:..34- plenary session. Cf.
,
to sit down; seat,

session, council; c/o' the

Security Council

unanimous

participant (in a meeting)

to realize (a hope, etc.), to carry into

effect

step (n)

j3 J sign (n), evidence

to discuss

to discuss, to reminisce, to confer together

Rajab, the seventh month of the Hijra year

 80

ell CI CP) spirit.

Jz) ;:$1)1 will (n). Cf. ,,,*
Jiji to want, to wish;
:s1; at will; cS )I;1 intention-
al
( sovereignty, command, supremacy.

(with following genitive) nowa-

days, in Egypt, general title of respect
Aft,
preceding the name. Cf. A.16 -;
you, a respectful address introduced after

the abolition of titles of rank and social

class in Egypt. In Christian affairs,

;JL., is a title and form of address of

bishops. Cf. I :4.7 His

Eminence the Metropolitan

February (not used in Egypt and North

Africa)
complete (a), comprehensive

purpose

eminence, high rank, title of the head of

a nonmonarchic state. It is also a title

of honor given to high ranking foreign

dignitaries, such as Excellency, High-

ness. Cf. 4)....f.;.11 His Excellency,
the President; i.13.1.11 ;,,Liv title of
the President of the Republic in Syria

and Lebanon
 81

future

decision

castle, palace

country, land, region

definite, conclusive

to establish, to set up

nationalism. Cf. l'+' to stand up;

r people; py
- national

( 0.,,;A ) cdeL-4 past

to provide for, to mention in definite

terms

to execute (a law)

( (-c; ) ; -
cr,C,4;
final

unity
43;1;111 corresponding to

approval

alri; to follow in succession

C. PHRASES AND IDIOMS

443 to take final measures

a historic session

National Assembly. In Iraq, this expression

refers to the parliament

legislative council

Chamber of Deputies, Lower House

legislative authority
 82

executive authority

unanimous decision

establishment of unity

Arab nationalism

literally and spiritually, i. e., in !char

and spirit

unanimous agreement

complete agreement

unanimous approval

D. SUPPLEMENTARY SENTENCES

(a) Translate into English:

01, L. Jam,! l aup_olit _1

41=h vLi' CA5 7

f, `1
Lz`: rL sit

it.1.44; W I i1 Wit" (4; ,..)3.L....m.11 J, I ,s; 0

414, Ill

.1.4j 1.11) Le:j I a 61.010 I va e _

1-31., La; `L>,i 11-;

41) ji )1.12;%1 I. ,S --A

0
asp I csil /.12.11 crsb ..47,11 J, ,,LJ I ,;

,..)&u.:. alut....11 r-i-? I i121..,J I J.15;;; 1

 83
3

(b) Translate into Arabic:

1. The United Not General Assembly held an historic meeting to discuss the

constitution.

2. The representatives unanimously agreed 'ro establish the United Nations head-

quarters in New York.

3. Syria and Egypt were the first Arab countries to establish unity.

4. The members came to a unanimous approval of the resolution.

5. The representatives of all countries agreed to take final measures to solve the

problem.

6. The idea of Arab nationalism has dominated the history of the Arabs in their

different countries.

7. The legislative authority is vested in the National Assembly in the United Arab

Republic.
8. The participants declared their full agreement and complete faith in the future

of the Arab republic.

9. The House of Representatives discussed the necessary measures to complete the

establishment of Arab unity.

10. Many grave events fal lowed in succession after the second World War.
 84

E. EXERCISES

(a) Give the English e uivalent of the following:

p44; _r
;IA °

(b) Use the following tn complete sentences:

;:Aii-11 1 )i);
-r
z. lel, _o

(c) Vocalize the following sentence:

r-'-4i r1 c,Lige. 1JiJ

Z7..)34A'I L44 Pt°43 LJ

(d) Give the roots of the following:

A Y agy. 0

I
 85

A. TEXT Unit 13
Selections From

The Constitution of the United Arab Republic--I

.z..1.; 1%;

1.1) 3-WIJI

; JI ;34, al I tro

i C. I j 1.40 J 1 :ie. fp.,,J 1 0,.1, 411 1 S Jl.,1 1

;ir./-14-1 I c.). 4:-%43

"1:4"!%1 e-.41e. 3 al 4e; T

it 3-eui 1 31 ;1.,. )3.1 1 -.44.4-;...74J 1 uS 1 -.4.ft, 1 (J, al

4e; r oe.;
ja.",11 J.A. 3

1.4L.R.11

W.5" rib3 01.1. COA-ii s JJ

a.L.,J1 z. L.t1,JI
Z 1 31 c.re. all Z_;..1J 1 ;

Li4 yI 4.6 )11.

'744 )I3 k.'0;1; oic 11.;-: A ilikg )13 Ltr:- A LJ 1

Le:Us. u.1/2. S, ..1.11 cd,;Li11 )3 .1.21 ,L''L,-)111

j,J13.,..

ce; J-.,.11 1. a u1,11

1 ..31 3 cti..)11 cr.o el; all 11 ; uLJ1

1:3 4J Lei 4:.`j'N.J C.t."1/111
 86

B. GENERAL VOCABULARY AND NOTES

fulfiIment
nation

the Arab nation

chapter, part (of a book etc.)

obligatory, compulsory

part, section

infraction, offense

republic

(r *cc) The United Arab Republic (UAR)

conscription, recruiting

nationality

) Lp t freedom, liberty

prohibited (ptcp)

to be entitled

statute

service

constitution

defense

The United Arab State

religion
sovereignty

prevailing, from cp.. to come into

force

handing over, extradition

equal (a) (n)

 87
p
t
011
JP

)."*".'
d.,m.
i /3-..o' Syria
. 1

6.0,144 honor (n)

1A a .'
11',"ft"4 C, 1 476^14"1.1 people

.-.- 1. penalty

C, 4fte punishment

c I ;J4.11:'s faith, creed

;1` public (a), general

(Js) independent

C.;;;6 law

J guaranteed

(t-&) I refugee

Sal before, in the presence of

;51: article, douse

Egypt

distinction, discrimination

5" Li4; to specify, to prescribe (in a contract, etc.,

Cf. c,r2-: text, version (of a law,
treaty, etc.), Note that Les-
may also mean provisions or stipulations

of a law, treaty, etc.

)(12..; , homeland, fatherland

citizen, native

C. PHRASES AND IDIOMS

either of the two. 41 is used as a

relative pronoun when there is no ante-

cedent in the main clause.

 88

on the basis of, by virtue of, pursuant to

compulsory conscription

the rights and obligations

military service

sovereign, possessor of sovereignty.

is f. of j.3 possessor. These

are sometimes used to form compound

t'
,
adjectival nouns. Cf. A
JJ-0
intelligent; i (man) of

importance

because of

when (it) takes effect, (lit. on the appli-

cation of)

f the laws and the statutes

to enjoy

sacred duty

according to, pursuant to

D. SUPPLEMENTARY SENTENCES

(a) Translate intofnglish:

4.1,411

irarj."1 vi 1
r
I l+-1.0 I, 4JA.vall
kft e.r.IJ I :AN °Y 431)..."J
1....t40 I 4.0.4,1 v. y11 os tl; I

Li-Ai 1 zA "wail )1,J °

 89

I is aie) .1 Ix. c)ci JS (5.6 Y

r. t:JJ y t-;1;11 tSO-1 etr-N-11 SJLot A
W.ii 1 L co y to-,J I at:J.& I hviis
o.61), J A:4 4-ix': 44.42,11 bri-r1311 al - 1.

(b) Translate into Arabic:

1. Independent states enjoy sovereignty and freedom.

2. All citizens are equal before the law in rights and obligations.
3. Yemen is part of the United Arab State.

4. Bearers of (the) Arab nationality shall enjoy the rights defined by the laws of
their countries.
5. The Constitution of the United Arab Republic was published in 1958.
6. All citizens are equal in public liberties.
7. The law prescribes the penalty of any crime.
8. The law prohibits punishment for infractions that are not defined in the

Constitution.
9. The number of political refugees has recently increased.
10. Military service is obligatory by virtue of the law.

E. EXERCISES

(a) Give the English equivalents of the following:

 90

(b) Use the following expressions in complete sentences:

4i6

j tom, r

yr .... 0

(c) Vocalize the following sentences:

c),.; 6'3 4; z1.0, LI I 6..11 1

:A. I.i ig..121);14v J I LI, 411 T

;ea:1-'4u z:VI (.. 1-4r-P-4,

(d) Give the roots of the following:

c,1013.. r iJI. T iutsla i

ijk4.m.,..11 I). ...1 Iji ....0

 91

A. TEXT Unit 14
Selections From

The Constitution of the United Arab Republic--II

r
k,G4J I jaul

INSAJ I cLA.:

1.-13 t.JV!) J39)11 J'aii

44-111 146 4: L.olda-.1 plitt J .Y4A'& I .4.13 Ji I

WI Li-4

I al3L.J I v;L1J I j.zu I

J J.c J j...tal I ilL,J

(-4."-42-; C.) A. C.)1 li:-te. 3 ;« 4,1:`)) f;:, 3

4p,uII Vti-7"3 4J>J I 4.13.`n 4.1"1*?" 14;1° I Le"- Oa JicCi I alc

4:44,4; asp (sat 2t,.i...ku;1 14L jks 1 ;1; ;ANI Ltice r
J3:"'
;7: %) XV ;1.';'4" C.4"°. )14' L').s IA% 11"-L,A 4
"A-1 I-- )U 4t-4 jec 3 "P-AW
;: )34*-7t1 1:111 (541'

LAS VI3 )3 J J J 1.:111 1.e..LFA et

4;. 4.4Z; JI lj IJJ I c.),A;JI rS i

414t. 45.137#7: k:j1 jt..; Y

1..,; I it J4& I als LIS. 1%4.4 p.,1J I Ail L:

cd13 I c).10,11 I cl Las o )1 ojr., i 1-4AUa;., I

Cd3j6i 13 J $.1"' Jj
 92

B. GENERAL VOCABULARY AND NOTES

before

P' to exercise. Cf, direct;

co
t341.4.1.:04% immediately, directly;
L.. pursuit, practice.
null, void
become null and void

( et' ) prescribed, described

to finish, to complete. This verb is also

used as an auxiliary with the verbal noun

to replace the passive mood.

"4"Ict,.,".:i his choice was completed, i.e.,

he was chosen. This expression is better

than the passive which is

seldom, if ever, used.

to meet

to determine

to respect

to preserve

t:..L;d13. power, jurisdiction

faithfully
choice
41.0.1 summons
/
4).3) session

state, country

to watch over
 93

ati*J control (n)

to impose as a condition or obligation.

ft.,
Cf. the passive J to be

prerequisite for; 31 on ccndition

that

legislative

interest (n)

demand (n)

member

act (n), function

ordinary

resolution , decision

seat

to swear

to elect

111"7 t 1S,
C 11'4 regime

executive (a)
j.; ) deputy

( 1 ) relating to the birth of Christ , A. D.(1)

Cf. J4P Christmas;

JCL...0 B. C, , and year

of the Christian era, sihsequently known

as the Gregorian Calendar, prescribed

by Pope Gregory XIII. This universal

solar calendar is specified here in the

document to distinguish pm the Muslim

Lunar year of 354 or 355 days each.

 . 7, 777771-777,3.7777791.74%,-ITTMP'n7-7,!.7777

94

j41 e 1;64 oath

C. PHRASES AND IDIOMS

upon the request of

public session

the National Assembly

the Chamber of Deputies

ordinary meeting

to convene
auf,
legislative power

executive power

security of the Fatherland

at least
1: ,
.tor:...44nj I
in the manner prescribed

presidential decree

to take an oath

Gregorian calendar, Solar cale..,dar

to exercise his function

to exercise control over the acts

D. SUPPLEMENTARY SENTENCES

Translate into English:

I
(a)

Ati oise 'I) j3J1

;LI, Ili 6ph .04) 00 1.1;:ta I r5e.

1.1 ie. 4J al2LJ JLASri 617, 1.j 4.),01.,41 tr: elm r

 95

3-as Jg Ls.Lc °

sis -=1;>t: L.)ff )-2.r jg jig 1

La ciP (."-)1 Le Y
le.) 3.. cr LaST ,1
;j1-64-?ti I Lp..-4) I.J6 ..0 I JJt
;LIM; 4.--Vi4 ,,,..)/g; 451;1

(b) Translate into Arabic:

1. The secretary-general exercises his powers in accordance with the charter of the
United Nations.
1

2. The National Assembly of the United Arab Republic is composed of members of

the Syrian Chamber of Deputies and the National Assembly of Egypt.

3. Although the seat of the Internationnl Court of Justice is the Hague, the Court
may meet elsewhere.

4. Parliament may be convened to discuss the refugee problem or any other problem.

5. The House of Commons assumes the legislative power in Great Britain.

6. Decisions issued when the Assembly is not in session are null and void.

7. The security council may be convened by a summons from the secretary-general

in case of emergency.

8. The age of a member of the Court should not exceed eighty years.
1

9. Prior to assuming his duties, the new prime minister visited the president of the

republic.
10. The president is elected in the manner prescribed in this constitution.
 96

E. EXERCISES

(a) Give the English equivalent of the following:

'41
Jig t 1"
416 0

(b) Use the following expressions in complete sentences:

j Las 1 (sic _1 J-
csis _

c)10111 o
(c) Vocalize the following sentence :

13.3 OP 111 d-.1.* jet

434 WI tiv.r )1.1, ts La-4-7-1 01S

(d) Give the roots of the following:

J- A
 97

A. TEXT Unit 15

Selections From

The New General Election Law in Syria--I

Cr* Ll".
40. a& I 1.1.4J1 )11

63-

°La Js LS 5);, th-; 0-* ;)-: "1-;e. try :Jail-P. AaJte.

:j;I J

k:01 0:1.1.;3L. JS %)..! I al I

J a"! I I bi-e jsi

%-61 J a.c y (0:411 )11 j.!1 r

JL,4* j.c 40).11 r.to JJs y itS

4.4 6.i.1 I sr LA ;I I :I;1.,..1 I

e)...741 I Liaz cf.

rieJace. 674. La% Lep cr J cif...L.941 I A.-. "4.1 J -0

; a l.J I 'r' J.) 131 I j.>,.;,.1 I JIG Lic:1 :j.t1 J

,01 L. J I (.)-1--?-41 I .0.; J-0.1 I Liti I pl L-4.$ J-tt 1

ir 1, ;4,11 Jirat I l 1-i,c1 L:) Pt "-I LI u° L.L

l 4..J1 0,;t5 )-4g ,:t ar;'.= NA JsiY

 98

ci i).!,1 ce.; L4p:

ra-r. -2 /-4=:

4.1.4 LsbS3 )1.411 :j)Ls A

crci ua.4.4..li 1/4rt I r.41.4.11 J1.4.4 ji`YI s.ls cAt

B. GENERAL VOCABULARY AND NOTES

( ) 4,17;bi competence, fitness, qualification. Cf.

4P;il it-SbP/%1 the civil rights;

4.17V 11 J.,13 legally competent;
417;IN ut legally incompetent.

primary

nomadic, Bedouin. Cf .4%; sit el .11 desert

council

to assign, to limit

be forbidden, to be unlawful,

to deprive someone, to deny. Hence

fie." deprived, debarred.

province, governate. In Syria, it is any

one of the larger administrative districts,

whereas in Egypt, it is one of the five

administrative divisions. The chief

office' of such a province is called
. Cf. also, in politics
 99

4.:),641-;411 the Conservatives, the Tories.

g right

district, department (especially in Iraq,

Syria, and Lebanon). In Egypt and

Tunisia it is a department of a court of

justice. The word usually means circle,

circuit. Cf. from the same root 41

department, administration.
jSi f: ;53+ headquarters, center
S rsia;
( ) to exceed

previous

to list

register
;
inhabitant

) ty-,;L;7, political
condition

certificate

(A14 ) 4?L-4-.4 consultative

fr."
to join
- ..,
counting, computation, from up to
.'..( ... ...
count. Cf. k .1..t.; )11 ..31 ..i....z; census

tribe. Cf. -j.."IG to associate closely;

intimacy.

cLif c e section (n)

( ) cs `C:.; province (in most Arab countries except

Egypt and North Africa). The nour.

 100

.C.a; usually means judicial decision,

judgment

to constitute

fracion
to enjoy

to represent

civil
to exercise

to elect
election, suffrage

electoral, pertaining to an election. Cf.

Cr ..A.. election campaign.
-
deputy

parliamentary

(e.; ) CI j Z. 1
sub-district in Iraq, a subdivision of a

'La; (see above), roughly corres-

ponding to a county. The word

means silo, direction, section, aspect.

Cf. mil; v in respect to, as for

a. on the other hand;
,fr /
al4; :). de lure. tt.ou ceb

de facto.

C. PHRASES AND IDIOMS

J-t-f-11 ,:1;11 the nomadic Bedouins, literally: the

departing Bedouins. Cf. to
 101
to".

depart, to move away; to

wander, to roam, to lead a nomadic life.

.11/ 0..

I electoral district
1..11
0".."Ada census registers

JD provided that, on condition that

Elementary School Certificate
cil; 4-'31 in addition to

at least
c;6 as specified, in the manner specified
1.1. %Lit then, at that time
40

1/415 47";
parliamentary seat
-11
dt'bo'i*"jli 41.! j41 I " 51;tii L
t".4° to enjoy civil and political rights
previously mentioned, aforementioned

the headquarters and all that lies under its

jurisdiction, literally: and what follows

it.
to exercise his right

polling center

general elections

D. SUPPLEMENTARY SENTENCES

(a) Translate into English:

47.:1 L. J.5 1
pAs or. i.
r
;i1.11 J 4. t J

:J.11 ,131 .111:1;

 102

L.J I i J1411 c; .;.; I

I ..)1.1 I J.: Lts I su..4.1 1).; L.. ("Wis) Lam,. y I J.J.."..1 I _

JAI I LS 14 J.9 'J. JS P.: 1
13

Lk;; I i..t.L.A451 I I ,1 Ir. 4`%1 yY

; :)1 L/21 t..15 0-1-0 t---1 I -6.1r2"J" Lris ;PI-4
`1 I Li,. _y; I ..c1 I

t.11x; I j5 I J.: I .41 I LI; ...IA.* va...a.4z;

I jal j31-7, 11....S I ce ,PA:. cs )3 ,7.%

s.,.1 I

(b) Translate into Arabic:

1. An electoral district includes several subdistricts and at least one province.
2. In general, one deputy represents 30,000 Syrian inhabitants.
3. If the population of the district is less than 15,000, then that district shall be
joined to the nearest neighboring province.
4. Muslims and non-Muslims are assigned parliamentary seats in proportion to their

number in any electoral district.

5. The special consultative council shall elect the representatives of the nomadic
Bedouin tribes.

6. Every Syrian shall have the right to vote if he is eighteen years old.
7. No Syrian is eligible to vote unless he enjoys his civil and politica! rights.
8. If a man commits a crime he is at least temporarily deprived of his electoral

qualifications.
9. Members of nomadic Bedouin tribes have the right to vote provided they are
literate.
10. Every citizen shall vote in the electoral district in which he is regist red.
 103

E. EXERCISES

(a) Give the English equivalent of the following:

z.)L!- J
Utip.S..i ,LJt Js ..

1.6 z.ltl;1 0
(b) Use the following expressions in complete sentences:

cjt
Jig v
t 0.1% Z3)1%

(c) Vocalize the following sentence:

J LL 1i
,A-Ai I at ;r1A ;1-;14.11 tz
I, Z J....)1

(d) Give the roots of the following:

L..; A
r
Y
-
 104

A. TEXT Unit 16
Selections From

The New General Election Law in Syria--II

cr Jr J.& 1 14,611 z. 111-4c.n11 0,;l;

.*"

c-trti -10

.1:- 43 I as: k:JA.

egt 4-; ,e; 4-;`* Cr' j::3Ls1 r=1

4i1X,0 I I J1-44 I ja..a. 31 4:1 a.... I I ,-A.211 -L-L> I

J jt ji-)11 (six

01-4):J1 )13 ;16.,..L iv:"a )11 plij Jl I J J-v-1 44.1

ce..111, b,,
91 eJ, JJ I z1/4.;AJ ,.,LL...11 al r-4:0L:Zr.

J-1'1 r-4111'6, ;-4-.'";-; )11 ;,:1 .411

1451:' &e.)L; Cr` "-ell

) 1-:22--J
"I ulrJ
LAJ L:t-. LAJ

S J.,411
--61,-.-1 I

14"4
'
13-j I,
r
-41..a;% I 4; L; .11.J I

4.61A J~ -2-'4; te.) ',rt,iz4; I prJ I r4-; 64, Z)Ls Lb,

 105

; L 4"`L; C4/4 Ci' Lrig

Je.-Loz cd-t-E,1%J* rirJI rt.; 61) c Lo'-' c c

.15-

11:11.-4.;
j.z.,1 I

2L0,
..12; 1).4_1

41;
01 J.-4;J

1JI
1-10A

442-16: r."; cx
JS be.

Lc
WI 31 JLJ
; i j)1511
0

'4111
ct.. go:J. .u.. L, fx
B. GENERAL VOCABULARY AND NOTES

basic

to ascertain

cg 4.1) -1!-
list, index, schedule. Cf
417 1;J curriculum; di"°.) ":61 Jbi
stock list; j1;4;tyi j;
agenda, working plan

accounting

keeper, guardian, custodian, governor.

In Syria is the chief

officer of a province (any one of the

large administrative districts). In

Egypt it is the title of the chief officer

of a governorate (any one of the larger

administrative divisions of Egypt). Cf.

also, in politics Jail_;..; conserva-

pi
tive; ..,"'!"..""""J the conserva-

tives, the Tories and

f.

106

the conservative movement, Toryism.

to be allowed, to be permitted; also to

pass a test

to pass

J.; )2. treasury

c.r. C governmental office, administrative office,

bureau. In the older Islamic adminis-

tration were the account

books of the treasury.

%.10 te * salary

I" g
.1 I
decree
s
duct/. condition; L.4.4 (51;
on condition

that

to impose as a condition;

to be prerequisite

consultation, council. Cf.

,..61.4.11 the state council

advisor, counsellor

.:. 1;,..?';; tat.rd; declaration, statement

" "
`',2"42 C g k.-9"1"
class, row, line
box, chest

to include

conformity, agreement. Cf. 4.:41-1"

to make congruent, to adjust, to match

to be equal, to be equivalent. Cf. j

to act justly
 107

( ra; ) cr.:7/ to receive, to get

g district, province (in most Arab countries

in Egypt or North African ..ountries).

°Ca; also means judgment, judicial

decision, court ruling

to register

to resign

district president (in Syria), it refers to an

administrative officer at the head of a

°l.:::; district. In the Tunisian

army
,
is a lieutenant

colonel, whereas in Egypt it is a naval

commander. The word is composed of

r1,6 (rising, firm) and

(location, position.) Cf. also

_c;
4k041 I
d1. e JI4st charge d'affaires.
) (as preposition): in exchange for, in
return for. (as noun): meeting, reunion.

Cf. ° i J! au revoir, so long!

,,e
distinction, preference, from fo
00.
separate, to distinguish.

set apart, to grant a special right or

privilege. Hence j*,Li..1 advantage,

privilege. Cf. j5ZJI 1...4101;:e court

of cessation (Syria);
c I (:),
age of discretion.

If
 108

election, from to select;

to vote. Cf.
"
electoral and ;:..1.1,1,;,;;;;I

election campaign.

final

to deposit

receipt

temporary, also

C. PHRASES AND IDIOMS

secretary-general

state council

the court of cessation (Iraq)

state treasury

electoral district
director-general

the auditing office

director of the municipality, mayor

handwritten declaration

at least

at most, at the most

the Muhafez must, it is prerequisite for

the Muhafez

it may not be done, it is not permitted

attorney- genera I

:7!
 109

D. SUPPLEMENTARY SENTENCES

(a) Translate into English:

U21,'s L)354 LJr1 C41411 (x6

'II Sic " .71 L)11- `''` JLPii ;J411

4-vej- cotraU L.1%1-4; )t.-03 1%16.411 L5.6API

qj "11A1 r"..1;61. L)1 kU jo

44; CLI-4.9
LA

. WI .; c),k63-4J1
c,1" J1,1 14 Jt Ls.ls Y
GiLti;)
6,4L; 41 ,:t1 L,.411 uaiit A

flt1 Je.

irU LA :r 44411 csic

L-101;r* /"%r4J1

(b) Translate into Arabic:

1. A government official may not nominate himself in the district where he per-

forms his job.

2. A candidate must be a male elector, and mu-t have been a Syrian national

for at least ten years.

3. Education is one of the qualifications determining the eligibility of a

candidate.
 110

4. A government official can nominate himself three months after his resignation

from office.

5. The government issued a decree fixing the number of deputies.

6. The Muhafez ascertained that the candidate had fulfilled all the requirements
set forth by law.

7. The final receipt given to the candidate contains the day and hour of appli-

cation.

8. A candidate must be thirty years old.

9. Those who receive their salaries from the government cannot become

candidates.

10. Members of the State Council may not nominate themselves until three months

after their resignation from office.

E. EXERCISES

(a) Give the English equivalent of the followirg:

4-5..1>ZjI c.rJ-? '11`.411 -

I

c)l.g _o

(b) Use the following expressions in complete sentences:

6 L.; 601 csis _

t ufi Jiz.;6.4,11 _r
6. . i . t _°
 111

(c) Vocalize the following sentence.

31 -6-1 L'.411 17.41' L J-zz r

..013.J1

(d) Give the roots of the following:

V
 112

A. TEXT
Selections From

Official Text of the Abolition of Monarchy and the Proclamation

of the Republic of Tunisia--I

6.)10), Lu .44.4
1 u I"'

1.;.1 L.11 i.s...6).11 at.......7t.11 Li:1 1.1...; .F..;

5-15...1J1 ,1

cS aJ cie.)-61 ct3 'r..-ft-1-1

)-1;-; 3-4° c,r61,;"="31
1,11 1 1 t. )54-, J11 1 a:.,..:111 1 1

1 1 geJ Li 1

J L.)1 cpl_su; _r

jig ;Li jail

.1/4.1A 1/4..i.;.:J 1 cti ,.1.1 1 c.j.$- J L.44) 1."11

L. .J LS )1,01)1

)IA1 ifriwJ 1 ..LA

L.11 Li.LJ

T J) Lfto 1,-J 1 1 1 rat L) 1

11oY ( ) 0 1 r
 113

B. GENERAL VOCABULARY AND NOTES

constituent

secretary-general

4)34.4' republic

Zu'lhijia, the last month of the Islamic

calendar
p4.11 c measure
Ft,
Li
strengthening

official
basis, corner. The plural
0
means staff (military); basic elements.

Cf. also it";-;.11 k.)13;1 general staff

) until, as long as, while, from to

J hesitate, to delay

drawing up, writing

( ) sovereignty, mastery, from to to be

or become master, to rule. Cf. %.14.4.0

master, lord. i;jL4., is also used as

a general title and form of address of

bishops. It is also used in Egypt as a

general title preceding the name.

r17. J you, a respectful

address introduced in Egypt after the

abolition of titles of rank and social

class

as" to issue
 114

) iL safeguarding
-
to bestow, to give, to name, to call

declaration, proclamation

( 3; ) independence

office
to charge with, to entrust

3aU ) 14 abolition, abrogaticn. Cf. al and

qr.., to talk nonsense;

to render ineffectual, to abolish

;161d title, nickname, also surname, family

name, as opposed to j'-' given

name, first name. Cf. in sports

5.14-11 title of champion
.
derived

monarchy

vo; va.; text, provision (of a law etc.)

system, rule, order. Cf. J-f4

along this line; fait:.

basic constitutional law;

111. way of life; 6411

ublic order.
r P

execution

authority, influence, from to be

effective, to be legally valid. Cf.

fu!I powers, unlimited

authority; jA11" I jilxi sphere of

influence
 115

representative, deputy

duty, tat.;
direction, trend. Cf. 4r*., to aim,

to direct. From this root we have

direction, region; 40?...3 face;

4.!--rj notable, eminent person

and directing, aiming,

guidance.

C. PHRASES AND IDIOMS

to the special and the general, to

each and everyone, all people

the necessary measures

to become effective

the sovereignty of the people

according to the authority invested in us

official text
democratic regime

monarchic regime

being effective immediately

A
"1'173 point of view, standpoint. Cf. also
01
I J..0 Cr. in this respect;
I
from a

different standpoint
 116

D. SUPPLEMENTARY SENTENCES

(a) Translate into English:

1.;.1..1411 I I k)L:i 1

csji.;A: Latl r
I 1,agNI I t
L.;JI J.04.! Z13..111 t0
ce LAN .i.; 1.; ce.,1 _1

;Jjall r.4.«0;.3 ° LAIS Y

t J1: (rig J Lee')J :4^.4-6v. 4-1""!cil L';-r'st j-UDI "

190Y ( jrz.: ) 0 'r Li L4.;.1 I ja.LII -

(b) Translate into Arabic:

1. We, the deputies of the Tunisian people, take the following decision.

2. The members of the Constituent Assembly acted according to the laws of the

land when they declared the republican system in Tunisia.

3. The members charged Mr. Bourguiba with strengthening the basis of the

independence of the State.

4. In drawing up the Tunisian Constitution, the members derived their powers

from 'he people.

5. The Constituent Assembly was charged with the abolition of monarchy.

6. The duties of the State are carried out by a president elected by members of

the Assembly.

7. The government remains in its present form until the Constitution becomes

effective.
 117

8. The secretary-general was charged with informing the public of the decision.

9. The abolition of the monarchy was issued in an official statement.

10. All the decisions of the Assembly were taken in the name of the people.

E. EXERCISES

(c) Give the English equivalent of the following:

u0.; 4IJ)UI
4SJA cU
voLAJI _o
r
(b) Use the following expressions in complete sentences:

_1 bit-Lt.:J. 1
i.11.; r

(c) Vocalize the following sentence:

6i:: J-10 qi
,4.111.11 412 41 I f LI.J I

(d) Give the roots of the following:

 118

A. TEXT Unit 19
Selections From

The Constitution of the Tunisian Republic--I

Preamble

L:.r

;:),-4A-?4J1 )37"' 1'3

:41,3:6.11

j
all

4.:J1 1-; Ts.); c,,J-!-

"Li.; cS .1.11

tAACY. 13 13

.1.0L.:.41 ;L.; 11 1. 13 I ; I (51.0 (is

J.ILIc11 13 rJ 13 14...1J juz, ;;; pftl 13 :1 I ..L".1 L, cj Lom;4,1 ..r.; tAl
)-"J 4-13 ail

itt I %..N.1 L.:LA.1 6e)... ,L41 I ; f)1,A51 i-saf _r

c- "1/ L:1 J-0=1;1 0.-A" LI te; `r,-".j e's
.1_,J I, I j..4 1..W

ce.6, cUa; 1.4.41,;3 41.1 1.4 t

Ji".1 J-& I f1-1=11J1 01 01- o

JL, .11 -.41-61-1)-J riP37J 3":-:'1.0 13 j.19.-fti I ct 1.74)

1,.1I J.0, ;r. lsj.1 iI Ji et. A3 %.4..amtn ;

N.L.14/113 13 1 (e.;
 119

4111 ;SA. 4,6 I I

ai I I .ice

B. GENERAL VOCABULARY AND NOTES

exploitation (politically and economically)

Cf. .14d
to bear fruit.
;I.11 tool, apparatus, also particle (grammar).

Cf. I of JI machinery of govern-

the definite article.

family

basis, foundation. Cf. ,Mt to

found, to establish;

establishment, organization;
*4":1".,1
clnstituent
wealth, riches

usage, utilization, employment

staying behind, backwardness. Cf.

back, rear; to stay behind, to

be backward.

protection, care

4;) prosperity, comfort, also aszLij . Cf.

yj to be comfortable;

creation of ease and luxury.

to be centered on, to be based upon

,s1;
) cf ,,;: cause, reason

equality
 120

widespread, universal, common , from

to spread, to become public

(news); t to publicize, to
circulate. From this root we have
faction, sect, followers,

disciples and ii.r.411 the Shiites

(that branch of the Muslims who recog-

nized Ali, the Prophet's son-in-law, as

his rightful successor). Cf. also

publication, circulation
(of news) and communist,
4-5"-
p
communistic; ot.ex« communism.

health

r- to determine, to resolve

destiny, future, lot

solidarity, reciprocity, joint liability.
Cf. c;12;:t11 4S ):1 company (commercial)

of joint liability
,j1-10 ) 1...1-11, oppression, terrorization, flood from
.0"

or to overstep the
--
bounds, to overflow; r6 ed, to

tyrannize, to oppress

loop, bond, link

adherence, attachment

cooperation. Cf. CO-

operative society
 121

jt separation, differentiation, discrimination.

Cf. Ctidi... in detail; by retail
(commercial)

r
z progress (n)

to settle down, to establish, to be stable

( SI; )

economy

..ts1-;; c iaa V rule, base

((3; ) setting up, constructing, establishing

((.); ) support, foundation

(fi) t-s
value

guarantee, guarantor
,1-45
holding to, adhering to

most beneficial

fighter, combatant. Cf. to surpass,

to defrat and JG..;, struggle, compe-

tition
a,.,;) belonging to, membership. Cf.

to trace one's origin, to be affiliated

expansion, promotion, increase. Cf.

Le.; to grow, to increase;

growth

strengthening

( *alp, ) 41,0.r." introduction, preamble. Cf.

to pave, to make smooth (the way);

4.12.0 in preparation of
 122

C. PHRASES AND IDIOMS

irJ I n the name of God etc. This invocation,

known as , is the heading of

all but one of the chapters of the Quran;

in classical times it headed all documents

and correspondence. It is still used in

some Arab countries, such as Yemen,

Tunisia and others.

cbui the rights and obligations

ci;49 the best guarantee of human rights

to believe in (religion), to profess (a

religion, a conviction). Cf. vl :1

to profess Islam. Hence

religion, faith, Creed. Note also

to borrow, to take up loan and

debt, liability.
to be based upon, to be centered around

foreign domination

better destiny, better future

by the grace of God

04° to work for peace

I the Great Maghreb, Amb Northeast

Africa. the place where the

sun sets, i.e., west. Cf.ci,;')11

1:41:;;;the entire world (idiom).
by virtue of, by, by means of; Ili
 123

favor, kindness.

icL:41 )( establishing equality

human values

the best means for

r-*-2j :).2%; we, the representatives of the people.

Notice that is in the accuse-

tive, because it is the object of an

omitted (understood) verb we

belong to. Hence, the meaning of the

sentence becomes: we (who belong to)

the representatives of the people. Cf.

1,11 we (who belong

to) the undersigned.

republican regime

strengthening the links of friendship

strengthening the links of unity

the national unity

D. SUPPLEMENTARY SENTENCE

(a) Translate into English:

L.J31-.:J13
31.1%,,.J1

hilL-J13 jig 01.4411 r

JI I j.?-1 `41 cj 1 4.11

A:431 Cr4"3 4-41°

./1-0 leo-4.)1 k:J1

 124

c.....,;1 Y
s` lit ::::_sbUjJ1 jiiz. A
1....11 4..4111 J
J-6:1-**) cs k.:14 C.)4641 I gr"":1:43 1/4.1'6311 ,0"1!1 j
(b) Translate into Arabic:

1. The representatives of the Tunisian people are determined to strengthen the bond

of national unity.
2. All peoples should adhere to the human principles such as justice and freedom.

3. The Tunisian people agreed to the establishment of a democratic system of

government.

4. The system of government in the United States is based on the principle of

separation of powers.

5. The sovereignty of the people is one of the most important elements in the

formation of a democratic government.

6. The republican system is the best guarantee for providing the means of prosperity.

7. The struggle against tyranny and exploitation is one of the basic human rights.

8. If there is no stable political system, the citizens will lose their right to work,

health, and education.

9. The Tunisian people liberated themselves from foreign domination by virtue of

their solidarity.
10. The constitution protects the rights and duties of all citizens.

E. EXERCISES

(a) Give the English equivalent of the following:

T
L4-:
 125

;GI ad L4 Nr
_

(b) Use the following expressions in complete sentences:

p-1-3 T tU %S).,, Lris

Jr", r 1-6-; -t

(c) Vocalize the following sentence :

1-1=j1

Liii-fth (43 cx,-;-61141 I

(d) Give the root of:

-.-%:,.. t ie. is, r ,eL 1 it 1 _ i

 126

A. TEXT Unit 19
Selections From

The Tunisian Constitution

614*.4-4

vow i1
ie.

;Laii Li-4:W co; (47,-. lt

ii-10%1 L'iLl v--'i 1/4.1e fir" Lriz*- Letj ;LI

1-4.1,1-at

4: LoLo.:Li4 3 ant.;I: ,.;1111 LsiAl .4; jig J-4,1

e I ° Lasi cr.k.e..11 a.a .11.4,11 .111.0611

I-4z I ` 1-4.ft:.451"3 "6.-<-'.i -61-et

JLali P,Zji ce; JLec...;$ _t

" ir) L i%1 G6)63 4e-.4; c),-;a11

;1/4-1.^..11 jA)34-,-1 I vaiL.N..113

.1....11.10..J I vi jo/1 Latti 4,J4j 5.4...".1 I v.13,1 0

r. .e. .4 r L

1;-.J. -Lot (.1%; 13"1 3.3"* cam"; JJ-41

1 JN1 J-4ii
 127

B. GENERAL VOCABULARY AND NOTES

( ) discipline, education; t, J1 to be

well-bred, well-mannered. Hence

culture, refinement, good manners. Cf.

also JI rules of conduct;

I disciplinary board;
4...ott It tsa disciplinary action
( ) c g rt orde- (n)

social

tg right

fulfillment (of a claim, etc.), implemen-

tation

C. CI" judgment, provision

( Jo.) local

to end, to seal, to ratify (a document)

."-
) jurisdiction, competence;u2C.4::;4

duly qualiried, authorized, competent

) treason, Cf. a.1;11 high treason

putting into candidacy, nomination

*I'
promotion (in rank); '46 to ascend,
to use (in rank). Cf. 61; ascending,
superior, of high ranking; 4111'
14.0).11 the upper class

) nomination, appointment

to keep vigil, to safeguard closely

people
 ,....777717.'ff1T.-A

128

41C1**-3 advisory

to proceed, to go out, to be issued,

to appear

1'0 competence, suitability, fitness, juris-

diction, authority. Cf. el.t. to be
proper; .41-''A411 IJ L-4-, competent
.. ,
authorities; 43.1.6. pleni-
potentiary

a:0; interest, benefit. Cf. a.yl

the welfare of the people

1 4.1 to do precisely, accurately, to regulate,

to determine precisely. Cf.

precisely, accurately

guarantee (n)

demand, claim
( lit ) pardon (n)

connection with, bond, relation

() CAtr.s appointment

L.11;:34 commission (of a crime; etc.)

economic, economist

( ) judge (n)

( ) cAt:1; C . law. Cf. to make laws, to

legislate; ,...);;1111 basic

constitutional law;

international law
to be formed
 129
.
,S) manner, mode, quality. Cf.

how; ....k7.13 state, condition;

4.4S directions for use

necessary

to deal with, to exercise

to affect, to touch
appointment, authorization, also mandate

(over a territory). Cf.

Mandate Commission (of the

League of Nations)

QL.) v2.; text, provision

1421 system, order

w,
revision. Cf. to trim; hence,

to revise

transfer, conveyance, changing of post

( regional Cf. 4.7; direction, location

C. PHRASES AND IDIOMS

the National Assembly

right of special pardon

the ;aw determined its composition

necessary guarantees

according to

at least

in accordance with

subject to no (higher) authority. Literally:

 130

with no sultan over them. Sultan in the

old days stood for the highest authority.

unless

cr regarding, as to
.
ill .o6;..z revision of the constitution

D. SUPPLEMENTARY SENTENCES

(a) Translate into English:

A '
islc't Lail J33
S Om ZULU a. j J1J I LkOit 4-0 L. t
S 4;till j1:511 ,1 L.!..L.11 J.sh o

r UiLL11.; elJ ri L. ,.; L.;JJ

j;P11 sls uJ J I a Lacit

1.:Dr64'!411 ,-.4.; Cc:," U.,A; ,,, ="2 A

,L:..1* le-13 di
UI crU"...***o. 1.
(b) Translate into Arabic:

1. The right of special pardon is a very important right.

2. In whose name are the orders passed?

3. Which is more important: passing orders or executing them?

4. The judges are subject to no higher authority.

5. The method of recruiting judges is not specified by law.

6. A higher judiciary council supervises the judges' appointments, promotions,

transfer, and discipline.
 131

7. The law specifies the appointment of judges and the composition of the courts.

8. The president of the republic has the right to revise the constitution.

9. The president of the republic ratifies all treaties.

10. One third or more of the members of the National Assembly have the right to

revise the constitution.

E. EXERCISES

(a) Give the English equivalent of the following:

:+ j)111 L 1
t4e...1s ILkL y t

(b) Use the following expressions in complete sentences:

,,:jos1 z.L6,.a11 )

J t sekh .6 r
_o
(c) Vocalize the following sentence:

= w.> NJ 1 L
"113
mz% km* dt-e.Si; 4,0 vv-1-14 tri& /4.**1.

Give the roots:

t
(d)

r J

sal o
Ljoide....+ 1
 132

A. TEXT Unit 20
Selections From

Syrian-Jordanian Judicial Convention--I

Wo.1.;-

;el J 14%--7J1 k*°"1-4.1"--")91 or.,1

:e.)14......1 13 -4.1...:,L4.11 .011 4

(ilk; y I Li-sb

IJ 1 C.A1).rzth `7.-1-6.11

1/41.1 L41..03 I _
° t.)3-Ai

LAS 1 a 4; t...<0J vt-N.11 L-4:1;

441 ii:s+)t.: cjit a,o a;

; 11111 ai I Lsoaljt ,e; I a; ;,..tr& I I _
14-4-;- 0-:Z-1 Ji 0-4:41 C, Lr `:*)
14.!m=41 t )1-4- `-rSZ) 14 r.,-.N.11 jig
LJ c.)5( .1.J >111...J1 .113J.J.1

LJI.S3 t_L,..:J I ;.:J U j sJ 1 :,1)1 ,e; La; 13 1 ots 1

3..01

r21-"J. 1-4J J-1 LA. JP:si

C.g.,;1.); J-11 LrcO)r( Imo, I.>

'A I '6 ft:Nl t:J1.5

j I I 0-11.1 I
0-is r7....1.:J Lk.. Ji. 3.1.1)..J1 ;kJ ail
j I 6) Le. I ,A r..13
4.4.611 j yai J.; 31 i....gr".11 t
 ,7?

133

%=.1-L; "r'.).1-64.11

ktisi c-1
L. I-4141 1/40

B. GENERAL VOCABULARY AND NOTES

(11;) ,s;i6 following, succeeding, from 5i to

JL
follow, to succeed

f ) f r," convict, criminal

dI C offense, crime
.1
republic

correctional offense
L;' 4".*L7.

crime

to be possible, to be permitted; hence

it:$:7, permissibility, permission, (official)

permit. Cf. Arj". (traveling)

passport

ar.:ording to

f E t-- sentence, provision of law

j1;;.1 case, condition

( us) )
( jai.)

l;6; E
("J.)) 0.;Ji
cjay:">'.4

-."
k.s;
competent

least, lowest. Cf.

national, citizen; from

-JI j
Ls')
.
minimum
.

to protect,

to guard. Cf. keeping,

custody, protectorate; ;",i;;". under

the auspices of, sponsored by

:;:./ ,
to commit or perpetrate (a sin, a crime),
16:49,
to practice; hence perpetra-

tion (of a sin or crime)

 134

extradition, handing over

to fall, to expire, to be exempted

.0
4.Z.uos
.$11 --
attributed to. Cf.;11 J.,;,,1 to attribute,
to ascribe. In Islamic studies, oi%LAW,

means to base a tradition on someone as

its first authority, i. e. to trace back

the ascription of a tradition to its first
authority

applicant, student

requisition, application

;a; JP
to punish

punishment

( ) judicial
wet; judge. As an adjective it means decisive,

conclusive, deadly. Cf. cl.ca/ 1 41st

justice of the peace but 1;41.i.

decisive blow

to refuse, to abstain

67!. mandatory, obligatory

vi j1 Ce description, quality, distinguishing mark.

Cf. quality, property; ornoLi.

in particular, especially; 0..o

.4
unoficially
to be available
 135

t', to fall over, to take place, to be committed

C. PHRASES AND IDIOMS

"
Je".: he may refuse, he may desist

i minimum

outside the territory of

the applicant state

the state to which application is made

based upon, according to

A4 acts with which he is charged, acts

attributed to him

the competent judge

under or according to the laws of the state

in accordance with the provisions of

D. SUPPLEMENTARY SENTENCES

(a) Translate into English:

Z.I.J I cg. w Lial 4; Liz `I I

I I 1
:.1J Jojj..j. ,,,1,1,1! 4; Ij l le..7-3

, `Ja Lr,;1111 _r
44.a .v.; Lott uo..4...111

441.,J1 *J3j1"-)1

f. cr;1). eir...1 I is 1/4; J,N l 1 6, Lit y

, Ji I ce LA.) jig crati; (S-,-

 717"TTTITTF5r,r7'.7.77

136

1/-7til. *.k.r:-.47J. 4$ P.'Nt JP-II it it) P-.1--;;

cs.,;1)1 t' ftkl,,LJ I ZIJU0 4J, ai ;,1)1 ,e; reti I 6;7: ti A

r....L.z.11 441.
)16.J1 s; Lk;.1.0 4:4
6-61.1.0 t Z44J1 all "..ej (.S1 k:41. `lit j; 1:4;"";

(b) Translate into Arabic:

1. At the time the request was received, punishment for the offense had lapsed in

accordance with the Syrian law.

2. The extradition of offenders shall be effected in accordance with the provisions

of the judicial agreement concluded between the two states.

3. A person may not be tried in accordance with the law of another state.

4. The offender is not a national of the state on whose territory he committed his

offense.

5. The minimum punishment for the offense shall not be less than one year's

imprisonment under the provisions of the law of Jordan.

6. The claimed person escaped to Syria after he had committed his offense in Jordan

and his extradition is mandatory.

7. Syria refue' d the extradition of the offender because the competent judge did

not give a description of the offense.

8. Extradition of offenders between states is effected in accordance with the

privisions of the agreements signed by them.

9. Extradition of offenders is not always mandatory.

 137

10. If the offense is inishable by law, application for extradition may be made.

E. EXERCISES

(a) Give the English equivalent of the following:

vet e-J I

t i3 JI _r
j.L10....J1 1 L. 2,411 _o

(b) Use of the following expressions in complete sentences:

cri.01
a; 1

csj,111 t ;J,JJ I Le cr r
; I 0

(c) Vocalize the following sentences:

::,;.S11 1..; LS ,' it,A1211 ;.1 .1.1 I am:, c,; 1 a 4..tr& 1j1

L^A I ie.1114.11 al, WI ie ls, J1 va.i..4.11

1..$;

:rJ1.11. 1 )II.aJ 1 vi du.s k:J1 I 4.41. r11.6,--1 I ZIP-1-1 yr

(d) Give the roots of the following:

(Jo:J-4.J I_ o
(r' 1 1

OA) --f
 138

A. TEXT Unit 21

Selections From

Syrian-Jordanian Judicial ConventionII

T )34...& 13 az.....:L4.11 ;t:Lai.11 1.46z YI

J3.3 .1÷1...a11 1-4Ji s4.1 c)1.5 14

JJJ le ie 'JP .ir..e.e1.1 I J-0 ce :11

I z...5.z I ci.J. I a1, .1.11 1.4"1 I tsJ I

; ,::,A5 1.1 _v
J '111 de. ."1

d3)3 6.4 "'"Ited %5" it?"' eti.0t3 3/11/

vaift.ti .3 LI/ rt.L.:J U ..1 S J-4acj L..1.1211

I it ;:Jt-12.11 aJ, -1-11 .4.1 -Lai I ye. 1116 r

4.4 ;3/4.13 ,e;

= I t

4"'""th )1° r 4-iL4 4"'`"t1 t

L'7<a I k)v.

LS lj 161... ,.:is Lo

4...10 r. xsi
zr. viz ci,.1 I (J0,-14;11 J...csob Ca.

jig 43L4=x-;1 six J.)1 crb

A-11 ;11. Lijt

t. 44.10 cfri...z.J I v LS 1 i I (SAJ I ,:),s J
 139

3I J13; "41,d01 (sibUJ 1-61

44.:113u

:J.ILI I jl 1

B. GENERAL VOCABULARY AND NOTES

priority, also 4:91 This word also

means fundamental truth, axiom. Cf.

jji first, foremost

based on, relatr " to, built upon

statement, declaration. Cf. 3c- to be
evident, to be dear; oLt. to make
-
dear. Cf. also official
report or statement; Cri..;11

self-explanatory, self-evident
grebe.? to establish, to prove
,
summons, bringing over. Cf. j. -' to be

present, to attend

with respect to, co -erning

to attain, to possess. Cf. j}>
possession, tenure, territory

311"-4- seriousness, gravity

more than one, different

jJ) JI4J I ;LI t 4.1:j evidence, proof

OA).* memorandum, warrant

(Jii) 1.31'a; extinction, cessation. Cf. to go

 140

away, to disappear
(.*

1%1 rim" responsibility, liability; also ;4./3...

from jt, to ask, to inquire; hence,
-
C)s
, responsible for

lapse, devolution (of a right). Cf. Id:

to fall, to be omitted or ccsr:celed

I authority, power
extradited, handed over, delivered

solar

indication, advice
. equal, equality; 111-3 except. This

word is idiomatically used in several

expressions. Cf. 0Ij;.:, 11)::, equally,

without distinction.
likewise, without distinction, all the
same; (.1. '13.:% whether ... or; no
matter whether ... or
leaning, dependence. Cf. 1;s1:;.1.
based on, on the basis of

j Jacu
ft
certified

c interest, administration, department

4,4
to injure, to harm, to cause damage to
4'
to contain, to include

4A'14 application, agreement to

,-;;;S:) t r -opx circumstance

As justice, fairness, honesty; j;

 141

minister of justice. In Islamic law:

person of good reputation, person with

an honorable record. In North Africa:

a juristic adjunct assigned to a clad'

to undertake

detailed

to commit or perpetrate (a crime); but

4-Pp; to peel, to pare. Cf. also

Ii91 1,, commission, perpetration

(of a crime)

) file, folder, covering, etc. Cf.

to wrap up, to envelop
.
two.; t I copy
or /
ce.1.4; I cjaj provision (of law), text
4A
44:,"11 identity (not used in Egypt); also
OW , -
Cf.

identity card

) 4; arrival, coming in, receipt

6inoi ) jCo.; c Lo; description

cib) I conforming to, agreeing with or to

( ) act, fact, incident, event. In plural:

happenings, facts (of a legal case). Cf.

the minute book;

;:Irarj el3;11 the Egyptian Official

Gazette
 142

C. PHRASES AND IDIOMS

priority to the state

for the same person, concerning the same

person

evidence that establishes

L1-4 j ...L4 j 4.4,),.. warrant of arrest or summons

4 .
%..)16'aj I ;:4J1.*"'"" the liability of the person claimed (i.e.
wanted)

competent authority

whether ... or
photograph, literally: sunny copy or
replica

the requisition conforms to the provisions

of the convention
s ,*
*13"U' JI 611J) r the penalty has not lapsed or ceased to be

enforceable

e,I Q1.; -JI ;J.:314 the return of the extradited person

4
t"e; 4iji a
the judge engaged in the case

I I 4.04 res udicata, a case already decided by

judicial authority

4 mainly, especially, in particular

the requisition file

L4 'hit,...CI
"r .9
61.2. , in respect of the same offense

4.9 4421/6 certified copy

 143

D. SUPPLEMENTARY SENTENCES

(a) Translate into English:

dzIj J 410
L4.2,1 ;..tec.11 ;:.92t ci.J' I ;Li 4.1.1 L _
1..tet.11 4.-J1 ,1J all ..,.31.1.J1 01%.1.....;

six 1.1)3. 1-4:ak; JI t

I va..4...t.1 I e JUL 113,1.11 _o

e UP, 6:93).6.11 Al..1.1 ,J

iiestroH oJSJv ;4.1 J a.".; JJ.c .113 Y

Li;
br')
L fr!`. ft-Lrt' `0 J A

113.91 LAtt, .7.1.12.11

41,3..0 jig )13 re......11 6.; L4 c)5...e. 1J I.

(b) Translate into Arabic:

1. Syria received a warrant of arrest from the applicant state issued by a competent

authority.
2. The Government of the Hashemite Kingdom of Jordan has not tried the claimed

person.

3. The state to which application for extradition was made asked for a certified

copy of the provisions under which the offense is punishable.

4. The judge engaged in the case made a detailed declaration establishing the

liability of the person claimed.

5. The provisions of law shall apply to the crime.

6. A declaration is issued that the penalty has not lapsed or ceased to be

 144

enforceable under the law.

7. The Minister of Justice indicated that the application conforms to the provisions
of this Convention.

8. The judgment passed against the offender has become res judicata.

9. The Syrian Government refused the extradition of the claimed person because

he is not a national of the applicant state.

10. Syria has not extradited any claimed person under the provisions of the judicial

agreement concluded with Jordan.

E. EXERCISES

(a) Give the English equivalent of the following:

later.11 JJ as 1
I ZjI112-4- NJ...AIL .4413%1 r
(A;. II ;%,114 -0

(b) Use the following expressions in complete sentences:

oia...4....1.11 I i:,.;L;:#1 1

J:J. I
% -t
1
r
°

(c) Vocalize the following sentences:

I t ,A,1,3 at "IP
oa.i.411 ;J. c.:-:4z; (J..) I iJ Ai) td-03-4w I eth (six J-11 kile-10-A

telA

d4.1)..)
t..)- 1;14-:

.)%1;
k.)1 r
 145

(d) Give the roots of the following:

Lc; T WWI 1
il Al A a ...a......4. Y 6-e-7% 1 L.1 61 o

(I
 146

A. TEXT Unit 22

Selections From

Protocol on the Legal Status of the Trade Delegation of the

Union of Soviet Socialist Republics in the Republic of Iraq - -I

Ji-"; L,L4-
- )3-4.N1 I 1.14-1.1

:_S I,...; y I L )3.4...."..11 LJ I

:41 )14.".J1 Z13 411

L 010 ;V-; it-11,11 ;

vi
kjip-it.i jr-t-,-
ty1 L, .4.-"Ji J64; 35.; _r
cdt J-J

k.S 1 y I :.:.A. "1.4.."J I Liz I it, N.J.J 1

1...4:6--"J1 )54A-Nii,
Le.33..11 ),-4...N.11 el La.
;it>) LarJ I ; ("LA; j: Z.; L.< vi L1J J3 ;;;:i

;7:51/;- ;e. 1-4.0cA c

L :") V I :e- L":J 1 i.1..4.1

.3 Ljb;" 1,,.J 1 ))-Cm 1;J ;411:"`"1

.;..L.;L.0.2.11. L>.:..J Lai 13 .rz 1.5..1 I e.g.::
1..c. JJ LoLAJ I 13

4
 147

1-4e 4.) 1.1) LNJ

1:.S1);*"1 L. )1-4.-!ci I J":; in'%:j

..A.54
itS1):...4)11 Lis) 1.1)L-NJI ,..)LS

1-4;

als kzir-.4-11

)14..&1 J1.0.4.1 is _

),-4.-"..11 a.....11...4J1

LNJI k..:,1:;,..i 1

CJ:J. .)-4" VAS"41 t.:J C-0 .17.3 J1?C-11 f.,01 ;4;11-11-11

Ct. e jL!CJI 4111 a; )1NO1 1-Lea.11 LI el

`e" " JA' "i-w- 44 ; :'.°1 4.1?-

4"w ..k7:1A-1Sftil ("6"19)11 iLfte %wL.Sr.J ar51i-14 yI

L;14 Jai.; ij)S.i.11 '141 Le

; Z.* L. ',Ail

B. GENERAL VOCABULARY AND NOTES

on behalf of, in the name of

protocol

mission from to send, dispatch

4J L trade, commercial

0;..c.. part

%i.; L. immunity, :re&P. to be strong or well

fortified
monopoly

,{1'1,117411-2, ,t1X
 148

employee. a,ds employment,

service; compulsory

service

foreign

to be subjject to

international, relating to states.

relating to one state, national. The

latter, however, has been widely used

in recent years in Arab usage meaning

international.

salary, emolument

uJ citizen, national
responsibility

embassy

facilitating
socialist

cipher, code

transaction, derived from

<.
(AL, to
clap one's hand. Hence hand-

clasp (used in concluding a deal). In

Islamic law this word means conclusion

of a contract.
ya: interest, advantage. Cf. also
peace, reconciliation
;rst' C taxation, tax
relation

( J belonging to
 headquarter. Several nouns are derived

from the root report;

). decision, resolution and

continent. Cf. also

)13. an accomplished fact.

legal

to act

carrying on, standing up

to guarantee

all
to receive

to enjoy

delegate, representative

representation, delegation. j is

commonly used for delegation or mission.

property

privilege

promotion, development

(be); deputy

on behalf of

function

position, status

to agree

to sign

C. PHRASES AND IDIOMS

"1 C. IL diplomatic mission

 150

an integral part (lit. a part which shall

not be divided)

diplomatic immunities and privileges

jth LPL::4ji matters related to foreign trade

6 SCJ i
, i 3" - 4 4
e
facilitating and promoting relations
PCep 1
authorized persons

j ,4JI 4,L;:r..11 z,6.1.:JI commercial transactions concluded or

guaranteed

e
L to establish a trade delegation

to carry on trade activities (operations)

the delegation is entitled to

seeing that, whereas, since

on behalf of

sipe- Union of Soviet Socialist Republics

.% /
1:r
."1; legal status

to agree as follows
4 6.17 4.2'"V

D. SUPPLEMENTARY SENTENCES

(a) Translate into English:

;s4-1

al )it 1.rjr4 Itil 6.11 ""

ix.")

r
J

NJ "it Ji"."1: kJ3.." V".121; cr6 jip-0-11

4-1;3.-J
LINIJ I OW I cill.^1 I v it.....A4>j I i4 1 11 I t
.1-11-11
 151

J1.0c.1 ;t) LlcJ I 0

j1-14;...11 ise*J ;MS 44; ....zig.;,--11 kSii;,-*

W.:%-Ay.; Lola. :114 izl.,:13...1(

Z:4.;

(01 L J jz..A.J I cs L1%.+.11, 4.1.'4 WI I Y

j
441-Lej1 LIS 674; I))

(.31/-"J

ce; 4c.*JI I.J16 L1,;,11 9

kt1J ti.1 0.03A- 001->.-fzi

4....11 I c.) )1 1.
( zA.......5611 1.;1.

(b) Translate into Arabic:

1. The governments of Iraq and the Soviet Union concluded a trade agreement.

2. The Soviet Union monopolizes all foreign trade.

3. The Union of the Soviet Socialist Republics established diplomatic relations

with Iraq in July 1958 after the Iraqi revolution.

4. Trade relations between Iraq and the Soviet Union are developing and

increasing.

5. The Soviet trade delegation in Iraq forms an integral part of the Embassy of the

USSR in Baghdad.

6. The premises of the Iraqi Embassy in Washington enjoy the immunities and

privileges accorded to the premises of diplomatic missions.

7. The delegation of Iraq to the United Nations acts on behalf of the governrrent

of the Republic of Iraq.

 152

8. The government is deemed responsible for its representatives abroad.

9. Commercial transactions signed by independent organizations are not binding

to the government.

10. The execution of the trade agreement concluded between the two countries is

guaranteed by both governments.

E. EXERCISES

(a) Give the English equivalent of the following:

u- ii-rt;t: 1
4.>s L4iLcit, r _t
L;i.

r
(b) Use the following expressions in complete sentences:

;;;Li- I ri; T J11 j1.t.p.1 -.1

al.; I) 4,0;J; 0 );;...11 t
(c) Vocalize the following sentences:

LO ;?.) itz *,:".t)1-4.1 JL'zi f 1;?. I

;:::1%.1i.)dit " )11 J 4"-!4'11 APZ1 )1"!1111 T

;r.),-44-&19

1-41 p" -.4116I'l r

(d)

t
Give the roots of the following:

.4,A A
r L4* r
Y
I

J.31....11 0
1. 1%6) 1
 153

A. TEXT Unit 23
Selections From

Protocol on the Legal Position of the Trade Delegation of the

Union of Soviet Socialist Republics in the Republic of Iraq--II

L 44.1.

1 '..61,911.".1 I a.,, -4..?J LS al I itS 11.1.4 )11

r )113 )4(...J. I -.41.0..4A.11

1..) )4 I a. it L.17ai I L4J ug...4% Li Z...J

; I ;le) 4,111 1,1,4.1 I Li 3W I

;Jul Lo '4)44%11 141...J1

Va.; Ori rS `1 j,.1 AJI I .i-s4 v.

el1 31-4- ("Lc

.11.1 LgJI t,.1aiJ I LS...4J 1 )1';

0.4.113 43.0.3.113 5.6 L33L.4,1 I

; JAW ciJ

c). J6-
.. L. 5. c. Lc l+ 45.6 *LI, YI ;t4.3 1),..^J I ;le L- .J c!".11

ls.t:J I Jae u.5;1.1 ;$7Z; LicJ I o, LaeLi

3 4) 4%74.1 Z...1a.; 451 a., L JI I r

i".5-4.-"J I v; .1.4: J1 :te 4e.J I

4.:11.1.53 is vi L4J.0 J voL..:LN

I L.N.J I z..13.1.41 j.1 3Lo cj.s

LA
 154

cs.*:,e. 47.4s e..4;37J1 61)tz t)4 Li c°

r"sr a.:)t 4-31-4-;L: p-11 riA e4-e. L J3-ftW

cz.z.-.:-Losi A J;( cx..r..tz J1 J-;6: 40; Jr."

.)1S Lrla 3-ot I ZujJ '4;4... j)J a.,;..0

LDA LI-C-P-

;:.1,:°"1 J1141 izis kr-A-11 I.I.),"41°1

jer J %S re-A Ire

B. GENERAL VOCABULARY AND NOTES

establishing

organization, firm
direct

goods

maintaining, keeping

to give notice, to notify

commercial, trade

exception. Cf. 0.0 juli to turn

from, hence to make an

exception, to exclude; 41;

exceptional.

to write, to edit
court (legal)

foreign, external
competence
 155

to be subject, to submit

dispute

6:01ls to the contrcry, otherwise. Cf.

besides, apart from; etc.,

and so on.

to authorize

,G;Jj ks;C) c 4$ }.6:1 action, lawsuit. In Islamic Law it means

legal proceedings; Cf. I

j.:/1 the public prosecutor.

credit, loan, debt

official
registration

in, regarding, concerning

Q., f person, individual

to issue

transaction

publications, printed matters. Commonly

used in plural form. The root is

61
to print, to stamp. Cf.
printing press.

relating, regarding, concerning

information

to rely, to depend on

above

with a view to, for the purpose of

legal, judicial
 156
.1
final, from to cut. Cf.
ille11144. V".
to boycott;
op .
1...11u7

decidedly.
to guarantee
IN do.

to affect
to have, to possess, to own
A
to publish

Ue."43; C, Ult; provision, text

regulation

J.rti. execution, executing, levying. Cf.

4.1.44.1i the executive body.

signing, signature

C. PHRASES AND IDIOMS

1st, va.; unless provision to the contrary is made

under the terms of the contract

, in any way
Ji;-4- % dr,- 411,
done in Baghdad in duplicate
.4.).;.:+0,'
c); J1"11; v) 4:
competence of the courts

legal action

effective
in the above-mentioned disputes

the extent each of them is empowered

official publications
as from (date)

with the following exceptions

 157

I. direct relations
a
I J1-at both texts being equally authentic
611 jaa-A
with a view to concluding transactions

a .. 41
.
tie 44.0 j to act on his behalf in legal proceedings

D. SUPPLEMENTARY SENTENCES

(a) Translate into English:

sta>1; L L.a.J L 431)..a1 I ce; LJ I taz.../ 1

Ji Ja. 4 14.L %IP y1

LW; 1,; ;,,i1j-rni I a....(a.31 ..L,01

J1, 2511 ri; L La-NA, I A.A...VI

;_,j Lt...11 5.11 . j kJ 1 ,L211 it; 1p.A.11 )1.,:J 1 5.11 0

jl-r4i z. 1.1.11

J.,*".11 j, i 1 4$18 eg j.JJ 4.-1""rJU'll r=» ;..P.1,'11 3-"'"ii Zki Y

:41114, )11 J6.7,1

LAANI a) ail 4.5.1 z. 3..1*.J J.,c0 A

it) VI lz.....)14,9 tsjkli I 1
iyJ I ;41)::...01 jrc....")1 JLarl 1.
kaosii u°64.0 4.V.c.3r:J1

(b) Translate into Arabic:

1. Disputes regarding the execution of the trade agreement between the two

countries shall be under the competence of national courts.

2. Members of governments delegations to the United Nations in New York enjoy

diplomatic immunities and privileges.

Mr2Ly;',:;!,,T'izi1f:k"...n..,
 158

3. Final judicial decisions are levied only on the property of The Soviet Trade

Delegation.

4. Commercial transactions are concluded between the Soviet Trade Delegation

and Iraqi commercial firms.

5. The League of Arab Sta+es has direct relations with the United Nations.

6. The Embassy of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics in Baghdad is not

subject to the laws of Iraq.

7. The Government of Iraq publishes official trade publications for the promotion

of national economy.

8. The Trade Agreement concluded between the two countries entered into force

the day of its signature.

9. Both texts, in Arabic and in Russian, are equally authentic.

10. Done in Baghdad, in duplicate, on October 11, 1958.

E. EXERCISES

(a) Give the English equivalent of the following:

;.;..1.":J I V )1.irJ I _T 14.0_1

JIP*%1 Jk-,- te eLl w - _r'

Jr I
(5, °

(b) Use the following expressions in complete sentences:

Lre...11 1a.211 _1 (DL J,3= jr. 1

1 s sJ I t L i c. J I I _r
1 ze

A
id
 159

(c) Vocalize the following sentences:

LJI ;law' 4jL4I .LLJL j1..?%-.J I t1jI alif,o4; _

4)61
1-4; ti.J I le) LJ1 _
("La.> 4;4,II.A.11 4,0; LKJ I ae..

LKJ I je.y..,:J I ;..liuN L ji.."0.11 _r

(d) Give the roots of the following:

z.101.;4.......

14.1 A 1 a...Jb..11 0

se
 160

A. TEXT Unit 24
Selections From

Exchange of Notes Constituting an Agreement Between the

United States of America and Lebanon Relating to Special

Economic Assistance

:0; lr lS j.)L.:;
1.01...Q I it I ,st I :La; )1,;.e.i, ;4 j..."Y I

1 1 ;A 1ST Cf.:,.;.; ;t11 (.41 1

1.4 jig c.c. ;,;U:A I eial 4.1 la

J" UN/ et pa.; 4%1 IJiJj J.PZ.A.) 5J 4.4.6 4.0 II; cj L1/4.1

cjtat, Y.,11 v.; 43.:.

g L.,,J I 4 I:3-A C.; Lid, Li...0;%1 J.PL1 Ll..1.0 (e.C.J

a.) I LNJ I j.:0 j:; L

" ":6wii L"1: lif4J j IAA kJ

f 6.3 1 J./. I sx. ais 4.0

I Ij L.L J I L-ct,..1 L.J "S.,. cjci r

J cL4.;....11 I cji.:1.1 l.k4

;., ceLi I ,S. -NJ I .1.1.1.d.

h. L11 63 1.); 14101:01;:' ; bt":.4j. L:

1-4-;K* Jj1-1 1.415"`

 161

I ; I I t
r I I

1.45 ; I JA 'Li cjUt...1

Lit 1,J I a,;_tn j L.11....1 I vv.) Wi Lic

4;1

35-+. 4:01 41.th*J I L; Li: VI j45:, ".R) I 0-4;.46.11 cei 0

4.1 J.1.* jo:d.

B. GENERAL VOCABULARY AND NOTES

Cr° I to provide, to secure, to ensure. Cf.

f to be safe, secure.I Ceoll.1
..
faithful, loyal; hence,
secretary general; ce..11 assurance,

insurance

as may be, in accordance with

( eh.> ) 1:11-, statistics

share, part

term, provision

to replace, to supersede

to assume, to bear

) ".":".12". commodity, necessity, need. Cf. 6_2

to have need, to require
0
AA J-4- service
,0 0
4,3) 6'1 41. JJ consideration, study

to give publicity; to to spread, to

C"I
circulate. Cf. ::;1:31 spreading,
 162

publication, broadcasting; Zsl

newscast, radio news; 4'614

ieji.1.; television broc icast

(JL responsibility

consonanc harmony

to further, to assist

assistance, aid

price

facilitating
sovereignty

to constitute, to form, also to vocalize.

Cf. form, picture

reasonable. Cf. reason, under-

standing; jii,"" '. incomprehensi-

ble, absurd

information

applicable, effective
to utilize, to use
to cooperate

effective, actual, real

effectiveness

understood

acceptable
evaluation

to furnish, to offer, to submit

furnishing

proposal
 163

economy

existing, standfr-
to complement, to complete. Cf.
to be complete

supplementing, completing

benefit, interest

cost (n)

point (n)

provision (of a treaty etc.)

development

program

to contemplate, to intend

to design, to aim

to distribute

to assure, to secure, to make available

to approve, to agree

C. PHRASES AND IDIOMS

Li _Lc
, based on requests
4.0°

the maximum level

Lr42°
e, S
to assume an actual share

in keeping with its responsibility

i.1;sil ; special economic assistance

on terms and conditions

applicable, effective
., acceptable to both governments
citz- "5-fti

1
 164

the proposals presented by Lebanon

C

benefits of this assistance

joint program

as provided in article

D. SUPPLEMENTARY SENTENCES

(a) Translate into English:

it.31.44-1 LA .1.15 ;Le.111 z.....L)1 1

; as ft I le I :L.'S.> cr. L4 ct.110

cjul j ;:., J La;:i I ; as CJs ;Au-4%i ..15."J

u4J cz.,, I Z.; Liti I Li:A I

; ;Al.:1113 1...caA I I t
47.2%11 l I 44 1-41, I

cr. crai'VI 4..11 cx...1 (sit 1,3 4.0..141; J I 0

14.;..+J lj v L.cw VI a as cL4.,L. 41-..;

J., ail 4,:.! I dit;.iJ 13 L2 )11 as I Lam: I ri Y

141, LIT i r, xi:: 1.531 LNJI 0,1:. A

..01e-11 a:1,J I
is.: Ili I I .1.33 ciul cit. A .1,s, I j I
41 J, CX'. 15-N1 Cx`d. -%! cs %4..:1,1 1.

(b) Translate into Arabic:

1. The two governments exchanged notes before signing the special agreement

between the two countries.

 rr,

165

2. America furnishes economic assistance to Lebanon based on the Lebanese

government's requests.

3. United States legislations regarding foreign aid provide maximum benefits to the

people of Lebanon.

4. Commodities and services furnished under the economic assistance agreement

are offered at reasonable prices.

5. The terms and conditions of the agreement are considered acceptable to both

governments.

6. Lebanon is a sovereign state responsible for the economic development of its

country.

7. America assumes a share of the costs of the economic assistance joint program

relating to Lebanon.

8. The United Nations supplements rather than replaces the costs of technical co-

operation assumed by member states.

9. The government of Lebanon gave publicity to economic assistance programs as

provided in the technical cooperation agreement.

10. This agreement supersedes all existing agreements relating to economic assistance.

E. EXERCISES

(a) Give the English equivalent of the following:

1.1)^-s u cr.P44; sal W., -1 La LW La74. I e I1

L; I c)1.;...1 a L.; t
soli:: l 1 ()Gal 'W., -1 ti-c;,..JI -0

(b) Use the following expressions in complete sentences:

 166

J$ 1 L)LJto
(c) Vocalize the following sentences:

aiL .11 Aca; iej re. X%.,'"

01.-1
r (41.11 J L > L'IJ I ale L.:

LI :1st

joi; 40- 1.1WI c. ,1

11: I J A S. : ;. . ; U I

(d) Give the roots of the following:

I 1.0Lit11 T
Jl4...J1 A
 167

A. TEXT Unit 25
Selections From

Agreement on Economic Assistance Between the United States

and Libya, May 21, 1959

J 01.1.,

4.-11 Co Le y,J 1

J L..6 &4.1, %-jr,O J La

)1J s.i.11 Lsic Lt, ALA (...5:; 1,..1s1 01c j _I

jig 4:015,; 0U 11 9o9 jt,L 1 t

71/4J1,411.;ii

I Or.S..; f..%1 ; at Li; l cf. ;ikil I

O...3.1...NJ I jrza 190
01.5 LAS /-41 L11 g 1. \4,1 Z;-?%.1 Jolt 4-+Tb L>s

x L. 1 Lk; )11

01)." %I..! j 4.1.1 p I A..L.J Ly:,7. coo r ,

jej I

Z;-"ti 1:".; I 4.:J1 _r

j1,.:1 L-4.. Lzy; I

Li:. 14113 LA tei i).35,...s.4.) 1 ;it-7%in

;- j5-2%.1 6.3)..ci; % *PA

csi ZaL74.1.3

-e-e-1.1.
 168

kJ- z't %-,..1)1 4-6 euez-s, kru-- cxt, 4210 ;;;=f.

.j.6- ; .3.00:0a4.1 it )1,1 I ;. .b t:.) r

I a.; L.A.J1 (>0 1.0, XJ JJ i J $ 1 101

41 W.; (e; t".c. (.:), J $; ;;_:,..0 I

JI t s le- )11 31 ; L....J1

Lib) I (Sz .. ;JS -L'a v °

cris a.1.0 $ 4)L1 eskrJ1 (j.p.AJI; 1.10 L Li Ni.e.

e; L&I 41.LJ6-4-11 JJ-s; -LA

Ji..41...0 I I sr; kw 0'141 6..1 ,1

1.4b, - 4..11

B. GENERAL VOCABULARY AND NOTES

discussion, research, investigation

to discuss together, to confer with

en.
about
43,
sum (n), amount

(se) procedure

to transfer

special

(."4"-"4.
set aside, earmarked, allocated

subject (a), submissive, obedient. Cf.

t-1.1'
to submit, to humble oneself.

t ,x 1S J4-1 indication, evidence

:;Se ii. note (n), reminder, (diplomatic) note,

memorandum. Cf .

verbal note (diplomatic). Note carefully

 .1, ::".1f

169

commemoration, souvenir;

:65" I negotiation ;
I...
usually pronounced ip. card,

permit, ticket.
previously, formerly

Excellency. i 'JU' is the general

term for Excellency. Cf. 4.)j J

is used for Excellency as a title given to

a prime minister unless he has a higher

title, vim; ;jii;

His Excellency, the Prime Minister.

Excellency, a title of a
cabinet minister, ambassador, or ex-

cabinet minister. ;;Lg.11 ,e11..Z:

His Excellency the Minister of Commerce.

ambassador

procedure, conduct; also trip, travel,

from 3L:. to move on, to set out.

project (n)

to be honored

to form

at the disposal of. Cf. ,-$1..0 to

spend

to add
)
ready (a), prepared, inclined

offer (n)
iPt g ("Pt
 170

support (n), assistance. Cf. .71:;;; to

help, to assist
tZs to inform

.}6 ) 43; above (on the page), before (in the argu-

ment, discussion etc.)

Jr' acceptance

.1;:J1 commitment, obligation

J
,J C.W1
explained

placing, placement
tA"
to anticipate, to expect. Cf.
to fall, to come to pass, to occur

agreement

C. PHRASES AND IDIOMS

on the bash of

at the disposal of
t.> current discussions

C.114.6. at his discretion, according to his desire

or wish
.

Ifeis ..10 l.' I to acknowledge, to inform of. Cf.

to

Jj-di
, ii
acknowledge receipt

transfer arrangements
)trzi
'LrSl the above-mentioned

economic assistance

fiscal year

s.
 171

in addition to

related to

to review, to reconsider

rather than, instead of

r.ry
unrestricted. The text has Jd:146.

for . The former,

although used in the document is

grammatically wrong.

as follows

the reconstruction committee

it my be considered

The United Kingdom of Libya

it is understood

special purpose funds

0.4 4.' .11-;

on behalf of

under the provisions of, according to the

provisions of

through, by means of

D. SUPPLEMENTARY SE NTE NCES

(a) Translate into English:

4)tsi ;),S.1 1 iJ L.1.1 L.6 _ 1

;) 1..1 I I a_c 1-01 s: )),J

it..") LiJ I

:14.) .01 1.1.40.31 (.111 ". 4.1.;Uotr.J 1 k..)..t,..11 J. r

 172

411 0 " (4 1 1 L d j NJ irJ.J I 4..3.,11 t

Lie.... LI/ 11: )1 LA, v Jj )1 I .^Aili 46 Li Li; NJI I (iv. ,L5 14

cm'. -411

.. sYfi ...t1 a; J L.: JL.4;NJI csJI, Zl.; NJL:

440 ilk\JI
:.1) NJ, t)1411 IS L: Y
I L4.,11 J

jv,11 j,..g L.ej I c)... I i:444 I ;4.0,;.241 I ca:. i _A

c)A.: cdI ..-10

I .::s1...ltL.4U 1.1j:..11
n- 4.1 d.L.Li

;111 j"7.1" Nj ;"--":"J I C-41") ) ,7;z-16 J,N1 ,A 9

cx...1141 cot, Lji;411 'IJ LL LL. ;A:N411 i-tb 414; 1

(b) Tranr,:ate into Arabic:

1. The two kings expressed the desire to review the economic aid agreements

between their two countries.

2. The Libyan Government will make other funds available during the next fiscal

year for economic development projects.

3. The Libyan-American Reconstruction Committee allocated $5,000,000 for

building a bridge.

4. The United States Government has made available the sum of $4,000,000 for

the Libyan Government as a special indication of its complete support.

5. Commitments undertaken by, through, or on behalf of, the Jordanian Ministry

of Education will continue to be met by it.

6. The United States Government is prepared to agree to United Nations

 173

sovereignty in the Congo.

7. The representatives of the two governments signed the agreement which they had

previously discussed.

8. These notes may be considered to constitute a basis for proceeding with the

above-mentioned offer.

9. The United Nations Organization borrowed $500,000,000 in anticipation of

receipt of other funds from member states.

10. The current discussions in the United States Senate are concerned with the

budget.

E . EXERCISES

(a) Give the English equivalent of the following:

Lial I V
_t
Lt.: V 'L.& 1

(b) Use the following expressions in complete sentences:

1 r.,"411 -0

(c) Vocalize the following sentences:

J %s: t.L....;t Las

LAJ I ;53 1:0-**J 4.6 j I" CJIS r

 174

(d) Give the roots of the following:

-r
I -A

9
 175

Unit 26
A. TEXT
Selections From

Trade Agreement Between the Union of Soviet Socialist

Republics and the Republic of Iraq

cp.

°.1%1.14.-11 =-1::)31 tiLi1=

)1.4...& I J 6,1;1 i .L.J I ,:j 1

;21,-;-;-

iA 1.0 ipa-i
6 J. 64..11 Juzi

Lti I 7.4.1,,..11

z..; I a; Lfr A I IL I 044;114

I d I 1.;,L,L..J. I ri-13.:JI L4; az

a.; Li ..J I A. 111 ;SI
Les: I 4..", cs.6 AST

L-0.--;1). to; t
451A jii-A I L4els I ;SI r
: L
I
43.)1

..C; 31 3 4i-sr 405).... Lat'o' O.3 Lk;I k>c

(h.%) a; j`i 4...1 I 1.06,1 I e L.J I I jlez.. c

 176

c).

Li- a L4.2%;.. ,iJI eL.Ji3 J

d.L.LJ1 v. on :.Sly.,; Z. 1-4.ap!ei I J L.,z1

4i a4-4-1:...J1

Lot: J*, cja jU )11 I .1-0 t

Ctitr. J Fit k:S "1 JItz J-*1 1.1-;1; uraei

cs)-43
i) L. JUL yl
J. j".111 L. J.,. p.,z .);;;;,./11 r.1

;U.. 41 `Lia-;1 r4-t1 ;1-1N-1 4J.3

B. GENERAL VOCABULARY AND NOTES

vessel, steamer

to have effect

St: 31 country

to give notice, to notify

adjacent

to take place, to be completed

to renew

in writing
to enjoy, to be privileged; 40-0. favor,
high estimation

cargo, from to carry, to bear,

but :a:: campaign. Cf.

I6
advertising campaign.

C.10`"" to be liable to
.0'

4:s" desire (n)

 177

j. to extend to

goods, merchandise

to deliver
c law, legislation; 1/4""7#P;

lative. Cf. eel." legislative

assembly.

to enter into force

4j4.0 to ratly
through. Cf. to cross, to traverse

4..ks* to conclude

;11:14.: treatment

l; of, belonging to, from :11.; to return,

to go back

Li";11 ' (1;1 purpose

v..; ) expiry

t 1,44 territory, region

tacit, spontaneous

;s:stationing, staying
to grant

( ) privilege

( L.; ) arising out of

ti.; origin

4i "g. provided for

entry into force

' ;1221111:4 advantage, benefit

cja.s.; to terminate, to abrogate

 178

Jr A conveyed, transported

imported
.4.0; Is; port, harbor
C.

seaport

facilitating

C. PHRASES AND IDIOMS

da 0 merchant vessels of either of the parties

the agreement shall have effect for one

y1
;/.11-1 colt
year

adjacent country

country of origin
I
;" J
/
to renew by tacit agreement

to enter into force after the exchange of

the instruments of ratification

the territory of the Iraqi republic

the most-favored nation

from the date of its entry into force

from year to year

i."26%11 special, privileges and advantages

advantages arising out of

1.);

customs union

facilitating frontier trade

 179

D. SUPPLEMENTARY SENTENCES

(a) Translate intc English:

P:4 CV. P121 k.) 141 t'm t-Lit

re-ti
;)-01.-11 Lk. k.:A. 1-31 r-Le.
VI (el r,,7)11 _r

J., J.> 4:41 ji1 .A.11 t

.)14z 1,44 azz 1 0
*L411 cj1 4,11 1j .144%. yi j1)...A.11 1
aJ

41,11 ..?ZaJ LoLicJI ciLL,11.3 j11.4,J1 Y

J3,11 c. 4) L?cJ I jiir; :-.0 A
sr.41 ;),..121

vilizJ I ilia VI se; le..4.11 JL.Nr- VI th1p,,,1 I LA,- i

(a) Translate into Arabic:

1. Imported goods from Iraq are conveyed in transit through the territory of Turkey

to the Soviet Union.

2. American merchant vessels enjoy the most-favored-nation treatment in

Canadian seaports.

3. Arab merchant vessels are granted special privileges and advantages in all

seaports of the Arab countries.

4. The agreement concluded between Iraq and Turkey provides for facilitating
 180

ti

frontier trade between the two countries.

5. The trade agreement between Iraq and the USSR shall not grant the Soviet
Union the advantages arising out of the Arab customs union which is being

prepared by the League of Arab States.

6. Tunisia has concluded a trade agreement with Morocco to facilitate and

encourage the exchange of goods between the two countries.

7. The Lebanese merchant vessel entered the seaport of New York and unloaded

its cargo.

8. The USSR grants special privileges to countries adjacent to it.

9. Accorc.;:ng to the American constitution, any agreement concluded with another

state shall be ratified by the U. S. Congress.

10. The two governments exchanged instruments of ratification of their agreement

at the Iraqi Embassy in Moscow.

E. EXERCISES

(a) Give the English equivalent of the following:

I 4.:+z. 1
L4:.-1 ie) LNUI Ir,Jl _r

(b) the following expressions in complete sentences:

c44-... pi; I L.. (S1 jy...11 ca....11 1

..)L, z I t
U.;i1 c). 4.4.Ln ajtj _o
 181

(c) Vocalize the following sentences:

45.1.s JU:, VI I vi '46-> rVI Assi J. '1

441.r. L

c)4. 41 L1 .1.3
Ji J
L, J
J-43 a

Lalis1
vi 1.3-0) j
r
(d) Give the roots of the following:

liz.j13J.; A L.) Y o

4.; 1
 182

A. TEXT
Selections From

Trade and Payments Agreement Between the Union of Soviet

Socialist Republics and the Lebanese Republic--I

..11. J.., 4)1-7z 43U,7, I

-641/....:.% )11 Cit C.. L.) N.A,J

L7CJI ". 4J5 CJ '424") J'A';'4"11 (11:")11 Jm. 4-;L:j'i ;e4r4*6-&

Le: g 40.1 C.LAI csis Li I 0 ,:ut,

; J L.J I kri 6-414 (Lo..; LI; I

`Ai cA

I 5.4 I. LI I I c".,.
k-%5.; Cx.AS4/11

11 I Lai I L.4.1; j112.; v.: cx aril t.J,J

Ij 41 35....1 -.at... )L21 I It,. L I: I JJ 1 r

..t c+.) J I ye..:4-. Zusj)111
C7.4-

6-4:: J-1 ;-gr*.-1

I Led.; t
4.A C.ret.,-;-*A-1 I I CP.t.1.-±t-U1 i-k4N1

*1.
 183

Coo \J I I 1.) I L.1,..;.J I is le,

4 0.L. I ,,sic

;'.iLiJ I 4.; J U....I I ;61j. r

B. GENERAL VOCABULARY AND NOTES

principle
for the purpose of, with the aim of, (as

noun); object of desire, wish. Cf. Le.:

to seek, to desire

(( ) .1
enumerated, stated, explained
.0 A
4.4 )../44 republic public

license, permission, authorization. Also

vacation, leave of absence. Cf.
I patent, grant of patent
w

JI.0-"I free (n)

payment

authority, administration, circle

without

to comply with

in torte, complied with

commodity, goods

to be based on

shall, will. Its abbreviated form is the

prefix ; a particle of future tense.

Cf. kJ,.., you will go

 184

socialist

)5.4 .44. referred to

competent authorities, literally: possessor

of competence. 14,..io fitness,

efficiency, competence. The plural form
means mandatory power,

power of attorney. Cf. also

icp-:31.4.11 plenipotentiary (diplomatic);
34.411 Zo Zo 14-, competent authorities

export, exportation

41.t-1-0 transaction

C
e interest, service

( js ) xi-+j+ promoting

(S
iajti to issue, to give

to conclude

:AZ.; to resort, to solve

Ls.)
to resort to the study of

( 50 r,#0
4"
restriction, handicap
;al g jaw C g party. Note aifi , plural .1.e

portion, division, unit. Cf.

-*)II the Foreign Legion; ..:3-1.11 1

;IL...L.j1
.
the fifth column. How-
ever,fi is also a military and
naval term. In Eger;.,, it is approximately

lieutenant general. In Iraq, cr) .pi

lieutenant general
 185

to put forward, to submit

proposal, motion

economic

currency control, discount

law

in force, standing

schedule, report, list, index. Plural

'SS ,but Cf. j3::::1 discoveries.

Cf. tmia medical examina-

;
tion
equality

is
article, material, matter
to affect
limit, circle, range, scope. Cf.
ji.::APJ blockade ring; 4.02.711

comprehensive, far-reaching

regulation

organization

currency, ready money, cash

strengthening

( al .,) import, importation

) %.1i1;; C e
balance, scale

C. PHRASES AND IDIOMS

principle of mulual respect

exchange of commodities
&Li J5L:::
 186

for the purpose of strengthening relations

the necessary license

not included in the schedule

the competent authorities

without any restriction

individual, personal

juristic person, a body corporate as a

subject of rights and duties

commercial transactions

subject to compliance

within the limits, in accordance with

to be effected on the basis of

the regulation in force

import and export

D. SUPPLEMENTARY SENTENCES

(a) Translate into English:

I 6 .0 Job jik.1 ;141 I 1::),-446& Jig

I

1.1:*-4 LeLi alg L)L,-) ;:t t

L.)1;.:..1 jzis L, ljz.z.A I

0.4 ai:J I
I
L-,z-1 I

iu3-4...".i
k.)1,i7'-.

LA:,;
r
1I

I (4.1.:%.11 I ii1.11.; ce; c.1.-1 I I JLNA ij L.) t

cdt .114 qi
)La1 1 rwL,o r 13aJ I ce J J.,iccJ 13 .11 )ti i j)U I Ij 1.1 ,A.a; _ o

I :.15..11
 187

001-4.4%1 644 J I ...11-"N" I, 1.4.1 C.LA:' s, 1-N..-1 )11 Lr-Ae 1

; - LF:..1 1 1 44 cei ,:jet 1 3s1 1 ;1;:,.0 1

j."1 1 J)14 I ch....A> Le.) Y

jpe ,e43 I I -- A

b.11 c)31....111

1...1.1 1 ...Li' .11 I v., alz j Li.1 I I rt

JS 1.0.J j A.:1.J I 1 ce 4411 ,xt, s, I. I

31.kA Le t, t.

L.N:J I

(b) Translate into Arabic:

E An equal trade balance exists between Lebanon and the USSR.

2. The USSR endeavors to strengthen economic relations with the Arab countries.
3. The USSR concluded a trade agreement for the purpose of promoting commercial

relations with Lebanon.

4. Lebanon may conclude commercial contracts for the export and import of goods

not included in schedules "a" and "b".

5. Necessary import and export licenses are issued by the competent authorities

in the two governments.

6. Lebanese individuals and juristic persons may conclude contracts for the delivery

of goods for which payment is to be made in a free currency.

7. The trade agreement concluded between the two governments respects the

regulations and laws in force in the two countries.

8. Commercial transactions are concluded within the limits of the export and import

regulations in Lebanon.

9. The agreement is concluded for the purpose of promoting the exchange of

merchandise between the two countries.

10. The Soviet Government monopolizes foreign trade in the USSR.

 188

E. EXERCISES

(a) Give the English equivalent of the following:

jU 41 4c...11 I °,1 S -r
I lr s11 1 Low _

(b) Use the following expressions in complete sentences:

c.LJ I j T
a.al,J I t 444..1. y! r
ja.1 I Jj...;..1 ..LIJ I 1 I o

(c) Vocal;_ze the following sentences:

.114..J :LA.. L.N:J I x%..11 I

LaAJ ir 11.1.-1 I (51 1 e:1:;JJ I

;iijAl I a" w IS-NJ I I .1) I

"
4)L'GJ1cx.: 15z GIs I.;)LI I
(d) Give the roots of the following:

FIJI _r J 1
IY -..J;1 1 1 0

1
L'i%1-6

.31 .11.1 j1.2..

 189

A. TEXT

Selections From

Trade and Payments Agreement Between the Union of Soviet

Socialist Republics and the Lebanese Republic--II

C.Ati ...Las"; tts)1-!%;

ku1 4'4-& I s ;:.1 i)411 ":.)34A&i J";1

,e,;1)91 1.4214a... .41J1 1

C.)- c,,,0)1 LA LA JJ-1
te; .4..;.;-;...J1

.r.-1 I j...J1 ti,Sj I I.>. ).11

it) 3-4.-,..1; ..1. I L 1.; j-4.1 iJ J i;t1

"i4 P-4-1 ij 1:te-.4) ij 1"°" 1J-0

j...J I v; 10) ")11

;))114u4ii .mil I 13-IscA-1

Jam; 1A5 Lc ciA )-61 ..) -1-0A-11 ;

1.3 I LiJ I r11 otzll

I -3.; I cx,. I ,15.1 L.:1J L>LJ I

L4f do
c)La Li 14J I t;A;trii c;A:: ; Ls) 1:)1-1 1-4;14,-, 1) L,:j
ON, 1.41.;11.

co, 104:11...
 190

YjIjo ;1461 r.:nt 1.%1

vio ; 41J I 411.011 j die
j1j..aJ1, 454, 1-4J 1..i.L.A.11 c)14...11 jLt.....J I I jab

JY-6"1

4:1I j.; JJ LAJ I C 0

c..1._11 L.:Z.-L.L. )11 I -

L"..1 I L-ra ,4; LsojSbi J11,11

1...1;A...A 611:411 j cjlA,&11 ,..sj je.°1 0,A Za j.;

jrI

'it 1-Nli I

III I s ,11 Ls J

B. GENERAL VOCABULARY AND NOTES

A
)e.1I p.0 rate, fee

goods, merchandise
C"*; C
- delegation, mission; A
to send,

to delegate; aiso, to resurrect. Hence,

:.L1 delegation, resurrection. Cf.

JI (..x" day of resurrection (from

death); Renaissance

Party, in some Arab countries, a poli-

tical party with strong socialist

tendencies

adjacent. Cf. (-44; to border, to

-
limit; to border upon
 191

1/4.1):;;
transit

( exception

aA;;- commission. The usual current word for

p .fr
commission is clirs and Jkc
Hence, Iv? business representative,

commission merchant

provision
6-":1
to be liable to, to be subject to
C66"
4
L.c.it payment

rate, duty, charge, premium

0..
official. Cf. !4,
w, semi-official

stationing, anchoring. Cf. C.:; to come

to anchor, to anchor; Ls.w.ji to place

at anchor; hence, anchor

.- anchorage, landi.-1 place

auspices, sponsorship, protection

commodity, goods, merchandise

supplied, delivered

all
to extend to, to include, to cover

tax

field, activity, domain

insurance

to apply

imposed, applied

Fconcerning
 192

treatment

Party
to be entitled, to benefit
benefit

hereafter, later
clearing, sailing; to uproot, to

pull out and t_IJI to sail . Cf .

sail

to enjoy

to grant, to give, to bestow upon; hence

gift, dom. lion. Cf.

64..4) J scholarship -.4:.-010.4. 4L- "j's academic

scholarship

origin
expense, expenditure

importation, import

in accordance with

) C I 1:1/4- seaport, port t

.4
airport

C. PHRASES AND IDIOMS

at
customs tariff

entering, clearing and stationing of vessels

;=-;3 j1);
.1,J1 freight payments

countries arliacent to

conveyed in transit
zt.rftil
1 r. A .1 reduced minimum tariff rates
I 4.1/41..4.1 I r
 193

,Ltsd r insurance premiums

J; r ;I' charges connected with

merchant vessels

all other payments

to extend to the privileges and benefits

most- favored - :ion treatment

in all respects

with the exception of

from any other state

to grant each other

provided for it

travel expenses of official delegations

D. SUPPLEMENTARY SENTENCES

(a) Translate into English:

Z' ke.)/4"1 I
.31-PZ I Lj L J LC; cij I t.L.J
)11

vLJ 4e; I aie.

JL.,..-.1) .1)1111, I) L,d I

($J
j.k; _r
at.fp....J I Zte).34...".1J q.11.64.3 1 (.1.1; 4,1

1.:44.1%." )1!.1 1 ).! Lw CX: 0-6 I 'II'

1 to..;11.. :"As, aANI 4;1,11.U1

),4 is. 3).11 Y

J1,G)11 ;,.)L..J. I ;.1..41 1.41..1.1 I i.,.(7.11 _A

'411:61J I) JJ I c.;..JI 154/41 c.;,. 1

 194

j..) ;...i)11 I c.L.JI crl.e 01 Xi oti..).i.1 di: I 1.

(b) Translate into Arabic:

1. Minimum tariff rates are applied in the exchange of goods between Canada and

the United States of America.

2. The territory of the Lebanese republic is adjacent to the territory of Turkey and

Syria.

3. Iraqi imports into Lebanon are not liable to any import duties higher than those

imposed on imports from any other state.

4. Most of the transit trade in Lebanese ports is for Kuwait.

5. Lebanese merchant vessels enjoy the most-favored-nation treatment in Libyan

ports.

6. The Lebanese government grants privileges and benefits to its adjacent countries.

7. The republic of Lebanon concluded a payments agreement with the government

of Yemen.

8. Jordan exports most of its products from Lebanese seaports.

9. Iraqi cargoes are warehoused in Beirut before shipment to Europe.

10. The Soviet Union imports most of the Lebanese citrus crop.

E. EXERCISES

(a) Give the English equivalent of the following:

N I _

44) L":111 L.:L..6,11 1 LJJ

.
I I .11,11

(b) Use the following expressions in corn lete sentences:

.-r as I 1".a.1
 t
195

I j! L., 1 c.x.

(c) Vocalize the following sentences:

to,;Ir a..)1-":411 J.31-%:'...J1 0. 35 cyL, _

I-7e..1 LA.11 1-41 4...1 I Jaj I

.11 r 115)---- J6- 4.'1

t5ri-1 zip.) ;7:1 euvil -ia...1.11

(d) Give the roots of the following:

Li I f. rY Je1;

A Lk... _ 0

1 4:1.0.11

.
 196

A. TEXT Unit 29
Selections From

Trade and Payments Agreement Between the Union of Soviet

Socialist Republics and the Lebanese Republic--Ill

cxt. 4'3 .4)1-!4; jUZ

r I.1-;1;-tJJ I je.)."*-03 Le34.1%)1 J6,7,1

11 41:3'4;3 ':'-.;1-;:J Ir..l csi :s 3)-1 I 1:3-'Z

r*-93*-Ut cd- L I jig 1-;r-1-) I

t.r.L1 45-1= ( 6. Ltz ;Lt.:: J13,-11 )

loll. 1 1.N1 -LU AJ I fr-Ni I ./-R-J -6-4 I ci ..".4.1 I

J..11 f x J Li; 11 J-Ls ?.1

4.I4°) J-.1 A. .7.-s4 di I a- klupo (Si` 1.40 1,4

5,31;!JI j.th
J4,--zJ* J .3-N1 I i--11-11 L ie 4-1

Je. J-Nn J- w-1 I t.eLit 4.,r6 LI-U I ;J-.4.1A3

ks:.#1.410,11 ;03%.0 j,-.0" 6.3:`- ;-":Si. .I /*T "I.

JJ I ;S).4.11 6i1.42 saJ L.:1;

..11.,;.;c:J I Lisa

.z.L" vi" 74' a.J I ce /-4% I Ai 1-1 I 655.--- 443 1.36t

Ls L.416 4...1 I 0L.A., 'rte I
 197

"4; LI.0 I jr.11 J e.1,11 Lik..1 J j -0

)64°1 )1442AJ :$.1""1 ; Lkai C4111111 31 Jr " 4J-7% & J-11

J~ y:. LI; L,

an v j...40. J J-at*. J )113)-1 1

t..12;JJ .111.e.11 Ul 11...0

r.0
x JUL:: (IS .441

j:SL":11/. 1;'!11 .115J2*/ 1 j P4L43 12; 1.14111 11 3 41 1 Jr4'14 &*e 1

ie.. JU:,

.'.se 443 s

B. GENERAL VOCABULARY AND NOTES

basis

telegraphic. Cf. lightning;

its,:j.:, telegram; T: t
to

telegraph

stock exchange. The Arabic is of French

origin (bourse). market is more

in use in Egypt for exchange. In the

Levant, especially Lebanon, where

French cultural influence is strong, the

.
word Lew. is more commonly

used.

( ) Jr> '1 to effect. Cf. °G.; procedure,

measure
TV,

198

to fix, to define
account

to convert, to change

conversion, exchange

bank draft, (promissory) note. Cf. ;31;-;"

I money order; t141' 'J1;

traveler's check

4.61;:. content. Cf. yr ,- "' I 45,--11 to contain,

to comprise. is more

frequently used in the plural. .:...1;;;;;

contents

cjalL;- pure, solid, fine

payment

4:.-160 gold

4.4.40) balance. Cf. .1.0) to balance, to

w
observe; ...60) to balance an account

goods, commodity

rate, price
to be equal to

bank. Cf. 6,j- e to spend, to ex-

.
pend; 4-9,-.0 to change money;

w.1 11.-,0cashier. In Egypt and

North Africa al; with plural

.0 .
(.9.3.;., is commonly used. 4...0)...0.

is used mainly in the Levant and in Iraq

fir.. 1,10 to happen, to come about. Cf, 1;.1,

s"' jpet.k," to be altered

 199

j 41 4.0, 10
s4 .
party

J ue: rate, proportion. Cf. J.Lis to

adjust, to modify
4.A.46',
average -6.-, js......... average rate

Jt,4-1; adjustment, modification, revision

x.r, c ' r: gram. In the Levant, G. is pronounced as'.

and never as g in gram. To avoid pro-

nouncing gram as jram, is used

instead of C in Arabized Latin and

foreign words. Cf. Chicago.

This problem does not exist in Egypt where

both sounds are used, g as well as':

Thus in Egypt we find f rri- and

ire

technical

c
1/4se
percent,

jr..i4 close, closure

currency exchange; the word is

usually used for currency,, money,

-
currency in circulation. Cf.
ai!1,1 counterfeit money;
e ."
hard currency

value
g

...rJ lira, pound (a monetary unit). Also

Cf. i;..J pound sterling

w
representative
 w.

200

proportion

must

C. PHRASES AND IDIOMS

if there is, if there were (literally; if it

occurred)

;* Jp)-1 5.31'"" LSIS

if the gold content of the rouble is altered

7.-;411 Beirut exchange

to calculate the conversion of currency

Jve; to be defined or fixed on the basis of

telegraphic transfer

gold content of the lira

aforesaid, aforementioned

pure gold

state bank

rate of exchange

average rate

ai
j1.3-11

on the basis of the average rate

Jz,;11 J me L
it was adjusted

t. 4.1 I ex 631. 41 .:t at close of business on the day of payment

1. L'oC.P.ii opening of accounts

cr on the one hand

on the other hand

in proportion to this alteration

1"-i=0

J4tit :.11 41;1: in proportion to the new value

the balance of the account must be adjusted

 201

cx:;;5:):.)1 through the aforesaid two banks

D. SUPPLEMENTARY SENTENCES

(a) Translate into English:

cia1L.4.11 I cr. t 11.i JAAA '1 Y1 LISerNl AJJ1 --

k`-;i4-1-1 I %."-. 1,4 J;-'4 L4JI JL-eA c)1-4-1 x-1 ,L J1 j1NJ T

L.j)-J I te;
11 -.44 I 12.4...1 I J1-,41 _r
.1.1 j) I a jig c)...1 1,.6 jai
v., (sic ":...; L.-1J I ; /4. k;tt Je.1-'4.11 j -Law'

4,AJA "Li ;:-; rJ1

I kat. I 6,1 J.-A IF"), 1,3).4 (1..,1;1.11 C46;J-lail )14"4A

c.9
Li; I

'Lls. P..1 4"iP4gIA 4j J-"-11 1

tt-11 jai 1.1 r crLfr (sic t; JJ I sr-74 Y
cr 4:3.3)13 t jj iii ;1;11 L')Lz:4-1 A
Apia jlakesSil -.41; ;J3 ,1I I

1J= y1 I..464.-1
(b) Translate into Arabic:

1. The gold content of one rouble is equal to 0.222168 gram of fine gold.

2. What is the average rate at the close of business on the Beirut exchange?

3. The American ambassador received a telegraphic transfer to the value of

$1000.

4. When the gold content of a currency is altered, its rate shall be adjusted in

proportion to the new value.

 202

5. The rate of exchange between the rouble and the Lebanese pound is based on

the gold content of the rouble.

6. An alteration of more than two percent occurred in the rate of exchange between

the Lebarlse pound and the American dollar.

7. Adjustment has been effected In proportion to the new alteration at the Beirut

exchange.

8. Adjustments were made in the balances of the two banks' accounts.

9. Prices of goods are fixed in a currency other than those of the two contracting

parties.

10. The American dollar and the Lebanese pound are considered among the hard

currencies in the world.

E. EXERCISES

(a) Give the English equivalent of the following:

:J1,..,,11 1

r
JJJ ;4).111

;I:ri.0 Lit J.:NA i :.I

J (I; .:As1; 11.!.t _0

(b) Use the following expressions in complete sentences:

JJ11:0

t6;JI
r 1
J-aur .... 0 ViL-41 4..4e42) t

(c) Vocalize the following sentences:

:Ar.rn-U. I

c, L1 Ls-6 "ri,
i.t..1:1-U I Ir U I OA k4A4,1.11 ;44-11 jr lat; tit
 203

j Lt....J1 c..61.1' itoipJ I :JI,..NJ I ,-......,

tiaii fx
(d) Give the roots of the following:

6 lei "
 204

A. TEXT Unit 30
Selections From

An Agreement Between the Royal Government of Egypt and the Government

of the Hashimite Kingdom of Jordan for the Establishment of Air Services

Between and Beyond Their Respective Territories

I cz.t.

1 - lob (sib (Lt.:, ;Areb.+3.

L.)1.1 2.11 ILL L.) L..A; L.x..;112.11 j$ ajj cjljtjai1 4.510 -1

I j;.,..1 1 L.. ; sp. :.LS Lic..1 I 6:opla! I j aJ

ti Li; y I Li- ti 6*.;3 I :it I .b.3.1. 11 X1.4 ..4:J

...0Z t.:jrC 611..; i.:4112.11 .L.L10.1....J ;3..7% -A

j1.1%1 I L-4;:t,A

4.1.1 I Joirth 12.13:,z ;;...L7 5".11 al: 04 .74113; )

; Jig 1-4.1.4a; 4.111 .3.01.0.1 13 cz.,;1 ia11

CIAl'es.1Mil 1 .1#..4,Ji

4.7-I Jai L ar4......,11 4.013103 -r

411 t- -1 L e 4-7) J1-3;°. 41't-131 L4jA .$1-24:t cris
if-7%4J jrie-1 1, j1.4. si :13;.5 ) eL,J1,
5..6

j...4-1 I a;

J1A.a.:;...1 0. 4;1...z...A czih, I cjA 41 I 34.1.1 )11. t

,0 Lo^:, ket,11 .1,11a.k.11 1.46_;.zz WI L41
 f.

205

td-i-% ais 41:i.;-IL: riiz, ,-'''l hai..e.;..J1 6S)-12.1-1 LAIL; j.e ji-; ;1--- 5-
dJ `j- 31 ,s,-N11 a:J-1211

J.1.4._11 4.; ..3.J I c)1.1 JJ ;11..13.1J1 Ltt-411 6,..4... sa.1 L3117, )11 I hi_a, Li..".___. _13

: J.AL.^.....11 cs.;:". -..t.

B. GENERAL VOCABULARY AND NOTES

cargo, goods
c
assertion, proof, evidence

part

customs

to be possible, to be permitted. It also

means to travel, to pass an examination.

Cf. j1-3.> permissibility, permit;

ji.:11 il.y.'" passport.

passport
- -
quarantine, also found as ,j .O j--.',-,--
..., ...... ,
Cf. Lrla ei...,- to deny access to,

to detain; to hinder.
-
GEf C d ( "1 J .1: permission, permit, licensing
. ,
to register

a ;:. to be applicable, to apply

S Comi to abuse, to misuse, from (0,, ) "i. 1....-:

to be or become wicked, evil; hence

L.3 to do evil to, to insult.
LA
it .0 ,, .....

Cf. the expressions ,..iid...J* I l' LI

to misbehave; ., Lgi.1 I '4 LI
to think badly of him;
 206

to misunderstand. is often

L..ed to express the English negative

prefix mis-, ill-, in-, mal-, etc. Cf.

'..' misfortune, bad luck;

maladministration;
,t;;LLII 03f, misbehavior, mis-

conduct; '3.: indigestion.

operating, employment

set up, established

1
440 to grant, to issue
11;-"'

to apply, to fold, to adapt, hence

lb to correspond, to tally with.

Cf. 4 Cp."1.1.. agreeing

with the facts.
.
6...9 1)1, c party

crew (of a ship)

( p.J0 ) aeronautical, aviation

( ye) ) ;2) aircraft, airplane
4,01:16: to be related
fl

exchange, currency

convention, treaty

(ce.$) *::41.0 to designate, to appoint

.I
; j L1. departure

according to, pursuant to, under. Cf.

required, requisite.

Ls c rule
 207

61 territory, region
civil, civilian
granted

regulation

immigration

C. PHRASES AND IDIOMS

passports and customs

currency regulations

scheduled air services

entry, exit and immigration

operating permission

aeronautical authorities

s1 JAI to misuse the rights

Arlji the conditions prescribed under the laws

/
the very same route

;;:)--)1 c);:jrj4 4.411 040 the International Civil Aviation Organi-

zation

4365, )) 13_1 6.;; by virtue of the present agreement

D. SUPPLEMENTARY SENTENCES

(a) Translate into English:

,Dc[ I
Cz t.):%-o. *J-6-) I

431,1=.11 uori
1-4.uk; Lelfr.-1
4.eci ),-4-4-T4J1 °"k-'
k.>43 4j1 t"-'4.4"11 J>;.01
 I fi t: 0.1s O 3)6 t
it 1.81 Lai:ill:Li- L
,11. -0
1-41

L.J I J.13,J 1 ce... :Lc cur' J.; ..d I ,e,-1 JJ-,Z _1

,:jlit.1%1 1 41..6 (jig JJ-+Z 4.J I )e-

,:,t ze.i).6.11 cf J5 65 J.1

(b) Translate into Arabic:

1. Subject to the provisions of this agreement, any of the specified air services

may be inaugurated in whole or in part.

2. On receipt of the designation, the aeronautical authorities of the other

contracting party shall, without undue delay, grant the appropriate operating

permission.

3. After the provisions of this agreement have been complied with, an airline so

designated and authorized -goy begin to operate the specified air services.

4. Each contracting party shall have the right to refuse to accept the designation

of cn airline by the other contracting party.

5. Each contracting party shall have the right to withhold or revoke the grant to
a designated airline of the rights specified in Article V of this agreement.

6. Each contracting party shall have the right to impose such conditions as it may

deem necessary on the exercise by an airline of those rights.

7. None of the contracting parties shall take unilateral action before the intention

to do so is notified to the other contracting party.

8. The laws and rules of one contracting party shall apply to aircraft of the

designated airlines of the other contracting party.

 rj

209

E. EXERCISES

(a) Give the English equivalent of the following:

vLs:)1l Li-4.1
LPL.,

633
cx-1)-6-11

4 er..11 I.A.:J
ALL I

r
11 ;Itry.11 .1231AJI 1

(b) Use the following expressions in complete sentences:

r
I ea..11 IA6611

:.s.* I

Jia-11 vjj as 1.4.1 13 1

....

(c) Vocalize the following:

:0.e. et" -10.,-6-4%." Ji e`il (4,1

ciLkAl
01 _I
1-4:11 1,3,4.11 1-474:

I3

ai Lk-11 I ,i_sa _r
J.CLAAJ (.0.0.161461

(d) Give the roots of the following:

r 431.k1 1

0 L:z1 Y %*e.3-2.41

1-
 ,

210

A. TEXT Unit 31
Selections From

Exchange of Notes Terminating the Treaty of Alliance

Between the United Kingdom and the Hashimite Kingdom of Jordan

I 4; a.ALA,.. L44

C.A" tee il)L!P i ".1"° 13)$1 1)j.3 .

JLA..11 _T

1.411..; 1 r4; JLall ;At

1....44L4J1 :;; .; 4"I 4..411 Le, L:;43U.J.3 1 9 oY

I-0 , ajp., j 14.A.11:64).1i sue;. LA:j )1.."

cf; LP41 ij UZ Lf 1 A iA 14_;Jj%1 ..i.11.04J I aa4L"

67.4,-,&11 r jrzji ,eJ f Lt ,;*; als
:

19 t A Si 1o r
41.3 J;s ;LI JL:::-411 1,..5.141

( 11tA a"; ito: L44

6.1.14.1 L4J I .4....4511 O.<1.41 4fri oz., ...di 1.,.J1 J. I a:
.411 I z);-..i.11 ct;

J)%1 4_1-.411 cr,i,1,1 ;," t

f1/2.3 ,11 % i..l I o ,Lia L121 1 9 in L.... cjelj.;N

r4.21 jj1-7;
 U. a

211

B. GENERAL VOCABULARY AND NOTES

exchange

exchanged, mutual

to cease

country

notification

the following, what follows

withdrawal, evacuation

to exceed

provision

government

note (n)

head, chairman, president

desire (n)

ambassador

honor (n)

issued, published

relating

purpose

effect
paragraph

negotiation

to present

proposal
 212

letter
subsequent

annex, supplement

termination

minister

agreement

signing

signed

C. PHRASES AND IDIOMS

to cease to have effect

the preservation of, maintenance

prime minister, premier

as soon as possible, at the earliest possi-

ble time

with reference to

joint declaration
peaceful and friendly relations

treaty of alliance
at the same time

not later than, within a period not

exceeding

I have the honor

The Hashemite Kingdom of Jordan

The United Kingdom of Great Britain and

Northern Ireland

1
 17, .xn

213

( ) 414 uo,..a.;.4 provided for

J )-6J taking account of, in view of

4i11-1 I Ministry of Exterior, Ministry of Foreign

Affairs, Department of State (USA)

D. SUPPLEMENTARY SENTENCES

(a) Translate into English:

41.1-16 W cti 1-1,3 'II Cs L012,31i4i I "'de.

4'41 (-ihj ti
1 » y 4%1 .1.6.41.1,.1 I 1.0.11 ° r
341..1 6.10 7 j L rm ° L-4 c, t
z Le VI Via.., ;;)5`i. i1j,j1 LPt4) J)1 o
A/1 ;
ce Ihr...1 J12., JjNI I

0Y cr;

jj I eta> t. 41 1.-0.;)6 (sic li,..Lvz 01 ;AA., _A

I )1..."

Co.(1." C.3.3 ; esii; roz 1.

(b) Translate into Arabic:

1. Friendly relations exist between Jordan and the United Kingdom.

2. The French Consul sent the note presented to him to his country's Ministry of

Foreign Affairs.

3. The British Ambassador represents Her Majesty's Government in Amman.

4. The United Kingdom is composed of Great Britain and Northern Ireland.

. .

t- 7"..trtg
 214

5. With reference to our recent Declaration, I am happy to inform you of my

Government's approval.

6. Copies of the annex, notes, and letters exchanged upon the signature of the

treaty will be kept in the United Nations General-Secretariat.

7. The Treaty of Alliance will cease to have effect when the Government of the

Hashemite Kingdom of Jordan officially notifies the Government of the United

Kingdom.

8. The Jordanian Government wants the British troops to evacuate the Jordanian

territory.
9. The treaty was terminated with the agreement of both parties.
10. The Government of the United Kingdom desires to preserve its peaceful relations

with the Jordanian Government.

E . EXERCISES

(a) Give the English equivalent of the following:

1.44,L4.11 1_4.; -3;J I

(b) Use the following expressions in complete sentences:

1Le T 1-44-"` (..)61

cj,11 cti _r
J o
(c) Vocalize the following sentence:

1.1.1,.411 cr;I)91 c.,1101 *)1-7-

 215

ii)5,i4,1 I d ..i.a3

(d) Give the roots of the following:

tha6" t 14.> J JL1:, )

.41.0........ A ii.."..6 V
' 1-44 1.
 216

A. TEXT Unit 32
Selections From

Air Transport Agreement Between Switzerland and Lebanon

0.
ijskaa
L.n..1. .e,-11 Jij JU;

! Lkpi Ls al L4 jI
)1,15 LI 1.11 ?iY'i
Ls.6 ,al I tij.A.tJj JI 4Lii, 11 I

14W1 IpUJI L4LS 4411ii

atkin j...; I '.5.41.1

;j3.411 (I)VI
L.,..411 i JSJL.J 1 ...-151J1

ir;2 Lt- )J411 )15 14 kb-1i

Jos

;....,L;Ji -i-4J Lj Lto: I LA I iJI

jJ I 60...3 Le. L 151.1
;-.4.4LL.iJI UP-1 L.. J-"--9 JL " I:, -LA.: )11- 1-4:4= J6; ;LI LP- cri

jli; "i L- Ls), Lfl cji1/4,1.11 i,i

I g ;irt L411 I ji
L. gui ji 4mJ JA, v.; cJizu JjjJt

A
 217

I ju; y L c, .13 slt t

1...41,

Li J Lai JI:LJL; cji .a.411 c)1.;,-.1111 o

IL14: Li-5° t) -1; (js.,)-; J5-1 Li-t

J I 4.; jj.a.1411 1
* 4-"dic 6,) L4-1 C.)-9-11 ce 116.0)1A sti 6.Li
I c)... 01 z...,1 r,.,.,J J

eiJ taus.. elJ ,i.1

LA-4.4- J-

B. GENERAL VOCABULARY AND NOTES

clearance. This word is used as such

mainly in the Levant. Egypt and Iraq

use for clearance. Cf.

permission, license

to confirm
...
V... to settle, to decide. decisive,

categorical

J 31 exchange

,y mail, post; ,:s" ,;11 ;41 air mail.

Previously the Arabized word ZLx..1.1c,

from the Italian posta, was used even

officially in Egypt. ifo.:1; is still

 218

in colloquial use throughout the Middle

East

ratification
direct

goods, merchandise

to terminate
P
J, clause, paragraph (of a law, contract, etc.)

1..!- to take place, to occur, to run

( J-> ) ts-;.1 to use, to perform

customs

passport

quarantine; literally: sanitary interdiction.

r'"" interdiction, restriction. Cf.
M.
also quarantine station
:Prasj.:4;
arbitral

to carry, to bear
abridged, simplified

;,,
7" specialized, competent

jii; dispute

within, during
,
J .1.1 J international

note, message, letter. Cf. to

correspond with

i.11.:410 consignment, shipment

Owl f charge, fee

.7.4" to consider it desirable, to desire

sr,
 219

ts) to raise, to refer

41'; control, procedure

notice

(Jta) consultation; to consult;

./
0),.4 advice, counsel. Cf.
consultative

council

to apply, to enter into force

c:0-41-6 application
c..) I ..).4) aviation, aeronautic
0
PILC through, across, over

to regard

modification, revision
to exempt. Cf. ,as pardon, forgive-
ness. amnesty;

exemption
..,, relating to

to undertake

jo) .-J(01 to return, to reimburse

( ) CZ.'14... designated

1-171";
interpretation

(ubj.i negotiation. uo,,, to authorize, to

delegate; (.06.31..; to negotiate;
hence, ci,31. authorized, pleni-
potentiary

ry; ) residence, staying in

 220

to comply with, to adhere to

annex
)1:0
C

ICA t t baggage
.0)

)31- transit. Cf. to pass; 13).A

,.
the lapse of time

crew, navigator; navigation

to be established, to come into being

regulation

organization

final

national

C. PHRASES AND IDIOMS

--t 4.1 c;J to any other person or body

44-4; s ci.,c;11 'JL; exchange of diplomatic notes

ey 11 G14.4. in witness thereof

4.,; 71 ,;1; csb J;,.; while within that territory

to use simplified procedure (Literally: to

carry out simplified :ontrol)

may terminate

decision given

competent tribunal

to have effect as from the date of signa-

ture

postal consignment
J.4 ;;. L.04.
.
a..11:.; ("10 ITAX to consider it desirable to modify
 221

passengers in transit

aeronautical authorities

to enter into force

aircraft of the designated airlines

to enter into consultation, to resort to

consultation
."
I
01- JA-Ji to settle the dispute

cannot be settled by direct negotiation

the laws and regulations of one contracting

party

to enter into force only after

. )3r
PP direct transit
,
Ji I 4.41i,;41 International Civil Aviation Organization
.'".M-A.:0

arbitral tribunal
instruments of ratification

to give notice

D. SUPPLEMENTARY SENTENCES

0) Translate into English:

1-13 JA>z 1-6

ei ri--J I 4;3 'its/ I I .-N-L.-

Lit 14o I r
J
c.5.1; cs.Jl a1 11.12.11., aJ L) t.; ;IA>
co& I j;.;.i I ,p;1 4.3 L....ty)
 I, 31, 711.07*

222

0 L4 c)1A.t.1211 o
L.7.t. l.i.)UJ I sr: J411 )17;.6.1i 141i-4111 '41J _1
l."11 4.1 JrI.1211

3_7,11 JUL I 14A4 I ;4,411 Y

LACJJ 1 L:x":

f 5:4) Ce tr-.01 J.3 j C-* (?-4.111 j-Jr.J1 rrs1 -A

) LJ I ;le Um1 1 ;i:s1r.".J1
1)4r-

(re 1)1 1141:**4

I Lris j)1-i".1 I -
e.1 1 cp.JI

(b) Translate into Arabic:

1. The laws and regulations of Switzerland apply to the passengers, crews, mail,

or -argo carried on board the aircraft of "Air Liban".

2. The procedures of customs and quarantine are simplified in the case of passengers

in direct transit through the territory of Lebanon.

3. A provision of the air transport agreement bei,',een Switzerland and Lebanon has

been modified after consultation for this purpose between representatives of the

two governments.

4. The Lebanese aeronautical authorities agreed on the modifications, the latter

enter into force as from today.

5. A dispute relating to the application of this agreement has been referred for

settlement to the tribunal of the International Civil Aviation Organization.

6. An arbirral tribunal has been agreed upon to settle the dispute between the

two governments.
 717.4 'T?

223

7. The government did not comply with the decision given by the Council of the

International Civil Aviation Organization regarding the dispute with Switzer-

land.

8. A new agreement is concluded between the two governments. The previous

agreement was terminated.

9. The two states exchanged instruments of ratification of the air transport agree-

ment.

10. The government authorized its ambassador to sign the agreement on behalf of

his state.

E. EXERCISES

(a) Give the English equivalent of the following:

r
I
'.)1-;1-1 c,-;1)1 P.'s 1
,1.611 01/..42.1J aJ .1.11 ,..)1,7,J=J 1 LiaL,

1 1 1-'J1 1

(b) Use the following expressions in complete sentences:

11 1.11.11 _

.1.11 _r
41-i
_o
(c) Vocalize the following sentences:

;L; Lac..,J1 tS)..i I sit _

1:4 L4.; .U1 J .:)i 1 1

ce 411: ail..az411 4311-.)11 1 .3-ib 41.1 LA 1"

 224

(d) Give the roots of the following:

1111Z1

igLUI Y
r
j.A.4:111 1
trILJI i le..q.4.; 1
 225

A. TEXT Unit 33
Selections From

Agreement Regarding the Suez Canal Base--I

.0 I upLa..wyyl 1.51.4.1 JI 3,N1 lSpz, 1"...0.411 at,..:13LU 1

Ubl.. I jli; y I (.). jA cje. p.a.

4..."5 S 4- (e.'2,11 J4-11-11 srfe..3 x-11 j,5/,,.J 1 U LS Ij 4-j (sit

I ,L u, 6.41 ,1 LS 1, LS.r.t.1

I I ale v.; iJ I 1-4.1

v16,11 4311;)1.1 1/4,1J .6;...1 ;44J I :..1J13

at Ali Z.11 U1L:

0° 1 12,4 k>s tJ":61 ijb ().-*:. _1

L. 11 I ov 11 1..;1 1,:J I J-7 ....J

1.5,41"J 1 ,.:),;1; r , 11 4.11

l. .4 I z. L5)..4.1 I .;at oit...; um. for.

C,11)%1 c.ris J JI JJ j 4,0; at, 4a

0,;131J1 i) 41/4.10 c".1-4-Lai

L..; aJ LJ I Ze.p-aJ r

401611 431-01 &.

I 'V 5.0 r' ISpIJ 1 4

J.,.-s-11 0,.;1; 1

t:).03.) JA-14.1 1.-4 criAii te-'' yI wry

I 4}1)-1
A; Qat.3--z-J

i.;- A11 JM 4.)6 1 41;..4.11 Op-

c,";1.; r
 r
226

J". Ur I:i 4i.i-J1 .L:41 ; Cdr%)1.0.11 Z.41"1

4.1 31

qi I `e.":. 1.LLU L J 1 J. 3-4,- a. t

,A; L,.; Lit V

B. GENERAL VOCABULARY AND NOTES

( ) IJ1 performance, paying, from ,..5w,31. to

..;,
pay, to settle; LA. JJ1 to lead to,
to result in. Cf. 4,1; j'A he
performed his duty.

) insurance
p ,
$ paragraph
, e
4.) 10, compulsory. Cf. compulsion,

coercion; might, tyranny.

Also 61.'1,-7- an Islamic school of

thought teaching the inescapability of

fate; fatalism.

t-,-A
kk

C provision

$ to replace

( de- ) present
6. P
A.61.4.0.... personnel (collective noun)

to apply, to be subject or liable to

profit, divident, from to gain,

C C e?
to win

e 6;11 C r 1.4) number, No., numeral

 227

preceding

register, the plural means

records, archives. Cf. 4".) I

commercial register ,::-Usj..1.11 0.

the list of visitors (dipl.)

4.)-""4":".;» registration

4" company, partnership, from to

share. From the same root, we have

-4,,,,S1?-21' socialist and

,
6411::..41, socialism.

to include

) 41:41 reference

;:t industry

'kit re' tax

pursuant to, in conformity with

4 64
to require

( ) eut willingness, readiness

G/
J as to amend
I I

31L0 ) LAs
:
47°,S1 to express

to exempt. Cf.
,
.0.6 pardon, forgive-

ness

exemption

contract

nevertheless

to act, to do, to work

task, service, work
 228

JC:; worker, laborer

soi4a1.1.4 contractor

C ) (milt
compensation

( JO) tilt to impede, to delay. Cf. Litt; obstacle,

hindrance

purpose

individual

presumed

technician

t
J c t J.,s base, from J.A; to sit down

) 1.;1 ;LIS canal

t..);;11 law

complying with

including

crs-; to enjoy

L°). disease

grant (n), granting

A.:44 occupation, profession, vocation. Cf.

:0;4..11 .$1.1; Y,I vocational guidance .

activity
to consider

;:;lis syndicate, union. Cf. also

president, chairman.
 229

C. PHRASES AND IDIOMS

head office

commercial register

partnership

company

&FIJI d,..1:61,
-.! such company shall be exempted from
t>:
11'sb ztatt Jevi the tasks pursuant to the purposes of this

agreement

r L,Le.,:" it shall be exempted from the provisions of

..c., technicians recruited from outside Egypt

with respect to
or
office of the principal activity
enactment

companies law

trade unions

having no other activities

including the tax

under the provisions of

to consider sympathetically

D. SUPPLEMENTARY SENTENCES

(a) Translate. into English:

11at,)i ;4.;L61)1_11 jath 5.,

to irstm)ii I 4.14.163 ;La it-°41:0 (di ra.* dkJ .044 tl-tti A-4-11

1.1

k*.),A3 r L5.-1 cd. r

 230

r ,-q. c.)% jig art 4.c)

1 1 01 :LIzej.1.1 J Li 0
67.11.k.a1 I Las XL: pa* vi z. L-a1 I tz-,;..;

LAJ 1 4..0 30- J..; 0.a...A t.:1-A.11 ieJI c.), 0,.;ti.) I Y

4) le- C.),-;1; t:). 01: r-41 I J" A
J.0-4.1 I it La....; JaL.A.1 I J..?ul I s, 1.N-J I jlic; 1
'11.6 VI 3.0 .P.11 I

(b) Translate into Arabic:

1. American law applies to foreign residents in the United States except diplomats

and states delegated to the United Natiors.

2. The agreement regarding the Suez Canal base was signed between Egypt and

Britain in 1954 and terminated in 1957.

3. All the personnel of companies and partnerships acting as contractors for the
purposes of the Suez Canal base agreement left the base on November, 1956.

4. Ford Company has no other activity in Egyp: than selling cars.

5. The offices of the United Nations and its specialized agencies in Egypt enjoy

exemption from paying income tax_

6. All Egyptian companies are required to register under the provisions of the
Egyptian commercial registe law.

7. Egyptian workers enjoy the- right to form trade unions under the law relating
 231

to Workers' Syndicates.

8. No enactment may replace or amend this law.

9. The government considers sympathetically the requests of students to study

abroad.

10. High customs duties impede the import trade in any country.

E. EXERCISES

(a) Give the English equivalent of the following:

40.16.11 jib yl ci,1)..i% 1

COI 0--6
1 re4. L I-4- c), 1 k.) -°
(b) Use the following expressions in complete sentences:

4,,,.,,r; j.c.i I -
4,44-)1 -t L...aJ I -r
aea.' JLA j,-14.1 CAA; °

(c) Vocalize the following sentences:

jikL311 L41 Ili; JLAIL .)-6b 1

U.g v.11..N11

61-P4 03-1.; 41 ci:Lit -uv-11 yap ;),Y.411 telp .J L r

4 1-4.1 %Loy ; Lea ILI 1 LA
 232

(d) Give the roots of the following:

:II -1
it.J1.1J1 A
I
z.111.61 Y ...o

q
 233
yf
ii
A. TEXT Unit 34

Selections From

Agreement Regarding the Suez Canal Baseil

1 L.; iJtV 01.4.1 jik; I

x...1 La l I.Saci I 1-4".> ;U.*

j:J1 cjA c.n.....(b.1 ;1/4! )3,...;J I

Lc) t (:J1 I

1p:A J.11
igp,a...J I

1,;.; 4.79 LI. WI .1 I )1..1

Let: J., Li. j a11 I y. ad. g ai I

jfi i)U I J13....11 I ;.;

LI; al )13.% h..Sb

40.4; Lte f r
I t..;AJ rt.,. 1 .3.:J

.10;:a....J1 j-4-1 J 4.:4,t1/a..113

vi Lit1 I

L4-1-4-1 I 11.,p1 I

L c L4- td1

I )IAJ I

Jit A
Lze 31 1 JAI I

11)-0A-11 ;110-...11 , 4) °Lail hut.-11 I -Li° t -1-i-k) I

cjj..) J.! jj I I als ...I...0.J I

 234

111 I cjez-,Laz f L14 j

dt,u 03.:; I

1,LA 4711.0 ke Cr*

014 OA x14 I U=LaiJ I CA rwi J

La lu; cje I e.111.7.2 `11 LILLJI t

J3-4- J csis J

1-to 'MA,* 04 *Amin J-gar 6-4.J 13 JLLAJ 1..A.1 13 cjo 1.4.4.4%

"A.:J .11

B. GENERAL VOCABULARY AND NOTES

ELI I effect, impression, influence. Cf. 141

C
to transmit, to relate and 1 to

influence, to produce an effect. Also

At effect, effectiveness
to make sure, to ascertain, to become

cor inced
security, protection, safeguarding

principle. Cf. :Ia.." to begin;

.1

, e primary; hence
1-41, ble"

staffing point, principle

replacement

to follow, to come as a result of. Hence,

, it follows. Cf.
.

to follow
guard

fire, conflagration

jY
 235

to keep, to preserve

maintenance

provision (of a law)

perimeter

sabotage

notice, notification
risks (collective noun)

open space, empty space, also emptiness,

p
vacancy, vacuum; 51SJA11 or

%W.) 0; under the open sky, out-

doors, in the open air. Cf. to

be empty, to be vacant

prejudice, breach. Cf. Jl to

break, to violate
W.
)111 c g yr,5 measure, provision. Cf. pf J to plan,

to prepare

defense

measure, arrangement. Cf. ,:zj to

arrange, to prepare

platform

dock

complying with

authority

wire (n)

to hand over, to deliver

handed over, delivered, from to

 236

hand over, to deliver, also to yield.

Cf. I to yield, to surrender,
to embrace the religion of Islam; hence

el... Muslim, a believer in Islamic

religion

c4- to permit

>to L. sovereignty

J jointly
".0
to include
J J.4 respect, regard, concern. Cf.
concerning, regarding; JJ.1)1 .-;
in this respect, with regard to this, in
this connection

C.:J.:- s pass (n), permit

(c)>.0) maintenance, upkeep. Cf. ...)-1:0 to

keep, to preserve, to protect

A j necessary
;'; ) 4)3)-.;
loss
( )
to apply, to be applicable, to be effective
, equipment, also (war) material, ammu-
*A $J
nition

) .1t1 to prepare

41. I equipment

vehicle, carriage. Cf.

or g.ps dining car, diner;
3Jl itIng sleeping car, sleeper
reasonable
 237

regulations, instructions

contractor

inspection

extent, scope; also, measure, rate, value,

:: csis commensurate with, in

proport'on to; 5i, in the same

measure as, to the same extent as;

.:11 and of :V j:?; 451;

as far as possible, as much as possible

a; to provide, to submit, to offer

.6:a,' for the purpose cf; 4..,:t; object, aim.
Cf. I 1.:1,;: or ; CP
*" intentionally,
purposely; j .); unintention-
ally, inadvertently;
good intention

Sic; juat - short

lock

less. Cf. to reduce, to lessen;

J.; (sit at least; *PI

minority

similar, comparable

s material, stuff, substance. Cf. 51-1:

rl.;-* raw materials; 51;.:

cosmetics
J--*4;-J
civilian

, s,
facility, possibility
 238
,
LZ..; ) 1.4j," installation

to await

Jai; post
d

lighting. Cf.
/°1,
( )3; ) ;; to light,
to lighten; "I:: fire
A
ttb.40 ;110,401 important matter; pl. requirements, stores
z
supplies. Cf. war

material; rolling stock

LS" to control, to watch; also, to say "Amen"

to be mentioned; also, to arrive
locked. Cf. ::t,O; to be firm, and

:1:0°,1 to close, to shut

(J-03) t.1-;;-: relating

( ) communications

C. PHRASES AND IDIOMS

Z17:11 to ascertain that the regulations are

complied with
JLLJi protection of equipment and stores

accordingly, it follows
;J1 1
the sovereign government

.4,,1 the necessary measure for the protection

of the installations
it'S I :61 the appropriate measures necessary to

inside the perimeter of the installations

::1;..1 I tSi1;:-IL. 4)1.4 without prejudice to the general princi-
ples
 239

3.;11 I ;I docks or railway platforms

0t
aw,J the designated authority

and other necessary measures

J..t..aTh4 in this cor, .action

to the same extent as, as much as

as far as the facilities permit

1;:1 less effective than
Cf;

the least possible rate

including

defense posts
411.2. 4,
and in particular

-t e; to enforce, to execute

D. SUPPLEMENTARY SENTENCES

(a) Translate into English:

011 JL4.4,J L-4:a.af I

1--4$.4 U
44.3)4, le, Litt e.1)1,3

)L.,$)II a.; ( -r

.r....)-44J I ;I I I le, I br-J J.-c.c.-1' I t

)51.1 vim.; 6".1,-,JI o

J.0". j14...J -6.6%, 3...1 I acti ji.i.A1 crait

Jill ?q loci I vi J L JI cr. 411:t.

JS 1.76U cjci I lia.L.0 A

Lt.- JI
 240

0..1.6 ..z.1..6.1...11 61.; 03L.A5e. 1

,L,114...;".1 I

,J jjj Uk:j1 ci0 Jr", J. ir.p.oA..1 I L6.1.J1 j1.10. tr. 1.

at. J ax,11 ai.J1 jci 110;13.J1 ILO;

(b) Translate into Arabic:

1. Measures taken by the Government of Egypt for the security of the Suez Canal

installations shall not be less effective than those taken for the security of

similar Egyptian installations.

2. The security of the installations shall include the provision of defense materials,

communications, and other necessary measures.

3. The contractors shall comply with the regulations of the general security issued

by the designated Egyptian authority.

4. The contractors shall take all reasonable security measures without prejudice to

the above general principles.

5. The American Government cooperates fully in the maintenance of the security of

the United Nations headquarters in New York.

6. A pass system is established and enforced to control the entry into and the exit

from any military base.

7. Security measures reduce the risk of theft, loss, or sabotage.

8. When it is intended to move equipment or stores to or from the installations, the

Egyptian authorities shall be given forty-eight hour notice.

9. The Egyptian authorities do not agree to a shorter period of notice.

10. The authorities inspected the docks and railway platforms to ascertain that

Egyptian laws are complied with.

 241

E. EXERCISES

(a) Give the English equivalent of the following:

v.
ti; JJ I J
1,',1 'ail V
t r., L11
amj.7..1

41 r
.4.11 aj La; ).ci.) Lot: 0

(b) Use the following expressions in complete sentences:

_
Lk; 411

rUJI Lqi s r
J 113.4
;4 1
tili.1 I, 1;:ii I 0

(c) Vocalize the following sentences:

r4".`
1

44e-J LA1 I .1 J &Li j al:04.4J I

csis Sij I j Lka.:1 I 1121..JJ PL. j1.10.4 _r

dii.J I cp: :1491

(d) Give the roots of the following:

LL:.....z. i" ;..: ,k1....J1 V ..i.A-..z 1

ts..31,....J1 1.
;Le Ir. .-.Y N.-4J I ..-1 J .2.,.......II 0
azi.....1. I A
4.."...i.:: 1 J3 1.....^J I 1
 242

A. TEXT Unit 35
Selections From

Agreement Between USA and UAR Concerning Certain

Educational Exchange Programs

141.%1 czt,

; estl l ; V. ;.-11

I LAO I I fat, rki

101...t_J I .,,,kt.0 t js Irj .411 sijj J At;* ei 1:1311 Ko. r.a.11

(IA als I a; ...11 ts yj.:41

I L )1,1 I cgt, ....)1.12J I j

;141,_sti 1.44 r:N I
Lg. 441. jUte. ) J.P4.04J I

..3..N1,41. I :144 I Z,".4....!..11 a...15..+3 r.% Le. y,l I

:AzL:Nlj .7.31.12J I j JL:j cAl:j.;

j Li; y I I I

214 1 Lc:IL...a c.p.maLiri I J.L.J I .c.it & s uoi,G041 1 1 bis ktij _r

juvij le. VI

I 431.1 I 4.
Jabl ZIT... 4 1 jai 411 1 ,L..e iSr1:444 1, J 1,.N I ; ri.PWal.

C114 ir j 1 1 dab

i Lagi t
 243

41JJ LA i;LalL., J-N:**4J1 ;:4a-J-N-11

'mss- 1.1
c-.4-4i ; """'
L. ;1"431: aj i4J1"") cM
itz-4J I :3-4.1 1.44 4tvwd,o, j..aul

r- (:f JuJi Lacf`JI °

)11 I W Lip r4..;:.: ;Jus. 4.)1111 J

`1-4:;.3)1 Lirtl kJ-

1-fris (")...2;4n eti

Pk, ,ua t-r;

Itt-di jet, J16.'" (-43«,,;-"Z*1.).." t-%=3:11 I

4,11 6141.?-1 j..ix.vei Las`51.1 I ULU Lw J te; 0,../z

r4/ I a rif%11 z, 1,4,11

B. GENERAL VOCABULARY AND NOTES

performance, performing (of a duty, etc.)

(
exchange (n)
J Jc
program

fund, amount

article (of a law, etc.), paragraph

set forth, specified
following, coming next

to exempt

like, as, tantamount to (with following

genitive); 5;62 (with following geni-

tive) place or time at which something

appears or recurs; manner, mode. Cf.

.6 to come, to return (also relative

 244

to a state or condition)

procedure, measure

foreign

attendance

realization

local

use (n)

domestic, internal

to authorize, to license

to make available

facilitation
term, condition

to refer

student. Cf. -.41 to ask for, to

search; to require. Cf. also

ihrall (1 ' demand;

..:412.11.; supply and demand

ii;11.: tkr knowledge

.Z.IJCZ t credit, credit for currency, loan

..1:1
membership, but member. Cf.

q.:. 3....as honorary member

currency

appointment

purpose

to acquire

property, also LL property. Cf.

 245

aj.: to take in possession, to rule.

Contrast al; rule, reign

( Jr ) Jci JL fund

( Jr ) Jr to finance

organization, to put in order, to

arrange. regularity, system,

r14'.
regime. Cf. ,L.11 (11.4.11 public

order; )"::31 4.:.; traffic control

execution, putting into effect

expenditure, spending

transfer (n)

purpose, aim

commission, organization

( 01.3 ) 'Ir citizen

C. PHRASES AND IDIOMS

he performed his duty

or otherwise

to be composed of

diplomatic mission

to be eligible for reappointment

c. to assign the duties
J

residence, place of residence

.
J-6- without compensation
4 A
41)" 4,Ij
3 experienced, skilled, those who are

experienced
 246

honorary chairman, honorary president

desiring to

in addition, in addition to that

in accordance with

to consider as, to be tcntamount to

to acknowledge, to recognize

mutual understanding

u1;11;
hereinafter, afterwards, after this

I 1 except as provided for

to serve, to perform his duty

cultural and educational activities

necessary expenses

expiration of service

official duty
minister of culture and education

D. SUPPLEMENTARY SENTENCES

(a) Translate into English:

Lk I 41 _I
..1....z...461 I

C)15 ci5.4 ARc17'

1 ;:tk-':-4-11 2 r
4,4;) I i.,;_Nu I

l-4i 0...1-!) 01j) lJ I l..;;Y I J-,1 _

g uI)L 1-4.5 1
L4:. 0:44 Z.L.LAII
 247

:) qsi Lau= `y I :r Y
(.10.1.41 J L a Jr(' A

lje. -14 CLat .1.01,441.1 :e, Lt.: L 1

(b) Translate into Arabic:

1. The United States does not recognize the Government of Communist China.

2. The British forces withdrew from Jordan in accordance with the conditions of

the treaty.

3. Except as provided in Article 1, all foreigners residing in the United States

shall be subject to the same laws.

4. The Jordanian Ministry of Education supervises the educational activities in

the country.

5. The Government of the United Arab Republic shall pay all the necessary ex

penses for the education of the bright students.

6. There are exchange study missions between Jordan and the United States for the

growth of mutual understanding.

7. There are three more committees in addition to the aforementioned.

8. The queen returned to the royal palace after she had performed her official duty.

9. Mutual understanding is essential to preserve peace and security in the world.

10. The two governments agreed upon the many purposes which are set forth in this

document.
 248

E. EXERCISES

(a) Give the English equivalent of the following:

(*.Ai; t _r
o

(b) Use the following expressions in complete sentences:

I 4:f .4.4) T ;J. 1-47..:1 1

E Le-13.11 r
4.1 Asi -0

(c) Vocalize the following sentence:

L...413

jU43
4.5WJI ...Lib c).:11.B1 v.i I JLcis`il,
(d) Give the roots of the following:

J_A j o

I Ji 1
 249

A. TEXT Unit 36

Selections From

USA-Lebanon Agreement on Procurement of

Nuclear Equipment and Materials

01.,71.1 )1,11 iis;11,1

Ji .1-4 otott,

4,J L....11 le 1
L, :LhJI 211j.) LL,lt.4,11 Lt )1.1.1

.6.1,01 01 J-suwe Ate. er jphr.. AljNi ; J.Ar#411 L, Y.,1 I

te. atc L es.friLa.

1,4 ,e; J 11 La) .6 :141.11 1.1..11

(IS L":41 sit itAiril I 4.111 J11411, I oikAl

JL.0`N3 k.bJ I v-c>"'Ilf51.1 t J ; 44 J;

4......42.)1 Di.A.) 1. Loli..11

ais 1.1.1.: WSJ L.. gilt cii; I ote _I

JirN1 r.-sz

L440. J.,..0.0J1 42,1i J11411, I .L.,6411

Ia.; ALJ I ()AA :1.1.i-A I

I J11411, J...11 1.414. 3.1 1150111 41.14;

1* -.45. W.; -' L."' '-?-34:

Irk y it.c..1511 L')- 4.- le. y1J I :).` ' 44" krN1
L.1 J ..)1-sto 4 ..ub411 jab
 250

jet 1"1.45t:)11 iej ,i11 i, L1211 ti.111 1

)1.; s al l &4411 Lii-; 41 Ji-4-4-1

Ji 11/-4-1`
J-N:%4J1`: .)- ;Lt;LL4-1-11 ;-4.1-f".0 Crs-41'.
5,411 4.1.i cei L)L.1

J-.^111 k./. s c:d7 ia (Ian ecl.il.:11 je-31.11 4.7%;

L4..1 1 31

SU

B. GENERAL VOCABULARY AND NOTES

(v.. I ) establishment, foundation

talk, parley, discussion, negotiation. Cf.

to discuss, to search;

to discuss. Distinguish:

discussions;
/5
Ce b %.31.> conversations;

U311: negotiations

amount (n)

to be complete, to come to an end, to

take place

procurement, acquisition

to assume, to take upon oneself (expenses,

obligations etc.) Cf. j.:01. to carry,

to bear

to arrange
9

251

atomic. Cf. .j.) tiny particle, atom

installing, installation. Cf. to

ride; art to make ride

( liability, responsibility
to make someone happy. LT to

be happy, to be fortunate, and .k.:..

happy, blissful. Note, isl,W t-)

help, to support and :usu.+ assistance,

backing

potu7 price

to have the honor, to be honored with,

!
to be noble , to be dis-

tinguished, to honor; hence

high rank, nobility, dignity

I' A purchase (n)

operating, operation

`7 .1-;%:3 owner, holder, associate. Cf.

j7t1;;11 shipowner. When wt.:a. is

used with titles, it has no equivalent.
Cf. abtiell his Majesty

( u?-O) to protect, to preserve

aii lb ability, capacity, energy (in physics).

Cf. (:31-1, to be able;

atomic power

I equipment, appliances. Cf.

war material
 252

equivalent

(>6) Excellency. It is a title of a cabinet

minister, ex-cabinet minister, or ambassa-

dor. A prime minister's title is usually

ii.1.5J unless he has a higher title.

Cf. a Ijal.;11 His

1.1.9..5. His Excellency

the Prime Minister

.. A?
oiP <.i, difference

re.;.1*:,* furnishing, supplying, providing

approximately

to propose
Cr'
(;;) to establish, to decide

( ) acquisition, purchase. Cf. ts.5' to

acquire; crzfol. to acquire by pur-

chase

) 51,4' material, stuff

./
4.1%; grant (n), gift, allowance. Cf. c.; to
.,
grant; living allow-
once; .... academic scholar-
ship

( Jr) J Irl cc fund

( Jr ) Jr to finance, to subsidize
vc C;1 resulting from. Cf. to bring

forth, to ensue, to result;

result, outcome, yield;

consequently, however
 9

253

( a); ) sir nuclear; ;i1j.; atomic nucleus.

also nuclear
4.;;;Cf.

weapons

C. PHRASES AND IDIOMS

to inform

insurance premiums

with reference to

nuclear equipment and materials

physical sciences. Cf. 11 (:15

or physics, natural

science ii;,. 111 or);

metaphysics

°Li ,J4=1 training and research activities

on the basis of

peaceful purposes

medical purposes

Please accept my highest esteem, the

customary ending of a formal letter in

Arabic

<4..115 actual costs

it shall not be in excess of, it shall not

exceed

iC:1 Atomic Energy Commission

,
41..1 including

costs of transportation
 G
fi

14-

254

points of understanding, understandings

fo,
designated agent

rt
D. SUPPLEMENTARY SENTENCES

(a) Translate into English:

11% of 1-41; 4..9X Las .6÷0-1 e Att p-1-1L) L11 ; LALI

,..44-7-)U1 J , L.0,) )1,JI %
4 :14rIf lSp ,ti , _r
&L.,431 Lx J10 gt La; "1S: J) 1%1 ;1635 J `4):'
.14,; %;,topaii 1,ZU ,L,4,411 JA .,
A.14.* -.. 0

o Jaivll fC%11 etia nisi vL t..3 J.:1CA

1,3)...j1 cy., L.. it tr...gc. 60.

j.4I, 4.1..PU I J1,4) 1, I a.0 41 4714A,;,4 :zi...A.4)1 66.9 A

.4.u.aj C)) LS di I i Lsis ISE.1 I L;I. -- I

J:%-+.,Y:: ;.43-Ji Jk,z-7

ft 4.44..1

(b) Translate into Arabic:

1. The United States Government is protected against all liabilities resulting from

the operatior of the nuclear equipment.

2. The American Atomic Energy Commission supervises most of the work pertain-

ing to atomic and nuclear research.

3. The atomic materials should be purchased for prices not in excess of those

determined by the Commission.

 n,:-

255

4. The nuclear equipment and materials may not be used except for medical

purposes.

5. The difference between the amount established by the Commission and the actual

cost, at times, exceeds one hundred million dollars.

6. The designated agent of the Lebanese Government shall meet the cost of trans-

portation and insurance while in transit of all the equipment and materials to be

financed hereunder.

7. I have the honor to propose a new project to Your Excellency.

8. With reference to our previous discussions, I have the honor to inform you that

my government will participate in the forthcoming conference.

9. The Jordanian Government would like to acquire some equipment for the

chemical laboratory .

10. The United States Senate has approved the furnishing of a financial grant to the

Lebanese Ministry of Education.

E. EXERCISES

(a) Give the English equivalent of the following:

I J.."4 Oes". 1:11 I

11.el I rw..) .r41 r

att....; J.61 _o

(b) Use the following expressions in complete sentences:

,; L.; V
 256

(c) Vocalize the following sentences:

J34,,. I J1,4113 .L:.1 I .01,411 1-4,14 "al:1411 s)14:

.1ii; g 1-011.4 rsci 4: j-s6

1-4.6-;,:zi lam: 4J a L41:11.:

(d) Give the roots:

: a LA
4/A A".
-A :1..A44 1 a 1pht o
°Lail 1
 257

A. TEXT
Selections From

Point Four General Agreement for Technical Cooperation

Between the United States of America and Iraq

c)A .L.1114*

4:..11 I jue.,1

t.. 431),11, ;3'

1
c.rtA LiJ .L-41

JL.47,;Yi
"Wi CAL:Ji te.)L4-4, .44-1-3j

1.rd I, Lt.; I d )..0 ae j:SA Liz I

1-4:4

LA 1.1.9)11 )1,1J i1 I I ; ci,1-;..1 I

..0 LA:J. L. (..?)..iJ I I ..3-4J L-44"... aktu S.;;;1)....J1 V

L., .11 I I y 11J ZjI

431)...%11 rib Or. Leda..4%.%)

vlr.J 401 ,.I I I cjil.a:JI

; 313 I r
vlr..J I v; 41JI

i41).;;A%i J.N7....) I 0,11 L.):...;)1211 jai 0-41.,11

r.:11 aglr I

jtio. (J)( t ) i;i111 pb L I

(J),40
601 co.:I.S t
L;),11. 14;11 Lb LAI I t)..;1 vi 11 tA
 258

B. GENERAL VOCABULARY AND NOTES

( ) 4.44:L4 adopted

organization 54

principle

J interchange, exchange (n)

ilr: program

nationality, also ;-' nationality,

citizenship,from eSs to follow, to
belong

provision

for, about
to concern

Loa-4- ) appropriate

160 Z;1/14, administration

i`PIA numbered, No.

assistance

Le"" to endeavor

fl"" peace

participation, contribution
-
er.! c project

within

related to, regarding, concerning

knowledge, information

to undertake

WLA; cooperation

CpplIA designated, appointed

 259

paragraph

effective
,
1/47
technical; 0* technique, art, skill.
Cf. ,.;- fine arts.

capacit,', capability
-'F,
decisions, resolutions (usually pound in

plural)
we,
representative

possibility, capability
by, on the part of, but before,

previously

productive
. e
result (n)

corn ination
activity
to carry out, to put into force
point

growth, progress

pursuant to

Jay ' integrated, united

4.1":3:; integration, unification

t:Jj(i"" balanced
iii to reach, to attain. Cf...:SCorjlit "/4
ministry of communications

subject, topic, question

 260

C. PHRASES AND IDIOMS

interchange of technical knowledge

technical cooperation administration

at peace with Iraq

to make effective use

productive capacity of Iraq

as set forth

consistently with, literally, with the

observance of

it is understood by both governments

economic development

lotel. 'Jai I the balanced and integrated develoamen'

pursuant to the provisions

separate written agreements

D. SUPPLEMENTARY SENTENCES

(a) Translate into English:

val ij I 4 - 1

1.4111 )1.4411

r:)11

1-41;lili:;1 .1/40 1.4%1 0 Las` 1

;:J. all

4 JLay y l cb..; /.1 '114: i...06.11 -.41.111 Zit ..1.4/11 t

;,...01...4.11 "...;;..JI e LL 1.15 j1).....11 )11 _0

to:J1 4.141 ,gr; Sp.",) I

 261

ie..:11 I ...L. is 3).1,11 41.11_,J I I J112. j11,....1 I -Y

van wt.& ; r.:1 1;4 A
cf;
I I.1;11 I I I ;.413 .11 I 0,4.11

L.; 1,1, :1-01..4.1 I 1-,. 3,41 I ;,*

I jliol t 4.4. ;11 v.:11 I I ;) 1 4 _

(b) Translate into Arabic:

1. Interchange of technical knowledge and skills is the subject of an agreement

between America and Iraq.

2. Point four program is designed to contribute to the balanced and integrated

development of friendly cour,r,.es' resources.

3. A separate agreement is concluded between Iraq and America Car a particular

technical cooperation program.

4. Iraq endeavors to coordinate its technical cooperation programs with those of

the United Nations Technical Assistance division.

5. The League of Arab states encourages the interchange of technical knowledge

between the Arab countries.

6. Iraq's economic development programs are assisted by many international

organizations and friendly governments.

7. Iraq's international agreements are consistent with the principles and provisions

of the United Nations.

8. The government endeavors to coordinate and integrate all its technical

 262

cooperation programs.

9. The United Nations neral assembly adopted a resolution on December 4,

1948 on the subject of technical assistance for economic development.

10. The economic development projects in Iraq make effective use of the experience

of other countries.

E. EXERCISES

(a) Give the English equivalent of the following:

6j4.z QUO 03L..:.J* ; ji 1

t ;7....)L4:4, )11 _r
; r:vt 0,$J11.. eb...; 0
(b) Use the following expressions in complete sentences:

r 0.11-'QJ' liJI ilia;JJ I

cdjii-J1 3-;-11 )11

(c) Vocalize the following sentences:

cji,j;&11 1.3-4J cAtkl......J I I 1

.64; 1.4%1 4.1,141 i 1.01}U 4.11;i11 4 1/4,2...

031...:1J1

z....Loy I vait fit

13 34.1)-411
 263

(d) Give the roots of the following:

t 0,1111 -r 1.6 - 1

:AS A Lec.A.J1 Y
1.;V 1.
116.

AA). I i..01-4.1 -o

'3
 264

A. TEXT Unit38
Selections From

Treaty of Friendship Between the Union of Soviet Socialist

Republics and the Mutawakkilite Kingdom of Yemen

ij asb

11,.h )11 I Le jr4-;,%.1 I J Lam: .I

..;.,4J I I

1
11 w J
i.44"11
J-4J 1 1 L.
:;14.331 I L )1-4.....7.1 1 J 0.6% 1 L's c

rio." .e.) t4 Li3.; r. 1):;*1

1 1 J-1-. Y.& 1 i.e.... La J

`74.11-6 JA-4111 J.,-g 'It'4' w

ciit 6:s

1-4" `1:Jr4'!`:'
L4:41164, Ltuit ri= ji jci

jagi lejr4.-y.J1

I.1. )1) ii: t& I 1.1 WI.. 1S )1 )\

.,..s N.L.1
 9

265

j)Li S I. 1.2- ij c oLaji u.11.11 r

Jr-.0,-11 cdji.1-1 I

L-7,41. I j le:J. I ,k 1.4,J I Jt Alai I a. _E

LlspJ a1 L/5 IL."'" Cd JS, 1:6.1 L-41 jJZ3.-"`J JA Ji

Zip cJS i6) gp....1 1; al. I ri.-5\) I 11 J.J

Al: ,,,J I grbl )1 vi cje.

L-0

1-4-4e it... Ns L,. LJ ota; L I U".6.1 I o

ez .itig; LA. 4:14, I t JrAi L-41

L-Lib te; Vol- JU:111

;:lew,)-11 Cf* 3-1°"-"-J1 4 bL$b

4.J;A 0 ;re) 110 jp.O. ,;1.4. 443.70.; it 4.;

i.IJX1.0 1100 L, J1.1:1.0 rl 1 rY o L.

B. GENERAL VOCABULARY AND NOTES

um;1 (JO territory, land, ground

aS to reaffirm, to assure

(11) ) e C14
Imam, the title of the head of an Islamic

state, also, leader, master. It is the

usual title for the king of Yemen.

means the man in front, e. g., the

prayer leader, one who leads the cara-

van. The first was the Prophet

republic. Cf. to gather, to

...
collect (a crowd); j".44.." crowd,
 266

the majority of the people. Hence,

P P
did 144.1.0. the system of government.

of the majority of the people, republic

to arise, to happen, to occur
to be subject, to submit

disagreement, difference

international

perpetual, continuous

presidium

national, subject

to desire

C. ambassador. Cf. pig.. to send on a

journey, to dispatch; :31.1.. embassy,

mission

peace, also . Cf. 4.1 peace

settlement
high, sublime

facilitating
to be, to prevail
sovereignty

equalization, adjustment, settlement (of

a controversy or bill etc.)
b.

legal

socialist

friendship. Cf. JJ-.0 to be true;

43f.1:0 friend; 4.1.01.:2 to be

friend with
 7-477757.7.

267

631-,101
C alb party
.-
absolute. Cf. 4'011 to set c'

to set at liberty
; 1) recognition

41 %NA recognized

to conclude

highest, supreme

treatment
. practiced
J.,Asob
.
J-4-A3 to undertake

treaty

interpretation

extraordinary

.sue subsequently, later, hereafter

regulation, basis, base. Cf. to

sit down

LAt;i3; c cd;;Li law

( residing, resident

( strengthening

full, complete
4703 ..L;. authorized agent, envoy, representative,

delegate, from ..t.; to assign.

Cf 6:9 aid,. speci,a1 envoy;

. ."
CXY's ''j .t;4 minister; do1
ia..611 ambassador extraordinary

to establish
 C. regulation

application, carrying oLl

of the Hegira, pertaining to Mohammed's

emigration. Hence, tat.r.:t-A a

year of the Hegira, a year of the Muslim

era, beginning with Mohammed's emi-

gration from Mecca to Medina in

A. D. 622

) union

) 5; sincerity

corcord

C. PHRASES AND IDIOMS

should any disagreement arise

the principle of reciprocity

trade exchange

to settle the disagreement

His Majesty
"..1 being both desirous of
7

ambassador extraordinary and plenipoten-

671143 (i..0.4
tiary

; absolute and general legal sovereignty

1
14.1431. al l
.4 tai
jj.lal I the peaceful diplomatic channels

the Arabic text shall prevail

.' 4*;'M
°
in case of differences of interpretation
41; 44.3
 269
17 . , acl;f611
L k-1
Lam, internationally recognized rules

full and absolute independence

.9:111.1j I the Mutawakkilite Kingdom of Yemen

0.

(official designation of Yemen).

VI

413.0-, trusting in God. Cf.

pi,- to trust (in God); to
IX/
entrust, to commission; hence,

agent, authorized representative

., ., t.4 in duplicate

ALV Union of Soviet Socialist Republics

aJj J1 P.: j3' .--sinister of state, minister without portfolio

CAP"' minister plenipotentiary

A I in accordance with principles in effect

D. SUPPLEMENTARY SENTENCES

(a) Translate into English:

0,611 J.N1 cz..; r >tt Z I

I o ff, 1I ;di...kJ I L' O.1.)1".11 V

csisNI 11.i.).J I

co. ;kil J-41 I 4; a" Liu. p,a 4.).34A-r. 45 JIJ c."'3141 I ctn.) I Je.;,, Jail xi, es,

I ;el-A.4,11 Ij cs.1 y 4 j j 1) 31 I r xs;

/A..1 I j,..415U 14:,.0 L:ra

JAL; ;, 4.11 cipLi I

ari-N1 j3.1.11 L11.s, csic ..1L; 1
4,y1 Nd cotS e. LAU. c.ts) I .14 .1.10 Y

1.4s 1.4 J eotle 430.s.1 irbV 44:64.0.11 J 1a4 y I A

 270

c.J6-11 sl 1
juP.3
;a1 siAe. 414%...J. I j4.:....11 _i

(b) Translate into Arabic:

1. The Union of Soviet Socialist Republics is desirous to conclude treaties of

friendship with the Arab countries.

The League of Arab states endeavors to establish sincere and friendly relations

between all Arabs.

3. Yemen is represented in some countries of the world by diplomatic envoys of

other Arab states.

4. The ambassador extraordinary and plenipotentiary of Yemen to Morocco sub-

mitted his full powers to King Hassan II.

5. Morocco was the first state to recognize the independence of the United States

of America.

6. The United Nations endeavors to strengthen peace and concord between all the

countries of the world.

7. The Union of Soviet Socialist Republics recognizes the absolute sovereignty of

Imam Ahamd, King of Yemen.

8. Friendly governments undertake to facilitate trade exchange between themselves

in accordance with internationally recognized rules.

9. Nationals of other states who reside in America are subject to American laws

and regulations.

10. The special agreement concluded between the two countries is done in dupli-

cate.
 271

E. EXERCISES

(a) Give the English equivalent of the following:

I 4.1.13:......J1 :61J-zit _I
13 41 (111`Ji I -r
JJ1..:1_11 1 01.....!.1 1,.L.11

(b) Use the following expressions in complete sentences:

I JAI -
'I c31/11 t j.1..-1 I -r
..3J1 1. N.".11 1 1.43j L-4:

(c) Vocalize the following sentences:

1-61.4s 1 '4151j:,..a si I
1.111-4--N1

41-11 cirjai 41't ,...fr'%5 3J-11 '--;)1--4-

L4. I

cil.k0 13 (J....11 4:14 4,y r

(d) Give the roots of the following:

i _0
 272

SUPPLEMENTARY READINGS

The following twenty-four excerpts have been selected from Arabic official docu-

ments. (For a detailed list, see Table of Contents.) These supplementary selections are

completely unglossed. They are presented as additional reading exercises for compre-

hension and proficiency. The student who has mastered the basic Units should experience

no difficulty in dealing with these additional selections. If necessary, consult the

Cumulative Vocabularies given in the Second Volume of this work.

1. From the Tunisian Constitution

f 1.41AI irv..,.06113 L4.;r0.3 01.41 ;J J t.).;1; ..-

1-4'411-; ;;:)1-413
(LI f.4.1 ale..r. l.). L:44 CAL":13 irj FiS

.11.00:4.1 LLCI.?" jr4kmaj i; LIO(o.dal j1Sin ;04e. r

4

41.tt W.A. )11 ,:41 p.1 I ;0..3

t.)3:3111

4144 l+'', cei )L..1 I 1.:4% 11.a. 0,1r. J5.1 0

L:).);W1 J3J+-

4.1 jisz ;AIL,. 4z; 6.1;14 L:r. J.1_1

a. >e LI; ji)..a.1 1 L Lam. i 1.4.0

olvi.r. 4A 4:6 kraA 4:.14°.) 014 ; Lt; Y

tl
 273

)1.4 ZI,J.31 t.".4) -PA

r. A

-1.1 I " (,)°,41-:i 0.1.0

.4:vi11*.1 eimai '7'1-'J 144t, L'4-1 4#4) 11

1.)11

2. From the Pact of the League of Arab States

(4.6. Lejt Cr_ Lm job I.-O.& LAO L& I 1

Lyle ail I ,04

u& Lt.; ,i.J1 4.; L:A.11 ;ode> L..)

.11.k.,1 001 JI I .i.sa te: 14,JA J1.,.%1

: yl 54.i I vi 1,::

1.1."11 LL.)11, 041111.1 4,--1-"Ai j5...1 r

th:`?' (.)1;

L251I s al s; I j _r
cr zip.) L41...as
J.)
 274

J1.11.......J1 I Jj..) (1.1L; t

Jaz ;*4->- 4;i40,
41J1.4.1 jtjz.....J I 4 4..J 1 JJJ 1 I )L
01..J 1, c:51

e.g.; c J.;:t 4. I )341 4JLIJI )3,1 cei 0

;Jj,.).1.13

ce jl.A1....1 I I jai:, it Y
6)3,.3J1

4.).A 43.:L,%3 A
N.:. 1 L. ce l x ritt iwwS 144-1; J-A: 4.1.10 v .140

JiJ e&
" 4;Ltil C:tf) A "JA LA-4-ii J1--
L. y 1 io c,r ( 11t0 C.P.1
1
L. Y t ) )1-1 t
j..1J

3. From the Pact of Mutual Cooperation Between Iraq and Turkey

L 43L;;;....11 r L5,-1 cji

JJ J .13J Lab .3.0- 1 Lc:, je. e..1 1 43 .3.1 1 *cs L 1;:ul

* With the obligations. The conjunction 3, when followed by an accusative,

means with.
 275

eLit cPti" I j.4e; vl j y L4.;1

cjle.L.J I ,:j1.,9.1.1 aJ )11

1 I L. I :e.1 )1.4.

J, ,3

(.1 4.44 I jid1

61,7,;.0 i lj ;Li

e.1 .1/41 6:j l; I) I I :La; )11 I ,i_sb I

1,4,1 I ...;>) 6,11 I jj J.1 r' I cpi I iJ I

Li I i.ue ' I j j3.1 r! I J

JI 1,.6% I j J..1 I us Lp L. ,us JJ jj

al I 4.1.6.; t,;,! a.:,) )11

cs 1,3 .3.>. /1%ft, I jib j Ur:Ai I I

I ,:j1 L.-4;A J-5

cr J-4.4 4.1J j p.,7":; s y ?%11 L31 j..6% I

LNJ (u0; Ll'6J d'e%ti 4)6 I ;),5j'Aj 4'9../ I OA ;:t1 I LC:b.:A

jp.4. )11 j1110 %LA.

 276

4. From Notes Between Jordan and Britain--I

; L<J.....J1 ; JS

jl.k.:)1 ).1.J1 L.; J I ;

ol; I Le 4.I.J1 6. )to 4c,Ij

I I

41-_, jig

Jj )11 ; J-fb

)1 Si 10 ,)40 L.61.J1 'ie....4 I

14.16.1.61); J ir:ft6J I 6:4:S.J1 j 115 .3.6.1 j cob 19 t A

f ai jizitet 1-ce 45/..4-1 Uzi

4)1 11...t..J1 L.4.;1

ce J.01
)1 1 jL.- te 1 I ji J-6.4

4; )l." Jet _ r
40",1).A1 .01 c,..;111 .::..13111

J te.) 1 1 f. A

3L,
aso L4. cf.

;-11-1-) °5 rte" c)-74.1 11.0 4.15-;-"-*-t

14_;1 LLI I
J-1 I k.,...A.1:641...J I ;LA3111 ; .3-gb I

01;.; 01 kJ. f )1S I (r) ;ill 4; J11111 15 I

L. t..)..1; 4; ai311 Lab ye. 1;:,

) -614 J-4- CIA

r,; f xJ C.rg Cdi L5-6

.74.1 st.1
01 $.01 J".,

OLTLI 1 61; 0. )I-;:; coal a 1-4:a. 144:::;. 35-°-

 277

43.141 di A t:Li 0
.1;

5. From Notes Between Jordan and Britain--11

1-4:j 1-4J1 `11 :S 1..J 1

1 N.& )3,..i.11 1 at

,i_h J cj s jtJ1 z,13.1j1 )1!. rze. cji LV11 _Y

; J L.J 1 Qa....1

11tA

..t.,;;.411 ;IS-L.411 1.35..1 `11 _r

:.,-;Ucttn-11 LK-L"6-113 01,111 J:9-%"1 ac
...ip1 ,11 I t A L. I JAL... 1.4:4-JI 6.) LI cjJ3 y I ,01 ,:j11

1-41.

Lk; L..4; IJS .L.-11 t

11tA vo3...a.; 4.5.1A

j.1...1 I j. R Ls 1jI 0

ijS j-ft c1:41 vl ..;r4J I 4.1; I xj,..:1 cs.11_,J

'Lz.....11 ;$.1 J

cjij I to Y j.:.; 1r ,J1.211 ce.1-27.J1 1.k11

AA. v!5'
ts6 C 1 1 t A L.. LA. 1-4.; .e..i&:11)
 278

4e..; 61:4z s.i.1 I r x.11 &) l: cj... j j-A.I^J 1 :.:Lit.; C -4..:7.s.1,11) 0,5:, 01

aliir f i .3*:"*..). I 4-6....J I 1. 3.1... f ;;414.4 L4J I 'ie..; Jj y I ;..1-L.-1 I 3...,5-i-

1.4.1. A v.; J j i i'.. i c.rj.."..

6. From the Trade Agreement Between the USSR and Iraq

;:sAgil.....11 it.,1 Ii..., y I ,::., le. jr4......-J I Jl.pz I ...g.:. ;:ej L7c..J I z., Li" .)tAJ I 01 1
il J L:....1 ie.) 1.".1.11 c.I 1...0.J1 ( 1.9:.i.1 I a..... alp C
3.;.; j1).....11 1.).".4..

;:.-.1i.-i3-4.-A ;:.." ./.4'1 `:-'1e),-1 J6zi :-: 4)--01 c.i.A1 4e:: I

-*t.z.-*P-PJ-.-i i w.r. 3 1 c.1.11 ,i-j 1; Lj..Li als :01).-.60 ;:., )14A-Tcni

ce..3 j1).....1i it )3-4.? an it s..:JJ : .3.....J I c..L.J I 'i ;A:1111 4,;::-.;

:e..5 li. I ....:. 1.4)1-4..".11 Jl...,z1 451 I it J..d.J. J : J....41 I ta,,,,,J I ..:., i,, q;.11

*.i.-s`-'...ill i c.i6= 1 1:- , ale t-Li i 4-'.Aqi Jt .L.:; jeti -.4-Aj.)--11

4..71:03...11 *.i......>) Lk) I ;ijt......GJ 1 .::, I...... "ir. c.,-.,* "...1..:W 1 i J L.-11 (.15-,1 r,..4 Y r
,.......,, 1....,,:. ,L.6..i... .Lis Li, cjetdb-5-Pa)1, v=`'...a_su....;.1%)i .L.JI.t.)1)-4.)1 cjoL.4%.:, yI Lig...,-,

ce; 1....k.) I j L,.....11 cx.:,.. Z W I ,e; '2,- j J...J I j., ?Ll....A p I J.40 'I J I j.:-:&...' A

.1 x ai. 3 yr. 4.d:1 I j .310:L. It ''...L.a.....11 1,..1i,.; 1 :Lcir. .101.4.:. :..;LIA : J LJ I

L.-4.;. 61.5 al.: 4,.; : J.: WI 4-, j l...iri I J.:: ,,,,,I,11

it j JLJ I 0.3Lx:J I ,...r. up:, czW../.0 I i.1...J i...c......J I .:.. U2.1.11 j..6.g..i i
1-47.J.s, ..C. Lic..-..J I t..1.....11 /....t..zz, ..il je...,...,' L ij..1..a:....J I i..I.: li:.:,...11 z., L.,..Litt:- Y 1

; J LJ 1 ..i-a, i,oi iloi....; 1

ji irg ..;),.1 I ;1.,5 11:.t y I L1 j y4Avii I 4....; I vi 1":.....,1 I c.1.1 I cs.b..c. 0

 279

C64%11 L4.1.,..o, s 4.1 f ..1,)) 1 0 cs.; J y I .1".11.; 4.3.4 .7);' I

J.r,1 Ji1z--1 c-L-11

JI ca...11 (5.6

L-4..; ji ;%.-L.-11 ask,,, ._1

k).3-40.--,..1 I J (3i I 1-44.0, s JJ ;:4.51011 jj cr; ,1
j1J-0 4'3.36 C,e`"41; -.41Z1:4>AJI ".15 1/:"1

4"/ LI 4 41 J. 361 Jel

Ji.>;:i cp. Lji (5.6 4Nz Y
J)ir 03e 11::; y I *:.0

C.LJ I csis (15-1 'I I I.:5 I

y I LA

Ls JL...z.

7. From the Educational Exchange Agreement Between the USA and the UAR

cji ; 4)1,11 f IU.yI ;1.01).. I

L CP LAII-N a.1_. IA jiS 4:41 I lia.LJ I J) 14;

j I .3a5 0.;1).i I crtz.; c,:.1 I diszi,

`:141 sr; uW J ..rJ I v.; LA

Ii.
441 jl.r.1 ,.i:1" L) .1;_a

.41 31 1..-t-4-11 fLf jra4e

Lsic I ; I .1 L VJ r.) LA11 rj I X, 4;:taZo.

Atilok.v.st,e&
 280

1.e411 v, bu-ial Cz"1 to,gi 4440 4.1-41 "ii-5411 0"6"1411 ,fi 43,3a;-41/1 C;:-.

I ,j, 1-4.1..zt

4et#1-'611 4ieJ

(0.;
14-06 Ze-4-U
j1 21_41
r:-.5
is La."1
r
za--zwi
%..,;.41 I 4.1.6 J1 r.4.6 LI; 2%41 .01.1iir

j)1.11 61 L.411 ).*:. 14.>Its. itjj

of Z.:;4 1J jev NJ, ..).ftul :.4,1-440,1 *au cr. ilkAl
4...LAJ I ..1.Q1 Lttls jo,..2;41 I jr .J I 40.; ; as...)I e L..l I J.1-; 6.;,..2)

ci 6111 I jah

4. A b cf. JAJe. 0
v. t..)1Z,411, A.; t..,W1411 v ti y 1 att tslA

j.1-3-7%; y I ;-;-U tx ;J-6 WI v; 0-- L r, "1 144:"*"..

.4 t 4,e;
It P-'4% ie-?'-'1.1 Cr LAJJ 1-6:1*&1
1101

8. From an Agreement Between Libya and the USA - -I

I 1,-.7-1 Jz..-s 1
Ly. J cam) c.)
(rA ps-a, I I); Lo I I L+. L. I ce .31
 281

.11 I LeL.4.,;:, )11 0.11 I alr, t opt, :L:01J

I; L,a01 I it)1,1 I (1; L.

4:t (,) I I

d 144-J1 .41 L't 4,4

Jitii uorzi,1 Las, ao;

I ie.:: 01 lee...) ,e; I L )15.1 I 1..a.AN jet T

14- 6;

I i.t.e-.41 I I r
c)A., LOP' tj'^ ;*1-'4**4-1. ':-.10,11
..1.44.1 414...ij.; L4e.) 4.3 j..s I 6 )111

Z-ali if.,11,-.J1 te; L. :gtt. ; .14-1

cri ;As ytos.- x JIJ I ( 1.5 I,,.) I I ..t.44...,* ..10.57::.

,e-)U 4.40 ua-1/4 J1 -103,4j

1,74.5 )11 LA; WI,

I )1)1 I 1,3 icy; LD I

j Jarrp Li-zi 1-ko L.4.:).;l; LS. 14;1

LA J,r, 4:J i Ls.6 ji J 010 Ski ,:,LS I ,;

(e; LS L#9: I dJej
14`1.) L-4:4s ce..;11%1 L.I z..01 1.,,,,),a1 Z1411

.7) ,,as 4.1J 1, ket.t.) e;

Tj11-aJ1, cx.-;1.0-1

CJs e).; cel 441 k"4 ;:t5i J `Li";

 282

0311 LA).....; 41.11 c, ay...11j z..1

31 ail ;3'

r3-°, all 13 ..$j3 1 111 z..13.; Las% j 1

1 . 1 r47,1)1...,...3 r4;13.13

;:%.1r'.74.1 I fJ

9. From an Agreement Between Libya and the U.S.A. - -II

12S4)..1 I ...101111 I

4A-I I CP.01.2rit .:1"J l '751 .1-;3 11-414.":" cdk:

13.; Liz )11 ....LA 1....L.AJ

ci 63 ..;; 1.3 cj1 )1,1 1 jet _V

!1-1 1-41 ) J-4:1 4-;-; c-, s Ili ,./0-1,-J I3 (tob011

1"-1-;; ;J 1-4-64"J 1et) Cf ( ecn

Li.; J1 lgt,3 Li;3L.0 11
1 1 Zt.1.1.....11 0.1 i,;

LV 1 1,"; q;.01 0.1.0 Lai 1 .:..10....tt;3 citle; )1 1"

1.)1g 31 lictt 143.sb c).1-13 1 O 1

;L.... Ai...1J 1 1..)1A 31 1:110 L. "..4.0.4..t.1 1 z.

43:,.10;3 JI 1 q; JELL.N.IJ ..iab

a..1...J 1 .1.. L 13; csig ja..1 I I ,t, I j13.>

 283

I le. V I I ".; " ii I Z.S...1..J ;A.'S.>

Lt. ; rr:tj P*3 `r-; tI%11 LLI"'N'AZ six 012-;::

jJI
1-4..A.5.1 4; s) 41 J:J. I zul..1 -.44.r.)11

35-2.1 r

tits o-% : JA.-11

I"; 4e; LattS r4L 0 )1.4s.

IS'

)11 /IA 1.10.-11.3 tis L. L4J

Le../J ; I 10,11 1,, I I"; LaA

)1 LS 3.1 I iL I :04L.. I .1 r4J

ar-4-NI
I .1.- L. ,,L4.1 I 4A J LJ

I L )1'1 LILL alsi ;3' II I

J61 t.3...J 14) I 3 I I ig..1

Li 4 j.-4.) lj
I Ij I :0 L I 140 ;)"..Ari )11.5,1

U611 Lb.LJ l:, ..$1..-11

L;) 1J I JI 1 L.'S-,

L4.;1 I 1
j..I ELI JI 0,11
Tu....1..;.:-:J L4 I v.i I

j.k.: v.13,111

.41,4Vr...tev;.IVot
 284

10. From an Agreement Between Libya and the U.S.A.- -III

Ual,11 ei 3 I cs Le I .;:,1121... J 1
ii...4.11 1-4021.)J31 -4,1%4

LVI 1);..1 csio

1-4.1 -4 LA..; ij J, J 1 v -41-1..,41 I ZL.,11

L VI je.e. jig j.A

a.L.s LT. L ,E1 Lip.ea;Z I

c 4:.4; 7i/z LJ Zit.e.

O JI Le. U21.1 --r

L .J ;ILK.; L 1

.1. .911 41-04-su ;a71

11 Le )1,11 Le 1.)JI 11sl.J jet

O.L-c 0,.11

Le y,l I a.L.A JI Le J )J1

L6.L.J I ,LI:J I LVI 41! 01 iorZ;

I I *4; JI LVI
.1 LIG.; u.,11

43.10L.J ..1.1 I I als I zde1.0 I

L' 1-4.1,4,4.4,...; 4111

O0 Od.j)UI I I Li.a I O Le. V I I...1S_, als _

 285

,e; )11.. I 40; O. I

Ms- 4013 4.ts WW1 at; 1.10 I vaSZ

1.1*. 3Kft1 I pliz VLi:,l aJ1 J.$.0,1 c/a liaLJ j..06 (J jI L.

,1 csig t cg..1 (0;

11. From the Suez Canal Base Agreement--I

csi 4..j..3;

1 JI jJ J lj cjt

ut.Lc j.;.)1 jeit j I I I j1,1,

-:NI (-3) ir J.;.)1

tr-U 4:40 INJ I °jJk-.7 J-4-."-Ii jet _V

( r&1 cj ( 4:44.1.s 04; JA1111 40;

40.16,11 JUL; )11 I j

3) Ji ;I c..-; LA ;I :)J
rci
I ...il.L.0)11 ( Z

.4. 40; z Je".. I ji (1 31 a;1.11 4W 4r; 1.4:4.J1

JI I.,4*-11 30 4.*.e Lis )1 CsJ `r.

(en )1

j.rtJ1 (1

I ) JI U. co ..$4-4;..i I L4. I ij (1

( le 4.11

1-4.1.04.-.13 LA L4Ail 313 ir41.5A..1 1 4. i41 (r

 286

31 cj....a.;..11 Lla-1 4,03 LILA. 1_0.. (I; )1_1

Le* "1:4-0. r"-!d 1 14.:x zs NJI :lit

;JP:"Ji 4:1-14Z-U Lit'"6 (.>m354-ii

C.J3J 1,J J'ae. t

4; 616' 1" J.e' I ;1:1 C." 4..),J, C216
0.16.11 )11 as .a. 31 p.a. oil ;Jj/4'..... 31 Lis

12. From an Agreement Between Libya and The World Health Organization

I 31 j5 5...N1 I I I exI
I I LsJ.A ..OL:J J -.4t.;11 I Lis L,...JJ

tali. I 1.;41 fir. II j 'lg.,.

J)t:J I 4;

111-4,J I alt 1.1.1 I J

c)i.5- csIL Art11 L4A L-4. J-fta 141

I La;

) j Ili; 57:1

Lt. JI ;10,35-N.11 %1 I

I :NA ty. LAI csi Ak.0 11/24:a

 287

t; y 1.4 a, y1 a JslwJ AN.11 r.soLz. -

1-4...! al--; Zs L. I

LtU J , ce..,t, I hi L. u -
Jt Jo=e.

,e; ty, labitkji )U

I-6,J I _c
)1....11 j..4- I hi (.),11,6U I -J
N-01.rw-A, Jr /1-1 I
LiA):6)U .47.j1 1-;4'1:j

ae.L....1 I alp Jj JJ )U 1

01.A - J.l.i J...^? J

,01 L4; I -
fl.<0.1 L4-J1,..1, Je-r Z.:41
LaNJI, L.:1;..-I

jb Las cp;....1-AAJ I ^i.1 ,1_4,31

_o

4;Lii)11 4.1-0 Vo )11 ittiLL.,* cx,a1.4J

1.A)S,3 jt, L.,11 Ls.z..m.. it' ce.a.

13. From the Electoral Law of Syria

r4e..

.g , 1r JLJI

;J.
 288

cj.,.;1; *1 0 aL411 rif. kjrij os>..11 c

(0.;

cris 11i ae-A I I cj06,44:1, ,1A%1 L5.0,

j.01 I -r
;,,t1 Ji I ,t1s.L *Li ;:e.e6e-.A1 ;I: 1 all 4.st.1..i7a1

Lti, t's -LY1 -

4".) 11 J411 ji -
a1.11 ar az:: 3.-as c
Laii j..ao

cr tipol.A1 1 :,:I al I I -La.,. yj J a,:-7,11I a :LA 0

.).1 L.y 1 v.; 1.441g1 0;1.0 1;6,411 al I jil a.:NJ 1 4-La,

(j);11 j$ LAJI jj
j-4.4 r.ts oiu Usi Liz,- r4z:i

14. From the Suez Canal Base AgreementII

j.J oc JI c.)I

I )1_4J I ;AL; I ,z; I "41 j

 289

4.42.0 I iU I ,s-al J thLkli I ci.s 1/4 6J- L

(e.,;1, y I ,>s L L 6N.- _1

kJ, J-NU
) ;!%J czi
cxr.:4 t;ij ( ) fj)
43.1 WI 61i-A I csiA &.) L ).

(ei L4J 6; I

11r1 L." L.J I 41 cpi-L3

,iS

UAL: uoLi.1 I ciliA 13 ia:#41.0 IjS

;06?-3 pa. vi ie.;Uar. 1.4. ce:JI

pi: L. I

J.;.$ .11: isis 6411 c.rs e333 -

1....k.".J1 b.) all I 431.1; I o";.;

110 jull p4 4 Ce ,t-11..:J1 I co L.41.6

'..'..)te-4..111 I (1.10

:J1-4 ;,',1 L4:91 Jli .7.1...1J :JAL) I 11%..4:...1

15. From the Air Trans ert Agreement Between Switzerland and Lebanon

I I °A Ji-Pz Y I cr-1-!--11 d

41A: 10* 51-0 I:,.i:.I 4."3^J Sij .1.****

43ii..24J I k/id I cx .11 ,35

,60,1

CLAt.ls I 47..1.0..1.1i.J I° eil. Lw as ) ike.e Cr L J.;-

j".fjA-11 Cix.)".1 J
 290

L 1.4;s14 J1

4i 4 .i11 _ 1

L. 5. 31
I al I v I= :Li I -
,pLi- j3.1..")..J1

1.J ;:,..; 1.;.1 I ;

J-INt Jj1,11

J I L.- 5...11 all je.f. -r

L. a..4.31
xJ ;LAI Llj I L)1)-4.-6J I 4.:)1 r L- I

I jj.i-,J I c.s al I a;

.:.:.1.121.J1 4 ;J. ,iJI 1.12.; y 1, co;13.;JI

I ire l I L..sJ I I,

rr iji ;Jw...J I ,3101..;..J I qi -t

Jt amia.11

v., L. I jig I J -
cze (i4-11 u"t"I3 J.0--11 t1)-}1, 1"-w \I
,N11 ji I L.11J I .1;1 r L,;.41 cre ie_sbLipi

* 1101 (4.)34J1

L-44, ..6 cg.i.e.1111 L). JS c_31., -1

.1.400-71 .4.11 citpil I ,>s

%Li ckpi JSJ v1 (sit L-0,s JI

L.4.#4Z 411 I 41.1M- y 13 it...L.011 z. 1 J1-4...t

4..44113/ dtg 6/ 57-1

* IATA--International Air Transport Association

 291

16, From the Provisional Constitution of Iraq

J
t:J:"1°IY%-/ CJ J" a-6 4131/11-1 :Jit11
L>14 cusj JIS
J r)LAI _V
irt.:411 jet:J., 0"; al I OA

JJ "U ji-si I ;

1/;-,1

lt Lol.A1 IY
issr-n
Lib
tl--.1-.riet#

;;;),"..aJ
L3-0" 0;14,.., t.) ,;1;:'

zs Lit /.4:JI
4.,"
iszo....1
;"
(511
"
,...krz; J.S.....AJ I 'I j 1 7, 01'3.11 ,c 411

; I 1.
I z.1.0.11 ,iJI 4-91 LA al I, 1-kk..,:siji 4..11
41.1, ;I Z....*

ft_z_ti
cx:1.A= 4J.'4) di J (Si 1:1/4 '"11

; it:at "L" I 11:0J1 (1"1!' aI .P0

j1....a I I) ij 111);3,11 ("J.& csi5t.:,
jer. '),;tin 1:61 r4.11."4 r4: C)1.12.L. y ,*) ;Lia.11 ir
J,27,, 4-01 j_ej I ) *I cel ,fi 01..ail I W., 4,4 J-4- ;I alai
 292

I.94.11 XL; ;) JL.211 API, cA 1 t 1

60...r.,. * I) j)11 6,.....!)

I

L.* .)-;w1
u°3-4; Li''
.Lri':3 4J3 %I'd' tits Lz4-4.0-11

L jrZ 1 t j.4; I Le itzo; L.

J %We; 6.03"..11 ~J

17. From the Judicial Convention Between Syria and Jordan--1

..L11 r ly Y I j.r.>411 ;i1j JiJ L4..,; )1 vi J,S

,p1 1,31 ;:..:.*1:?.",11 .1) J L 2J I ".toll id

0..1.11., es.,JI in1.1 cf.

Lrft."3 Je.1 ;J1-'2)1 cs-6 WI OA JS -i:.:

0).; cj LI 1 j1 J411

4::.)44` jiinNz cpail pC-.1I ;;J J'Az" aJ, JJ Ce 17111°1

i.13 411
jet:
4...s1
r
L., L...1 di Lo.::411 j:4,:..1.5 al I LS La; i, .+LdI :1:4.). 1 1.;,..1 C.)1 .
L4!). JL"."*A/ e;&/ jP"I k.));17° Limos

1.. 11.41 ai I .3)1/ .cr;

iida )11 L:j1 j1 1 ,r,1 y Ljoe 1-4.;s L

jisLas.11

613 =1:

A.A.. 1, As:J.1 C

1.4s 11 Jla
 293

411 JJ sr; tJ al ..ht.i.;;JI JJ JUil q.: 1..J I .1...!U I r ditt 0

05-%411 ci*LOutli 44 *1-P14)

$
cF'-1
I esb 461.031, ells...) (ja.44.4.1 LAtt

iI ;I; j tS01 I cji 1.4.4s Ioa.: ANA 4)c Z.;

tidiU) I 'ri Cl/

18. From the Judicial Convention Between Syria and Jordan--II

4JLI 4))a. Crt-4. JL b "LAO 4:) 1iiI Lm

tLJI L. ; LJ I t.t1,,J1.., 4..11 6.4u

L4jI 1 LjJI 4J.JI L-4.1

..IJ I tj.1 I .1,...,41 I fr.".1 I l als LSbyti

rr7ti I 4:4.1C 43:41L't

I L41.1I ;Lk, 41I (JJI j,.j.; UaJ I i3 ati jet)

vi 1-4:,j1"4,1 L4J 1-)

I 44 I ..5.1.1..11 JJJI v; LI I ';s cji

ail 41_4.1, (ekr:, 1.4$

)1)31 1-"i .-"s 4J ub.,:5-41 '''A1:611 ;1-J.P.d1 cr; JJI

I .La DU- 1 .7.11, 1,..1 1 ,3 1 )11 ;J:11J I 0.
I JS 4.43 rd.L:J 1 1-40.0 b.;j.1,6411 .11., 4,):,..13iLl I ,§ -r

I
 294

ell; 4.5 11..J it ji et..1 I 1/40; I 645;

4111 J.;,.) I fed n.i..4.1 , L 46 (.1,34+11 jj:Icl I It

.1.11 LIS ce; I

4.124.11 I ,Lsb 4.4.40.71:

U,i dj-4.li 4.411a; I 1,..ftli JI ( 4.LJ Lt cjj

rriz C.)1

19. From the Judicial Convention Between Syria and Jordan--III

Lag )L:, j)Li- UUJ JJI csis 1

JUi )11.; 1-4.11 JL.11 ,x ..c.11

i.tr-74-1 I Le ;stjo dlr.- 446 *

rL (i-11 iteci # )11 rS Lot 1T

11 L4J j)1.41 (J1/...,JI j1 1-41.."1

ri,J1 tic Ijir

L44 ,110.41 I (Ili WI tit L-ALv

415.1 I al, al I Ls.L.; 404. 31 G$ L1 ));.:, I bi I t

LsJI Lj L d tie4..0%.;

(Jo `1, .7%11_6.411 (Ja.JI jet

idLJI LJ cri gI
 295

J."; IJi fi

J-wr43 1.4.) 41-6 &AI )-;2-'"* cri 0.)

GAL I ai, ii 1 csi

e "eilj.J1 Lit
.410 J.,..01 6.7WAPIf ZiLi ,4) 4 j...1 1...ohlkfj

1,13 L.4..J I tL,411 co-4J I hit c

j..4.4. L.
41611 c,:j I 1,13 .Lai I .4)1 1.11

ti,11 cji)1 t.L.,411 Ij11

J.!' Lk1.I. t1-.- te:j i aJ, .4.11 :).% ft .41* jig

20. From the Constitution of the U.A. R. (1958) - -I

Cel`4"11 4", III (SIA 4:4.14°1-44.*S3 141`f1.3 ' Le 'J rib ;3-1
_
4.;

4ailAi J ul ;ANA T
(510 r43-4-: d -6144:13 ;:..)141 Vti) JIA
s.Sr4"4-11 t3".4", J3J 735-d I ow-LT"

I:gt"%j 46t,i I isks je.W.31 jLksi r

an I J..%

.44 J)Le. r 0.6 ;Al As

 296

1 ,, J1,..11j)U 43e JA 014..".*

te-.4') '412 dig 1 1-;1

J Ldie, J1;-;-)U ;ANI Lt-1?'" 1:).3-44&1 v"=') A'. 1

1:4 Li l*Nt trai-7- c)i Jet

1)1)111 N<Ot )1.10le )13
J

ir.)5-,-,1 jig 14;6.1 tix.,11 I

474.A.4.11 .A.,. as) cjI3 f 11. 44U:%j3 J.P4..%.11 ;:f.11

CA4,3 LeAJ 4..16 e.1..z.1-1 41?; vftl.! arries.j::

21. From the Constitution of the U.A.

41;1 1.31 ,:),.;1;

e.,/j". jeL.:

ti Z1/4.A.,,S e.&;.:0 I JJ I 4:1,4 I )...1-y.

Lete:4
4Ae. r
31 aiLl
j; I ais
cSJI

Y .3.01
;1 AI I.JJ"!"
I
°U6°1

vi -41; L.:Ai I
.14;'° r
x:4 e..0 J3
 297

(Ls 13111.. imcsJI 1.:,&1 cx1.4..A.1 jet _

ti1 1 j islfz; /5...N1 1 L,

OrLJ 1 j.t LJ I cr; 51 I ;$A 0

)1,3 " 51--;) I .31 1-44: .31 `fj11-..-11 '144-1

j..1.<:.; jet NJ, g 03.;W i 4r; j11.3.11 14:1 J1 0.. J.,.1

0);LL11 4i cy..7.11 t.:1),A11 `I J1

L4i3O 11 Z$ALAJI 0.0111 rkak. Y

6Al- tic ,rzi;:. -14,01 ;- A,J-1 ie.:: NJ A

)11 11, ..L1 1 .1.; I

cej Ls.11.3 01.4 1 jet )1

10`Jil J. s 1-4.o -.41.:1 Ji' I "U-6 0);L;JI t;t-ae.

.i.e) Lit ij.JI J J.Pt

22. From the Constitution of the U.A. R.--III

kX.e.fhj 4"3.1 I criA k-c-9 14, ieoitalzi i'eJr--,-11 4.0.14)

iY a--6 4.$1-:%. t:j1 01;4 te; g 4,..;:ipJ jet NJ --Y

J1,41 0.4 ,51.41t ') .31 1" le.) L": )144

L4-.40 01 4-11/41 Cr' Libe'id ; ;JP-11

 298

,:f. r-4:..-6t., 1 ,:s1 ; ie.),-1 4.)...-4") L i- otait. k:)1 ;::).04-,-1 I v-4-.)-1 r

r4.....0L.

"Ji, V:":`''" jet, r+ °k-r' .) f-4-..4jult9 '' 1Jj7.11 14)34** I (..e:'-':) C-t-mt t
4:;) ii, Of.,..t al, j ip4A i J-.1i, JS a-JY:t i gi 1)i,1-1 674, ("4-1

1.1).141 I c.PvIAJ "--°:: (ids. 1 ;L. LIj 1 :2.' 4---) I -i.- f J.:*::,

i 4:4-40 413: Z J- '' UZ i 41; g le.j.,U i `1::J54"& 1 cjvti) rj U jeY. y --0

J1 4 'i-tz 01 ; .L-sg"' ; L..4-11.4 .; le.) 1-!t:; NA, Jci °J-°- L-44 Wii:t i.)cr

.; 4J iri ce LI.:-. L-4-ft...tt.. ; uirr".% JI aip.01 Jtri cf. urez eLt

4:4° ".e0:;:: L.)5r

tie 1._c, ;4 6,....11 LA ye j,Ji iii...,1 4i.,- ii..%1 4...L,...i, zielrs... I v...-Ali ...1

cicL: 3.1 6,-1-!-. ) I); c.A.J 4);', d'u i 4;6.4 A q; f- 1.1- L')A

I -Lit )6 j.j9)I 1 4510 4.1 (ikS 1 L".1S C;* r XV. t iii 1 trig 0 L, J": J ,11

4.).1.?....JI °Laol kit...t_i L y 1 il...c; )11 )1);

c,,,,''

Lill) I J-.°1, 1-4:40 v.; I,:4A )1 I, CJ-0.0611 ciii; I J.' ;'..),- I ,.-.4)-1 Y
LA d JJ 0,j ti VI""'' al, Ze.),3- 1 r,;...; vi, ):,s I ijiA
Ij6 4 L, I J.J.."......1 I L111 6.) I.:; cf 1...% cx.))1.:,% s s...

1 J..01, L.). A.; jt..as I JI.....1.AJ I I j...0 t; ,...,,,;111 I

g i..,. ; l; .1,;1, c)..1-,...J1 .11. (...33:....11 JU1/4..J1 i 0.:Li.1 t. jr.z..... J.) 1,4 I
J 4.01.9 L,.;L: ): ....;x1 i 4 Las' ii.1.:; "il j..:.

(el )101 ,..1.- ..1/4 L. Jili J1 Citr"'." 41 J "t: 01 .4::JJ-I V.:4)-I I°

 299

Lo--1-!".*-11 tei (34 ;i) 31..b.11

.)..1.01 L Lsit Li.):..t1 Lit.; 41.6 1fte. Cji csiZ

6r) L:# 40 LA 'tacit I ttt:.; ko).2-4".11 Lee;j

23. From the Tunisian Code of Personal Status--I

d't 4"1:;:". Vi ../'"?. V ° "i.rJ CIJA '141 k> 3S -1

Le. Jjb L4°11 ;i"143*/ 1/11'2":"

j;li J-44 ;:j Eiiji I 1"ajts.

JAI
".1

co- Ai -?-st. el3;11

4.11 cz...;11; L.: ...Lt.::: 4..;1.; 41.11 c

I

cr )4;:o c-;1.3.J1 :Je.."3;11 ). J5.

1.14 'I/4k LAJ1

I.S10J1 00U- cj.:11 4510 II Lit) ,),".1

a.;:01).

/*VI 6 .:"° r c,),11 c.JU

11S L.,..1J

4041-13 i'La% )151.,e. c>1., 6-4-1;L: 410 Li j c>1

Fr, rkurn

300

24. From the Tunisian Code of Personal Status-11

Ois cf" /-1-1 t er". :-.1-i)

tis 'f t 4 I6 ;

L-4:; Cd51 Lrls 1

1-41 1-', 4.16- .) 4-; Lcio L .ail L v CJIJ L4 n-21
,sis v 1
(el fur"--z (,i k.),..t4J I 16

Let:) dAuL.. 1-4-) Lei; k." ("Ls, 4.11- L4J C.)15

`33Z, ti :0-'4'11 4° `Ls° 0; IAA'. L's: 4-54-41C3 W1'11

r
1_,Ji

J f..w aik-n.11 j;11

13%."'% 14-;* erJ"t L-4;4 Jt4 &'1) P-4-1.4;

411 I":
j)1..161 (SP4 t
arsik (jig

CA'-r Jj31

4;1-61' GL:4
w1/23....:j I ....1.3..1)..;,11 r.S WI :),..211

Lee, j..c.J 1 ;LI vs. L."; L41 J., 6.1 ))..i.11

4C1 j a.c) as J I irsa: 0

'
44;
LEGAL AND DOCUMENTARY ARABIC READER

Volume II
;1.

04:pal ciiV
cs.".41 c'oi

.)J' 14,4*:

.1 r
446.-

di

z120

12.1VI JAI :4)1.-I).

c Z.:).
111
 LEGAL AND DOCUMENTARY ARABIC READER

With Explanatory Notes, Exercises,

Vocabularies and Model Answers

In Two Volumes

by

M. MANSOOR
The University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin

Foreword by

AZIZ S. ATIYA
University of Utah

LEI DEN
E. J. BRILL
1965

1
This work was developed pursuant to a contract between the United
States Office of Education and the University of Wisconsin and is
published with permission of the United States Office of Education

PHOTOMECHANICALLY PRINTED IN THE NETHERLANDS

. -.
 TABLE OF CONTENTS

Volume One

A. Foreword XI

xm
B. Introduction
1
C. *Basic Units and Exercises

D. *Supplementary Texts 272

Volume Two

1
A. Key to the Bask Units and Exercises (complete list of titles)
1
Unit 1: Pact of the League of Arab States--I

2: Pact of the League of Arab States--II 4

3: The Charter of the United Arab States 7

4: Joint Defense Agreement Between Syria and Egypt--I 10

5: Joint Defense Agreement Between Syria and Egypt--II 13

6: Joint Defense Agreement Between Syria and Egypt--Ill 16

7: Arab Solidarity Accord--I 19

8: Arab Solidarity Accord--II 22

9: Pact of Mutual Cooperation Between Iraq and Turkey 25

10: Israeli-Lebanese General Armistice Agreement--I 28

11: Israeli-Lebanese General Armistic Agreement--II 31

12: Proclamation of the United Arab Republic 34

13: The Constitution of the United Arab Republic - -I 37

14: The Constitution of the United Arab Republic--II 40

*For a detailed listing of the Units, see Volume One.

 VI

The New General Election Law in Syria--I 43

Unit 15:

16: The New General Election Law in Syria--II 46

17: Official Text of the Abolition of Monarchy and the

Proclamation of the Republic of Tunisia 49

18: The Constitution of the Tunisian Republic: Preamble 51

19: The Tunisian Constitution 54

20: Syrian-Jordanian Judicial Convention--I 57

21: Syrian-Jordanian Judicial Convention--II 60

22: Protocol on the Legal Status of the Trade Delegation of

the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics in the
63
Republic of Iraq--I

23: Protocol on the Legal Status of the Trade Delegation of

the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics in the
Republic of Iraq--II 66

24: Exchange of Notes Constituting an Agreement Between

the United States of American and Lebanon
Relating to Special Economic Assistance 69

25: Agreement on Economic Assistance Between the United

States and Libya 72

26: Trade Agreement Between the Union of Soviet Socialist

Republics and the Republic of Iraq 75

27: Trade and Payments Agreement Between the Union of

Soviet Socialist Republics and the Lebanese
78
Republic--I

28: Trade and Payments Agreement Between the Union of

Soviet Socialist Republics and the Lebanese
81
Republic--II

29: Trade and Payments Agreement Between the Union of

Soviet Socialist Republics and the Lebanese
84

30: An Agreement Between the Royal Government of Egypt

and the Government of the Hashimite Kingdom of
Jordan for the Establishment of Air Services Between
and Beyond Their Respective Territories 87

31: Exchange of Notes Terminating the Treaty of Alliance

(with Joint Declaration Issued on February 13, 1957) 90

lj
 VII

Unit 32: Air Transport Agreement Between Switzerland

and Lebanon 93

33: Agreement Regarding the Suez Canal Base--I 96

34: Agreement Regarding the Suez Canal Base--II 99

35: Agreement Between USA and UAR Concerning

Certain Educational Exchange Programs 102

36: USA-Lebanon Agreement on Procurement of Nuclear

Equipment and Materials 105

37: Point Four General Agreement for Technical

Cooperation Between the United States of
America and Iraq 108

38: Treaty of Friendship Between the Union of Soviet

Socialist Republics and the Mutawakkilite
Kingdom of Yemen 111

B. Key to the Supplementary Texts (complete list of titles) 114

1. The Tunisian Constitution 114

2. The Pact of the League of Arab States 115

3. The Pact of Mutual Cooperation Between Iraq and Turkey 116

4. The Exchange of Notes Between Jordan and Britain,

Terminating the Treaty of Alliance - -I 117

5. The Exchange of Notes Between Jordan and Britain,

Terminating the Treaty of Al liance--II 118

6. The Trade Agreement Between the USSR and Iraq 119

7. The Educational Exchange Agreement Between the

USA and the UAR 120

8. The Agreement on Economic Assistance Between Libya

and the USA--I 121
 VIII

9. The Agreement on Economic Assistance Between Libya

and the USA--II 123

10. The Agreement on Economic Assistance Between Libya

and the USA--HI 124

11. The Suez Canal Base Agreement--I 126

12. The Agreement Between Libya and the World Health

Organization 127

The New Electoral Law of Syria 128

13.

14. The Suez Canal Base Agreement--II 129

15. The Air Transport Agreement Between Switzerland and

Lebanon 130

16. The Provisional Constitution of Iraq 131

The Judicial Convention Between Syria and Jordan--I 133

17.

18. The Judicial Convention Between Syria and Jordan--II 134

19. The Judicial Convention Between Syria and Jordan--III 135

The Constitution of the AJAR (1958)--I 136

20.

21. The Constitution of the UAR--II 137

22. The Constitution of the UAR - -III 138

23. The Tunisian Code of Personal Status--I 139

24. The Tunisian Code of Personal Status--II 140

C. Cumulative Vocabularies 142

General Observations 142

English-Arabic Vocabulary 145

Arabic-English Vocabulary 252

A. TRANSLATION OF SECTION A Unit 1

Selections From

Pact of the League of Arab States--I

1. His Excellency the President of the Syrian Republic, His Royal Highness the

Emir of 1 ransjordan, His Majesty the King of Iraq, His Majesty the King of

Saudi Arabia, His Excellency the President of the Lebanese Republic, His

Majesty the King of Egypt, His Majesty the King of Yemen, With a view to
strengthening the close relations and numerous ties which bind the Arab States,

And out of concern for the bolstering and reinforcing of these bonds on the

basis of respect for the independence and sovereignty of these States, And in

order to direct their efforts toward the goal of the welfare of all the Arab

States, their commonweal, the guarantee of their future and the realization of
their wishes and aspirations, And in response to Arab public opinion in all the

Arab countries,

2. Have agreed to conclude a pact to this effect and have delegated as their

plenipotentiaries those whose names are given below: His Excellency Faris

Al Khury, President of the Syrian Council of Ministers, His Excellency Said

Al Mufti Pasha, Jordanian Minister of the Interior, His Excellency Aly Jawdat

Al Ayyubi, Minister Pler.ipotentiary of Iraq in Washington, His Excellency

Khair Al Din Al Zirikly, Counsellor of the Legation of the Kingdom of Saudi

Arabia in Cairo, His Excellency Mohammed Hussein Heikal Pasha, President

of the Egyptian Senate, and His Excellency Abd Al Rahman Azzam Bey,

Minister Plenipotentiary in the Egyptian Ministry of Foreign Affairs,

3. Who after the exchange of the credentials granting them full authority, which

were found correct cnd in proper form, have agreed upon the following:
4. The League of Arab States shall be composed of the independent Arab States
 FT7.77,^7,77774,-.A.,7777,77.77177-7,17.777.77172.r..

that have signed this pact.

5. The purpose of the League is to consolidate the relations among participating

states and coordinate their political plans with the aim of realizing a close

collaboration among them, to safeguard their independence and sovereignty,

and to consider in a general way the affairs and interests of the Arab countries.

6. It also has among its purposes a close cooperation of the member states with due

regard to the structure of each of these states and the conditions prevailing

therein, in the following matters:

(a) Economic and financial matters, including trade, customs, currency, and

agricultural and industrial matters.

(b) Communications, including railways, roads, aviation, navigation, tele-

graphs, and mail.

(c) Cultural matters.

(d) Matters connected with nationality, passports, visas, execution of judg-

ments and extradition.

(e) Social cffairs.

(f) Health matters.

B. TRANSLATION OF SECTION D

(a) Translation into English:

1. With a view to strengthening the close relations between Syria and Jordan,

the representatives of the two countries agreed upon a cultural treaty.

2. The Arab States are bound together by several ties such as the language,

religion and history.

3. The aliie.d states have agreed to conclude a pact in order to direct their efforts
toward the welfare of all.
 3

4. Any independent Arab state has the right to join the League if it so desires.

5. The League was founded in order to safeguard the independence of the member

states and to coordinate their political plans.

6. The participating states of any treaty shall cooperate closely with due regard

to the systems and conditions of each state.

7. The Governments of the United States and the United Kingdom have agreed
upon mutual cooperation in economic, financial, and health matters.

8. Syria and Egypt have united in order to guarantee the future and to realize the

wishes and aspirations of their peoples.

9. The United Nations works for the welfare of all countries in the world without

discrimination or prejudice.

10. The governments that have signed this pact have delegated as their plenipo-

tentiaries those whose names are given below.

(b) Translation into Arabic:

j3J.11 1.x..411 1011 jj J csic 1.40.e. ate.. Lit

af _T

it c?1...0 ), et"- 41?-3: _r

r 1 IpU 1.."7,.,1 I ult e.-4 I

alit.
I j.. 0.1c cjci csJi LA.16.111 1.1.13 cr; 1
JP-1 )1-441 I Li%:;37 a,,.. L& I U. JP) I (.);')-4-1 I Y
;7". IrAi I
;wit :,1 jj -A
,,111
1

LAA17 J: J.Pai I 4:11.63 I )1.401 J I: j 11,4,

 4

A. TRANSLATION OF SECTION A Unit 2

Selec/!ons From

Pact of the League of Arab States--II

1. The recourse to force for the settlement of disputes between two or more states

of the League shall not be allowed. Should there arise among them a dispute

that does not involve the independence of a state, its sovereignty or its terri-

torial integrity, and should the two contending parties apply to the council for

the settlement of this dispute, the decision of the council shall then be effective

and obligatory.

2. The council shall mediate in a dispute which may lead to war between a member

state and another state in order to conciliate them. The decisions relating to

arbitration and mediation shall be taken by a majority vote.

3. In case of aggression or threat of aggression by a state against a member state,

the state attacked or Threatened with attack may request an immediate meeting

of the council.

4. The decisions of the council taken by a unanimous vote shall be binding on all

the member states of the League; those that are reached by a majority vote

shall bind only those that accept them.

5. Every member state of the League shall respect the system of government

obtaining in the other states of the League, and shall recognize that system as

one of the rights of those states, and shall pledge itself not to take any action

aimed at changing it.

6. The treaties and agreements already concluded or that may hereafter be con-

cluded between a member state and any other state, shall not be obligatory or

binding on the other members.

7. The League shall have a permanent general secretariat composed of a

 5

secretary-general, assistant secretaries and an adquate number of officials.

The secretary-general shall have the rank of ambassador, and the assistant

secretaries the rank of ministers plenipotentiary.

B. TRANSLATION OF SECTION D

(a) Translation into English:

1. The recourse to force for the settlement of any dispute among the states of the

League shall not be allowed.

2. The General Assembly of the United Nations shall mediate in the disputes

which may lead to war.

3. The Government of the United States requested an immediate meeting of the

Security Council, after the forces of North Korea attacked South Korea.
4. In case of armed aggression by a communist state against Great Britain, the

United States has the right to help the British forces repel that aggression.
5. The League has determined the necessary measures to unify the Arab states and

safeguard their territorial integrity.

6. he delegctes decided unanimously to discuss the Congo problem.

7. All the decisions of the Council shall be considered effective and obligatory

upon all members.

8. The system of government obtaining in the United Stai'es is still democratic.

9. The Government of Great Britain has promised not to take any action aimed at

changing the system of government in Jordan.

10. The treaties and agreements that the Government of Tunisia conclude shall not

be binding on the other Arab states.

(b) Translation into Arabic:

cf:JI A.,J fi-Lat 1

 (S.,J1 r 11%; v.; .3

41 ci 4.5.:9"; r:56

1..-4 kikpilt .L1 I I t

,>.

'
6j)Ue.11 ell

Lat I I) Ili _o

1)11 -4.111.i v..) I ,s41 I LA.. ,1-L4r..1 t j I j.,J I

10.0 1.4:4.1s. 4% Y

J ,1%:;4/ &*J a.11 J)L.;

c;1 .:11:J id,

L-Loi; t I

csiz . ...tsb 51 115 1 L.; 1.

 7

A. TRANSLATION OF SECTION A Unit 3

Selections From

The Chorer of the United Arab States

1. A Union named the United Arab States is hereby established; it shall be

composed of the United Arab Republic, the Mutawakkiliat Kingdom of Yemen

and those Arab states which will agree to join this Union.

2. Each State shall preserve its interrational personality and its special system of

government.

3. Each citizen in the Union has the right to work and occupy public offices in

the united countries without discrimination and within the limits of the Law.

4. Member States shall pursue the unified foreign policy which the Union shall

draw up.

5. Diplomatic and consular representation of the Union abroad shall be assumed

by one organization in (respect of) those cases which the Union shall specify.

6. The Union shall have unified Armed Forces.

7. Economic affairs in the Union shall be organized according to plans aimed at

the development of production, the exploitation of natural resources, and the

coordination of economic activities. Currency affairs in the Union shall be

determined by Law. A customs union shall be established between United

countries; it shall be (governed) by the conditions and regulations defined by

the Law.

8. The Law shall regulate the stages and means of coordination of education and

culture in the Union.

9. A council named the "Supreme Council" shall control the affairs of the Union.

It shall be composed of the Heads of the Member States. A council named

"The Union Council" shall assist the S,Jpreme Council 'n its function.
 8

10. The Union Council shall be composed of an equal number of representa,tves of

the Member-States. The number of members, the duration of membership and

the appropriate reguIntions shall be defined by the Law.

B. MODEL TRANSLATION OF SECTION D

(a) Translation into English:

1. The Law shall determine the' resources of the general budget and the contri-

bution of each Member-State.

2. The Union Council is the permanent body of the Union.

3. The Council shall assume the examination of political affairs.

4. The Council shall draw up the annual program which includes the regulations

and measures leading to the achievement of the Union.

5. The decisions and the annual program drawn up by the Union Council are to be

submitted to the Supreme Council for ratification.

6. The decisions taken by the Defense, Economic, and Cultural Councils shall be

submitted to the Union Council for ratification.

7. The Law defines the manner of the formation of bodies attached to the Union

Council and their jurisdictions.

8. A decree shall be issued by the Supreme Council determining the permanent

seat of the Union of Arab States.

4. The Law determines the rules to be applied to the region of the permanent seat

of the Union.

10. Union Laws shall have binding force in the united countries.

(b) Translation into Arabic:

' Los`V I j 411 L.A.: I lt) JA, 1

 6

IVT1 rr Cr Ir rt° Cr

e "4"Ir fl 1-171 I r";1""! I !VI fr4z-r' I -

144.. 7`1. ri ri&
I qrrI e IrKf'"? &lir ( r o

1-1 cwr rr'-z- vrr IrjrS1 1...r.e) I 1.

;14r% 1r.re) 1
fri r .7-r A
rI cbc-lr I
1-4*ni.f.
71! ik,s-rs' rr%i-rei

1C-Irir ger K-4513

fnr rtc 1
rrfi tv-e i rci rft ikrrs' irret.4' -
14/irs' Ael f-gni" ric rwin! I "4- t rr'T r ce-r -

H : ,
 10

A. TRANSLATION OF SECTION A
Selection From

Joint Defense Agreement Between Syria and Egypt--I

The two Contracting States affirm their desire for the maintenance of security

and peace and theiF determination and resolve to softie all their international

disputes by peaceful means.

2. The two Contracting States consider any armed attack which occurs against

either State or its forces as an attack against both. Accordingly, and

exercise of the legal right of individual and collective self-defense, they under-
take to hasten to each other's assistance in case of an attack and to take

immediately all measures and use all the means a) their disposal, including the

use of armed force, to repel the attack and to restore security and peace to

normal.

3. The two Contracting States shall, at the request of either of them, consult

together whenever international relations are seriously strained and disrupted

in such a dangerous manner as to affect the territorial integrity or independence

of either of them.

4. In the event of an imminent threat of war or of a sudden emergency the danger

of which is apprehended, the two Contracting States shall immediately take the

preventive and defensive measures required by the situation.

5. With a view to accomplishing the purposes of this agreement, the two

Contracting States have decided to establish the following bodies:

a supreme council;
a war council;
a joint command.
 11

B. MODEL TRANSLATION OF SECTION D

(a) Translation into English:

1. Egypt hastens to the assistance of Syria in the event of an armed attack

against it.
2. The purpose of the joint defense agreement between Syria and Egypt is the

maintenance of security and peace in the Middle East.

3. The United Nations endeavors to settle all international disputes by peaceful

means.

4. America and Canada consider any attack against either of them as an attack

against both.

5. The United Nations affirms the legal righ of individual and collective self-

defense.

6. Egypt immediately takes all measures including the use of armed force to repel

any armed attack against it.

7. The United Nations hastens to restore security and peace in the event of an

imminent threat of war.

8. The two contracting states shall consult each other whenever international

relations are strained.

9. The government takes all preventive measures required by the situation.

(b) Translation into Arabic:

(sit ..1.2.1WAH r)ti ash; _1

zd Lrl-t ciANI

L.1ati Umej.; cA 19 r _r
 12

cjiz 4; Lz....11 oLip.3J I a.; 1.4;ItAS ,>s (op Jp.i.1 I to .3.1 I

° ).:.; I sz.11

L j. Li c). L I rN _o

()Lit, J

S61 .3.11 ()az

v-k4.1
4134.11 vi tea. .T.110 0.10 °L L. 1 ) ,.).; I Liz Y
4.1Y.I.e )4;

J A

rAP

L I 01 a; l*i.1 I f ij; lk.,11

I .as I e.g., ZI 4r r-4.14 a4AA t

r4-6 crig
 13

A. TRANSLATION OF SECTION A Unit 5

Selection From

Joint Defense Agreement Between Syria and Egypt--11

1. The Supreme Council shall be composed of the Ministers of Foreign Affairs and

the Ministers of War (Defense) of the Contracting States, and it (i.e. the

Council) shall be the official authority for the Commander-in-Chief of the

Joint Command from which he shall receive all higher directives pertaining to

military policy. The Supreme Council shall have the power to appoint and

dismiss the Commander-in-Chief.

2. The Supreme Council shall have the right to set up committees and subsidiary

and provisional bodies as necessary.

3. The Supreme Council shall have the jurisdiction to examine the recommenda-

tions and decisions which the War Council shall issue in all matters not within

the jurisdiction of the chiefs of staff.

4. The Supreme Council shall issue rules (of procedure) which shall regulate its

meeting(s) and the operations of the War Council.

5. The War Council shall consist of the Chief of Staff of the Egyptian Army and

the Chief of the General Staff of the Syrian Army. It shall act as the advisory

body to the Supreme Council. It shall be competent to submit recommendations

and directives in matters relating to the military plans and all the operations

and tasks assigned to the Joint Command.

6. The War Council shall examine the programs prepared by the Joint Command

for the training, organizing, arming and equipping of the forces placed under

its command. It shall also study the possibilities of applying those programs

to all the armed forces of the two Contracting States and take appropriate

measures to carry them out.

 14

7. The Joint Command shall consist of:

(a) The Commander-in-Chief;

(b) The General Staff;

(c) The units assigned to the Joint Command for its security and the conduct of

its activities. This command shall exercise its function in time of peace

and war, and it chall be permanent in character.

8. MODEL TRANSLATION OF SECTION D

(a) Translation into English:

1. The joint command is the official authority for the supreme council.

2. The minister of foreign affairs receives all higher directives from the president

of the republic.

3. A committee has been formed to study the military policy of the state.

4. The supreme council examined the recommendations and the decisions issued

by the war council.

5. The general assembly of the United Nations issued the rules of procedure for

the meetings and works of its committees.

6. The minister of war submits recommendations in matters related to military

plans to his government.

7. The advisory body studies the programs prepared by the joint command.

8. The government takes all appropriate measures to carry out social reforms.

9. The military committee shall function in time of peace and war; it is permanent

in character.

10. Military planning is not within the jurisdiction of the ministry of foreign

affairs.
 15

(b) Translation into Arabic:

rta:izt ".a-f--)Liii 1
a 1 J.j311
_JI e-f6i yri6

_r

.;-. 1.0-u
L.JA LtiI4J1

I c.JLS,)
JL-44--*
Ce-.*'7"

Cr

tel;11.5
p,..i3-11 t
CX:-""

I 'AP.") 1 cji.S" S! WI 1 V
1.-4J

"..113

r)Lo )1,1
C.Mclj I Cr
il.;;;SJ I 1.1 1
"
_1
j 4:1 rbz 4111 el,,111,4,L4,..,1
 16

A. TRANSLATION OF SECTION A Unit 6

Selections From

Joint Defense Agreement Between Syria and Egypt - -Ill

1. The Commander-in-Chief shall command the forces placed under his command.

He shall be responsible to the Supreme Council.

2. The Commander-in-Chief shall have the following duties:

a. The preparation and execution of joint defense plans to meet all

eventualities wising out of any armed attack which may occur against

either of the two States or their armed forces. In preparing these plans,

he shall comply with the decisions and directives of the Supreme Council.

b. The distribution of the armed forces which the two Contracting States shall

place under his command in time of peace and in time of war, in accord-

ance with joint defense plans.

c. The preparation of and presentation of the budget of the Joint Command

to the War Council for examination and subsequently for the final approval

by the Supreme Council.

3. The two Contracting States shall place at the disposal of the Joint Command:

a. in time of peace: such forces as the War Council, in agreement with the

Commander-in-Chief, considers it necessary to place under his command,

subject to approval by the Supreme Council;

b. in time of war: all the striking forces which the two States shall have in

their possession;

c. the forces concentrated on the Palestine frontiers shall be deemed to come

inevitably under the command of the Commander-in-Chief.

4. The War Council shall, on the proposal of the Commander-in-Chief, determine

the installations and bases necessary to carry out the plans as well as the
 17

priorities for their construction.

5. This Agreement shall be ratified in accordance with the observed constitutional

procedure of each of the Contracting States. The instruments of ratification

shall be exchanged at the Syrian Ministry of Foreign Affairs in Damascus not

later than thirty days from the date of sigrature of the Agreement, which shall

enter into force immedia ely after the exchange of the instruments of ratification.

B. MODEL TRANSLATION OF SECTION D

(a) Translation into English:

1. The president of the republic shall command all aimed forces in time of war.

2. The Allies prepare joint defense plans to meet any armed attack.

3. The commanded -in -chief shall comply with the directives of the minister of war
in the preparation of military plans.

4. The commander assigns his forces all along the frontiers.

5. The minister of defense prepares the military budget of the state and submits it

to Parliament.

6. The prime minister studies the military plans prior to their final approval.

7. The State places all its striking forces under the command of the commander-in-

chief.

B. Parliament determines the installations necessary to carry out reform plans.

9. Ratification instruments of the joint defense agreement were exchanged yester-

day in Damascus

10. Parliament studies all joint defense plans on the proposal of the minister of war.

(b) Translation into Arabic:

ca1/25 ey .16135. LI; all rji J..ft 1

 18

6.6 4.: JJ I L4."..ic.; jJ I I 1.0.J I WI e

atx I.i.tJ I .6.10-4.1.1

I ;i*J L,J el. -1 I vi j l,0 I 3; :1-1 j al t

1.0.1 I j I I as 1.0J- I ,5:3%) I e

1-4-j "i1,41) OL41-11 c)Lo YI °:.;1;::-. -4z-1 t /7:

4:;)-1 z.13; J-'13-11 alt

,e4
Lpty I ,>p.,..1 I ais o j,g).:141 I I is.1* I ri.;-,a; A

j...AJ I Z.1

)41 I '2 1/40 )1) It jtj-,e,.1. jjj.eai I

j al I it I al j".)Li W.) ovs.a.JI r; 1.

 19

A. TRANSLATION OF SECTION A Unit 7

Selections From

Arab Solidarity Accord--I

1. The Governments of the Hashemite Kingdom of Jordan, the Republic of Syria,

the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, and the Republic of Egypt, being aware of the

immense responsibilities falling on them for preserving Arab existence and

independence; in response to the wishes of their peoples and their belief in

solidarity for the liberation of the Arab homeland, in their.appreciation of the

fact that the realization Of t'ais solidarity constitutes a positive step toward the

aspired Arab unity, and a contribution to the safeguarding of security and

peace in accordance with the principles the Charter of the League of Arab

States and the United Nations Charter, and in their desire to conclude an

agreement for the promotion of cooperation and coordination of efforts for the

fulfillment of these objectives

2. have appointed and delegated the following representatives . . . who, after

the exchange of credentials, which gave them full powers and which were

found to be sound and in satisfactory form, agreed to the following:

3. the contracting Governments affirm their faith in the need to maintain solidarity

and cooperation for consolidating Arab existence and independence, and

declare their appreciation of what this necessitates in the sharing of responsi-

bilities resulting therefrom.

4. The Governments of the Republic of Syria, the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, and

the Republic of Egypt, shall jointly bear the expenditure emanating from the

obligations falling on the Government of the Hashemite Kingdom of Jordan,

as a result of the policy of cooperation and solidarity for consolidating Arab

existence and independence, in the total amount of 12,500,000 Egyptian

 20

pounds, annually, or its equivalent. This amount shall be termed "Arab

obligations".

B. MODEL TRANSLATION OF SECTION D

(a) Translation into English:

1. Safeguarding of security and peace is considered one of the immense responsi-

bilities falling upon the shoulders of the countries' rulers.

2. Unity and solidarity among the Arab states are the best means for preserving

Arab existence and independence.

3. The Arab Solidarity Accord was concluded in response to the wishes of the

Arab people.

4. The Arab states will realize the sought-for unity in the near future.

5. The representatives of the Arab states presented the credentials which give

them full power to begin their work.

6. The delegates began the discussion after their credentials had been found to be

complete and in satisfactory form.

7. All the Ministers share in the responsibilities resulting from assuming their

offices.

8. The policy of cooperation and friendship among the Arab states is the shortest

road leading to the consolidating of Arab unity.

9. The Arab states shall share in paying the expenses emanating from the obli-

gations falling on the Jordanian Government as a result of her joining the

Solidarity Accord.

10. The expenses shall be estimated at an amount not to exceed twelve million

Egyptian pounds, and shall be called "Arab obligations".

 21

(b) Translation into Arabic:

I Zit I I yr Li; I Ls.l.A I I

AS..! I slg 6..11 LW, sri I ,j1 I f.1Y I csis _

4.;.1 I r6%ii I dv Li; I

jj..4)1 4.; (.L,J I 1:1.4...al L...1 I, Zi I

..1J I .trf ;;,; Lk; I ,LL, o

iii441.1 1-?% ;1.L r-4.15A; "Li 1..1; cj 3.;,141 I j

L:).10.5.1I r ja; 1,1 _y
L. jig I j.k. I ii.k; .1.0:. A
c)411 :#t 1...:^41 I L.34..1 I

.1.A 4; I .1. 1
 22

A. TRANSLATION OF SECTION A Unit 8

Selections From

Arab Solidarity Accord--II

1. This agreement is concluded for a period of ten years from the date it becomes

effective. If the agreement is not amended before the expiration of this period
through agreement by the contracting Governments, it will remain in force

until it expires. After that (the treaty will expire) after a year from the date

one of the contracting Governments serves, through diplomatic channels, a

notice regarding its termination on the other Governments.

2. This agreement shall be ratified in accordance with the constitutional

procedures(1) observed in each of the contracting States, and will come into

Force from the date of the exchange of the instruments of ratification, provided

that the exchange of the instruments of ratification take place in Cairo.

3. In affirmation of the foregoing, the above-mentioned accredited delegates

signed this agreement.

4. This agreement was written in Arabic in Cairo on the eighteenth day of

Jumada, 1376 corresponding to January 19, A.D. 1957. (The agreement

was made) in five copies, each contracting Government keeping one copy.

The last copy will be deposited in the General Secretariat of the League of

Arab States.

5. The Governments that are signatories to the Arab solidarity agreement in Cairo

have agreed on the following:

Each Government will pay its share of the mentioned obligations

in two equal installments; the first when the agreement becomes

effective, and the second, six months after the first installment

becomes due,and so forth.

(1)literally: conditions, circumstances

-
 23

6. The Government of the Hashemite Kingdom of Jordan undertakes to purchase

all requirements of the armed forces from i'3 own production.

B. MODEL TRANSLATION OF SECTION D

(a) Translation into English:

1. This treaty will be amended ten years from the date it becomes effective.

2. The law becomes effective after the president of the republic signs it.

3. Democratic nations attempt to solve the international problems through

diplomatic channels and not by means of war.

4. The Government of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia served notice to the United

States Government regarding the termination of the Dahran Airfield Agreement.

5. The United States Senate ratified several international trade agreements.

6. In accordance with the observed constitutional procedures in Britain, the

Minister of the Exterior came before Parliament to answer some questions.

7. The contracting governments agreed that the exchange of the instruments of

ratification take place in Cairo.

8. The above-mentioned delegates returned home after they had signed the Arab

Sclidarity Accord.

9. Any agreement between two or more Arab States shall be written in the Arabic

language.

10. Each of the contracting Governments shall keep a copy of the above-mentioned

treaty.

(b) Translation into Arabic:

j3l. O.1.. 6)31. IL.; I 0.1.0 )61 LI;;J_

 24

LO I 1...;.1* I

1.L.11 Le JTAS c).,.;W I I I j I 1-

ir.j.51...J I 1-4:I.?. Ls.La-I Z L. I

`1".: J.,-'%-"/ I 1.4-41-'")

kr. A-4J I ii. :.J I ; _0

r4'kt %1 Xis 1.5 _1
5131 4:..J1
j,.....1L0 4w; Le I 4 _Y

431)Ni c.r^
4.;L:N I LI.; Lk,

-Li

JJ I l; .11 .11 I ..x.sbl...411 I

J-41-6 (Au.; J_ 4it-LAJI 431u, 05..k,i41 c»:.3 .x..11

 25

A. TRANSLATION OF SECTION A Unit 9

Selections From

Pact of Mutual Cooperation Between Iraq and Turkey

1. Whereas the friendly and brotherly relations existing between Iraq and Turkey

are in constant progress, and in order to complement the contents of the Treaty

of friendship and good neighborhood concluded between His Majesty The King

of Iraq and His Excellency The President of the Turkish Republic, vgnecl in

Ankara on the 29th of March, 1946, which affirmed the fact that peace and

security between the two countries is an integral part of the peace and security

of all the nations of the world, and in particular the nations of the Middle East,

and thot it is the basis of their foreign policies;

2. Whereas Article II of the Treaty of Joint Defense and Economic Cooperation

between the Arab States provides that no provision of that Treaty shall in any

way affect, or is designed to affect, any of the rights and obligations accruing,

or which may accrue, to the contracting parties in accordance with the United

Nations Chan.ir;

3. In view of their realization of the greatness of the responsibility borne by them

in their capacity as members of the United Nations concerned with the main-

tenance of peace and security in the Middle East region which necessitate

taking the required measures in accordance with Article 51 of the United

Nations Charter;

4. They have been convinced of the necessity of concluding a pact fulfilling

these airms and for that purpose have appointed as their Plenipotentiaries:

For His Majesty King Faisal II King of Iraq:

His Excellency the Prime Minister, Mr. Nuri As-Said

For His Excellency Jalal Bayar President of the Turkish Republic:

J1.
 26

His Highness Professor Fuad Korpulu Minister of Foreign Affairs,

who, having presented their credentials, found to be in good and due form,

have agreed as follows:

5. Consistent with Article 51 of the United Nations Charter the High Contracting

Parties will cooperate for the purpose of maintaining their security and defend-

ing their existence. Such measures as they agree to take, in order to put this

cooperation into effect, may form the subject of special agreements with each

other.

6. The High Contracting Parties undertake to refrain from any interference what-

soever in each other's internal affairs. They will settle any dispute between
themselves in a peaceful way in accordance with the United Nations Charter.

B. MODEL TRANSLATION OF SECTION D

(a) Translation into English:

1. Friendly and brotherly relations between Iraq and Turkey are in constant

progress.

2. The aim (objective) of the treaty is to maintain peace and security in the

Middle East region.

3. The nations concerned with the maintenance of peace in the world realize the
greatness of the responsibility borne by them.

4. Member states of the League of Arab states concluded a treaty for joint defense

and economic cooperation.

5. This agreement shall not affect the rights and obligations accruing to the
contracting states in accordance with the United Nations Charter.

6. The nations of the Middle East consider peace and security in their region an

integral part of peace and security in the world.

 27

7. The basis for the foreign policy of Iraq is to consolidate brotherly and friendly

relations with the Arab countries.

8. The prime minister is convinced of the necessity to take the necessary measures

for the defense of the existence of his country.

9. The United Nations Charter stipulates that member states shall refrain from any

interference whatsoever in the internal affairs of other states.

10. The Security Council shall settle any dispute between nations by peaceful

means for the maintenance of peace in the world.

(h) Translation into Arabic:

jj.6J1.1 41 04; ix ; ri.)1 _

3
I LU .111 ; o..,p...1 I j.) ..t.1 I

jj..1.11 ,),:)113 r1.,,.J1

cry; I LI I I 0, _r

j11..,11 ; I j ;,; I .3.21 I ; .1.6b LAA c..:,..;511 I t

ti 11,,E T1 0; OfrO
Zezt.... )113 c;:,;.,.1 ; J.1 14..1 _0

; I

rep..11 j3 aJ 1 ;,..1-> 0 j39)11 Las%1

4,1 L4411 J ,k; (..)e.."L 1-3-; Y

J., J-11 tjj-j (14. yA
; JAL.J1 11, j3.11 (j. t;3
i.sjil .111 0!..4J I I .g a.al I 1..G.1 I 1
 28

A. TRANSLATION OF SECTION A Unit 10

Selections From

Israeli-Lebanese General Armistice Agreement--I

1. With a view to promoting the return of permanent peace in Palestine and in

recognition of the importance in this regard of mutual assurances concerning the

future military operations of the Parties, the following principles, which shall

be fully observed by both Parties during the armistice, are hereby affirmed:

2. The injunction of the Security Council against resort to military force in the

settlement of the Palestine question shall henceforth be scrupulously respected

by both Parties.

3. No agressive action by the armed forcesland, sea, or air--of either Party

shall be undertaken, planned, or threatened against the civilians or the armed

forces of the other; it being understood that the use of the term "planned" in

this context has no bearing on normal staff planning as generally practised in

military organizations.

4. The right of each Party to be secure and free from any fear of attack by the

armed forces of the other shall be fully respected.

5. The establishment of an armistice between the armed forces of the two Parties

is accepted as an indispensable step toward the liquidation of armed conflict

and the restoration of peace in Palestine.

6. With a specific view to the implementation of the resolution of the Security

Council of 16 November 1948, the following principles and purposes are

affirmed:
(a) The principle that no military or political advantage should be gained

under file truce ordered by the Security Council is recognized.

(b) It is also recognized that no provision of this Agreement shall in any

 T

29

way prejudice the rights, claims and positions of either Party hereto
in the ultimate peaceful settlement of the Palestine question, the

provisions of this agreement being dictated exclusively by military

considerations.

B. TRANSLATION OF SECTION D

(a) Translation into English:

1. The Security Council called upon the two contracting parties to negotiate an

armistice in Palestine.

2. The official representative returned to his government as his credentials were

not in good and proper form.

3. The United Nations endeavors to facilitate the transition from the present truce

to permanent peace in Palestine.

4. The Lebanese government appointed a representative empowered to negotiate

and conclude an economic agreement with Iraq.

5. The establishment of an armistice is accepted as an indispensable step toward

the liquidation of any armed conflict.

6. The present agreement has established a general armistice between the armed

forces on land, sea, and air of the two parties.

7. The agreement concluded between the two governments includes the following

provisions.

8. The two parties have fully observed the principles included in the agreement

concluded between them.

9. The Security Council issued a resolution against resort to military force in the

settlement of the Palestine question.

10. Military considerations have exclusively dictated the provisions of this

agreement.
 30

(b) Translation into Arabic:

j4z
ill... It a.; A4.11 1 1
cx,k....1; 44; r!. I al I r-LJ
Jy; alp i.;.x.st, ;116- Lic; _r
i.";(11 I 001 Lei v.ti .34 ji cep> j.,s. d.,:x Y

j-i-11 .1.; 4; Li :A I d (43

I r.."1 j I,; I J. A1 i; 4411 4.1.01111 1,4,n 0

65.0JJ jet )1 c.a., 'A J-4JJ .6.44.31 ce Li J_1 ,)I. 1

I

raLaJI PUI.11.1

t;t4t 'II J":1 14"°. j". 1

%:./2%) JJ`"Ir J 4"; `e. A
0- Lk yl

cit).$13 UP, LA--)-) 13 JIYANL5 L°1--4.1

L4 1S 1-4A ie-iaA.4.1 I .j..

,S I I4
31 :IjjJ I 1-> v.; i'..01.4.11 1

4J1
 31

A. TRANSLATION OF SECTION A Unit 11

Selections From

!sr7.eli-Lebanese General Armistice Agreement--II

1. No element of the land, air, military or paramilitary forces of either party,

inckiding nonregular forces, shall commit any warlike or hostile act against

the military or paramilitary forces of the other party, or against civilians in

territory under the control of that party; or shall advance beyond or pass over

for any purpose whatsoever the Armistice Demarcation Line set forth in

Article V of this agreement; or enter into or pass through the air space of the

other party or through the territorial waters within three miles of the coastline

of the other party.

2. Rules and regulations of the armed forces of the parties, which prohibit civilians

from crossing the fighting lines or enteeng the area between the lines, shall

remain in effect after the signing of this agreement with respect to the

Armistice Demarcation ine defined in Article V.

3. The Armistice Demarcation Line shall follow the international boundary between

Lebanon and Palestine.

4. Withdrawal of forces to the Armistice Demarcation Line and their reduction to

defensive strength in accordance with the preceding paragraph shall be

completed within ten days of the signing of this agreement. In the same way

the clearance of mines from roads and area evacuated by either party, and the

handing over of plans showing the location of such minefields to the other

party shall be completed within the same period.

5. The exchange of prisoners of war shall be effected throughout under the super-

vision and control of the United Nations. The exchange shall take place at

Ras En-Naqoura within 24 hours of the signing of this agreement.

 32

6. Prisoners of war against whom a penal prosecution may be pending, as well as

those sentenced for crime or other offence, shall be included in this exchange

of prisoners.

B. TRANSLATION OF SECTION D

(a) Translation into English:

1. The paramilitary forces have committed warlike and hostile acts against the

armed forces of the neighboring country.

2. Civilians shall not pass over the armistice demarcation line for any purpose

whatsoever.

3. The armistice demarcation line shall fellow the international boundary between

Lebanon and Palestine.

4. The forces of both parties have been withdrawn to the armistice demarcation

line.
5. The two parties have agreed to reduce their armed forces to defensive strength.

6. Mines have been removed from mine fields and roads within a period of ten days.

7. Prisoners of war have been exchanged under the United Nations supervision

and control.

8. The armistice demarcation line has been delineated in purl lance of the intent

and purpose of the resolution of the Security Council of November 16, 1948.

9. The military forces of the contracting parties shall not move beyond the

armistice line.

10. The prisoners of war have received all their articles of personal use, valuables,

letters, documents, identification marks and other personal effects of whatever

nature.
 33

(b) Translation into Arabic:

11 L.:. cfeN1 )1)1,1 ;:,; 1; Al 1

1 9 to v;l:-J% I

O a-xi...J I f.:1 t 5 "r hr., I AZ-.1%;

Q.* I ..Ni Lk, ti-%; k:$111 v1 iJ I )fr; r

j:1 J.-4A s 4. jci s A..: j1.4:141 0

C.'%1

r crl L. L cey.-2;.....J I 'Ls 4.411 L..* O...; ...1-411 1

JoLiJ I 13.4.11 (31.k, )11 cr. I oJ .13-4,1 I V

I ..."` J-4=.3 J)6- h:-N.1 I SJI. J4.:" jr''

'.r I ; yJ (54 L,:u1 y I J..fte Lin t;p:%1 JAI

JL.a. s 1/4p.i 41 L.,J I 4,31.1:1 cj.. c...2- 1

L-4i61,. Up. cx 1_%J

 34

A. TRANSLATION OF SECTION A Unit 12

Selections From

Proclamation of the United Arab Republic

1. On 12th Rajab, 1377, corresponding to February 1, 1958, in a historic session

held at Qubbah Palace in Cairo, His Excellency President Shukry El-Kuwatly

of Syria, and President Gamal Abdel-Nasser of Egypt, met the representatives

of the Republics of Syria and Egypt.

2. The purpose of this meeting was to discuss the final proceedings for the reali-

zation of the Arab peoples' will, and the implementation of what the constitution
of both republics stipulate, that the people of each of them are a part of the

Arab nation.

3. They, therefore, discussed the decisions unanimously approved by the National

Assembly of Egypt and the Syrian House of Representatives that unity should be

established between the two countries as a first step towards the realization of

complete Arab unity.

4. They also discussed the definite sigh. which had become increasingly manifest

in recent years, that Arab nationalism was the spirit of a long history that

dominated the Arabs in all their different countries, their common present, and

the hoped-for future of every one of them. They came to the conclusion that

this unity which is the fruit of Arab nationalism is the Arabs' path to

sovereignty and freedom.

5. In view of this, the participants declare their full agreement, complete faith

and profound confidence in the necessity of uniting Egypt and Syria into one

state to be named "The United Arab Republic." They likewise declare their

unanimous agreement that the system of government for the Arab Republic

be a presidential democratic system where the executive authority shall be

 35

vested in the head of the state, a:sisted by ministers appointed by and responsi-

ble to him. The legislative authority shall be vested in one legislative assembly.

B. TRANSLATION OF SECTION D

(a) Translation into English:

1. The meeting for the declaration of the United Arab Republic was an historic

one.

2. The United Arab Republic was announced in February, 1958, in a great

ceremony.

3. The agreement of the representatives of the two peoples was unanimous.

4. The establishment of unity between Egypt and Syria is based upon the assumption
that each is an indivisible part of the Arab nation.

5. The representatives discussed the definite signs of the determination of the Arab

people to realize their hopes and wishes.

6. Arab nationalism is the bash of complete unity among the Arab countries.
7. Every Arab shall put into effect the resolution of unity, literally and spiritually.

8. The presidents discussed what had taken place recently in the various countries

and ended up with one unanimous opinion.

9. Unity among the Arab states is the only path to freedom and sovereignty.

10. Legislative authority is vested in one legislative council, whereas the executive

authority is vested in the president of the republic and the ministers.

(b) Translation into Arabic:

.a11 L.;.41 1:0% L; fZU iALJI

14,36-; cei 'I'Z'1411 "1-4 jig C.-0k1 cdL'A411 4.0:1

cti L-6Ai Lci; p-0.43

jiji jig 44..6?-1 ail ". (sit 1...2Lefrli (sglil
 36

aJ, M11 JNJ a; j1-4..A

Ls
Ua;%1 ji; I o

r-93) LILA- csix ;11..5111

.3-N.;4.11 ;:!) kti aw ')`""41J1 -.4'.'"4& (5-15-1;*

3:44/-*-1 I iie.),446,-11 ";

q-11-1 1 r-4.;Li:A "
1.4.:.^J I I Lt; i.A I ge; 67. 1 j.JI ji a; 9

LJ I I O
 37

A. TRANSLATION OF SECTION A Unit 13

Selections From

The Constitution of the United Arab Republic--I

Part I: The United Arab State

Article 1
The United Arab State is a democratic, independent, sovereign republic, and

its people: are part of the Arab nation.

Article 2
Nationality in the Arab State is defined by Law. Nationality of the United.
Arab State is enjoyed by all bearers of the Syrian or Egyptian nationality; or

who are entitled to either by Laws and Statutes prevailing in Syria and Egypt

at the time this Constitution takes effect.

Part III: Public Rights and Obligations

Article 7
All citizens are equal before the Law. They are equal in public rights and

obligations, without any distinction of race, origin, language, religion, or

creed.

Article 8
There is no infraction or penalty except by virtue of the Law. Penalties may

not be inflicted except in respect of acts (committed) subsequently to the date

of the Law prt. cribing them.

_

Article 9
The extradition of political refugees is prohibited.

Article 10

Public liberties are guaranteed within the limits of the Law.

 38

Article 11
Defense of the Fatherland is a sacred duty, and the fulfillment of military

service is an honor to all citizens. Conscription is compulsory in accordance

with the Law.

B. TRANSLATION OF SECTION D

(a) Translation into English:

1. Conscription is compulsory in many countries.

2. The law defines the rights and obligations in the Arab State.

3. The people of Iraq are part of the Arab Nation.

4. Defense of the Fatherland is one of the most sacred duties.

5. The Constitution guarantees public liberties.

6. The number of political refugees increased during the last year.

7. Every citizen shall fulfill military service.

8. All are equal before the law without discrimination.

9. Punishment of an offense not specified by the law is prohibited.

10. Fulfillment of the national obligation is a great honor to every citizen.

(b) Translation into Arabic:

c7.!; LA .sue;. C7`. "T`l

1 0A vi j...ta 0

Ler, .40 ;:.,:-s jig urW1 vaAr. Y

 39

A
4:jr.....:.,.. lz,,,J I L.z...t...,.. 2 I j ,As Ife..4 a....1 jr. 9

0.,.;li.11 45.1.s L.. '4i...4...NJ I .4...i..4J1 1.

1
 40

A. TRANSLATION OF SECTION A Unit 14

Selections From

The Constitution of the United Arab Republic--II

THE GOVERNING SYSTEM

Chapter One: Head of State

1. The head of the state is the President of the Republic. He exercises his powers

in the manner prescribed by this Constitution.

Chapter Two: The Legislative Power

2. The legislative power is assumed by an assembly named the National Assembly;

the number of its members is to be determined. The selection of the members

will be made final by a presidential decree. It is made a condition that at

least half of the members be from among the members of the Syrian Chamber of

Deputies and the National Assembly of Egypt.

3. The National Assembly exercises control over the acts of the Executive Power in
the manner prescribed by this Constitution.

4. The age of a member of the National Assembly should not be less than thirty

(solar) years.

5. The seat of the National Assembly is the city of Cairo. 't may be convened
elsewhere upon the request of the President of the Republic.

6. The National Asset. bly may not meet, when not in session, without a summons;
otherwise its meeting and the resolutions issued therein are, according to the

law, null and void.

7. Prior to assuming his duty, the member of the National Assembly shall take the
following oath before the Assembly in a public session:

it
 41

"I swear in the name of the Almighty God to preserve faith-

fully the United Arab Republic and its regime; to watch over
the interests of the people and security of the Fatherland, and
to respect the constitution and the law."

B. TRANSLATION OF SECTION D

(a) Translation into English:

1. The ministers shall exercise their powers in the manner described above.

2. The selection of the judges will be made final by a decree from the head of

state.

3. The Chamber of Deputies shall supervise the actions of the executive power in

accordance with the law.

4. The Senate may be convened in New York City upon the request of the President.

5. Every member must take an oath in a public session.

6. Every citizen should preserve the security of the republic.

7. The President, in all his duties, watches over the interests of his people.

8. Half of the members of the Assembly should be from Syria.

9. The executive power is assumed by the head of state, who is the President of

the Republic.

10. If the Assembly met elsewhere, its decisions would be null and void.

(b) Translation into Arabic:

; I 1j44-j W.) 4. Lo L21-4-1 rwI ( ":4s. " AN 114. ,.....

VA'4" j ce a..%1 , _1

4,--04.-11 ;41%1

jet cs LA N) rp %:4), ),}* cdl

,sue 1 ;-4->
;(
;..1
45.41'2..,J

))I

,z;
1.e. it,

LJ I
LI;

L:44.;
qi

0..c
:35A
:),,st

LJAS

I
A...1 )

a'12J.J i

j..as
ar.41 K.Ai
tr....J

j: y
.35s J jeet

L,..1-7. 0.15,f

(i.,1 1 ,::. IJ

L.)ri
;LW

j
_A
Y
0

1;,.1 I _1

4.11 I 'LA Lei fir... 6,3.11 die

 43

A. TRANSLATION OF SECTION A Unit 15

Selections From

The New General Election Law in Syria--I

1. The headquarters of each muhafaza with all the nahiyas and villages directly

under its jurisdiction, as well as every aadha, shall be considered an electoral

district.
2. The electoral district shall elect one deputy for every 30,000 Syrian inhabitants

or for a fraction of population exceeding half this number.

3. Whereas an electc ..:.l district whose population does not reach 30,000 and is not

less than half tha, number, shall elect one deputy.

4. The qadha whose population does not reach 15,000 shall be joined to the nearest

neighboring qadha's headquarter in the muhafaza or to the very headquarters of

the muhafaza. The electoral district shall then be constituted of this whole.
5. Non-Muslims shall be assigned a number of parliamentary seats in proportion to

their number in each electoral district in the manner specified in the previous
article.
6. Nomadic Bedouin tribes shall be represented by six deputies elected by the

Special Consultative Council for tribes from among its own literate members.
7. Every Syrian, male or female, who has completed the eighteenth year of his or

her age in the beginning of January of the election year, shall have the right

to vote in the electoral district where he or she is listed in the census register,

provided that he or she enjoys the civil and political rights, and shall not be
deprived of the electoral qualifications.
8. In addition to the afore-mentioned conditions for females to exercise their

right of suffrage, they must have at least a certificate of primary education.

Also, separate polling centers shall be specially assigned for them.

B. TRANSLATION OF SECTION D

(a) Translation into English:

1. Each province and all the villages under its jurisdiction shall be considered one
electoral district.
2. The population of any electoral district shall not be less than 15,000.
3. The electoral district is sometimes constituted of a province and a neighboring

district.
4. Non-Muslims have electoral rights explained in detail in the previous article.
5. The Special Consultative Council shall elect six deputies to represent the

nomadic Bedouin tribes.

6. Every Syrian can exercise the right to vote if he enjoys his civil and political
rights.

7. No citizen has the right to vote (to be an elector) if he is deprived of his

electoral privilege.
8. In addition to the previous conditions, each female has to have a certificate of

elementary education in order to be able to :1-cise the right to vote.

9. Separate polling centers in all electoral districts shall be specially established
for women.

10. Every Syrian deputy represents 30,000 inhabitants or a fraction exceeding half

this number.

(b) Translation into Arabic:

L. i1 fr.: I 11..%; 1 0 t° " cre Siff Laii )lam J LS IJ _r

t-11
 St,

rr".14.! I C.'S-fr.-F.'
I
147 r' r-er4r.' rirr. fr"74:(1 r :"`"r
ori I" Tr
rri Irree' -t7r1 F I
r-z-1-4' -
r^of I
rr.' 3-17-f! Irv!! I
1! A p-rr rff'.-*!! r-11
^.! ryr -:"^r-- it ri-51 A

rl
1m--r;to mfr Tr' ..56:1 -(J I..P7(r I
v-1r
r-str4. 'I rerf 1 I
."":9+wr. ;7rIci- :7'51 M rr-er 1
r ;"( Tri e VF1 6

f i"' I
4.1 rt."`l I
le! IT ;I' ;'-^ -
 46

A. TRANSLATION OF SECTION A

Selections From
The New General Election Law in Syria--II

1. It is prerequisite for a candidate:

(a) to have been a Syrian for at least ten years;

(b) to be a male elector registered in the electoral lists;

(c) to have completed his 30th year of age at the beginning of January of the

election year;

(d) to have passed the fifth primary grade at least, or obtained the certificate

of primary education, or completed an equivalent course of study.

(e) to nominate himself in one of the electoral districts. Nomination is not

permitted in more than one electoral district.

2. Government employees, as defined in the Basic Law of Officials, who receive

their salaries from the government treasury or from other public treasuries under

its jurisdiction, shall not 1,e permitted to be candidates in the electoral district

where they perform their jobs, until three months have passed from their resig-

nation from office.

3. Secretaries-general and directors-general, presidents, advisors, members and

attorneys-general of the court, the State Council, the auditing and heads of

municipalities in every Qadha or Muhafaza may not nominate themselves

unless they resign from their offices three months prior to the publication of the

decree fixing the date of elections.

4. He, that nominates himself for deputy, must submit a written declaration to the

Muhafez or Qaimmaqam within five days of the publication of the decree

fixing the number of deputies, and get a temporary receipt for it.

5. The Muhafez or Qaimmaqam must ascertain that the declaration fulfills the
 47

conditions for candidacy in Article 21. Thereupon he gives the candidate,

within five days at the most from the time of depositing the declaration, a

final receipt for his declaration in which the day and hour of his application

are to be mentioned.

B. TRANSLATION OF SECTION D

(a) Translation into English:

1 . The candidate must be a Syrian citizen.

2. No candidate is permitted to nominate himself in more than one electoral

district.
3. Article 21 of the electoral law of Syria contains many instructions.

4. The Muhafez gave the candidate a final receipt for his declaration.

5. Officials may nominate themselves in one of the electoral districts in which

they do not perform their jobs.

6. Officials receive their salaries from the state treasury.

7. An official has to resign from his office if he wants to nominate himself in the

electoral district in which he performs his job.

8. The Muhafez shall refuse any declaration presented to him five days after the

publication of the decree fixing the number of deputies.

9. A candidate must be an elector listed in the electoral registers.

10. A candidate may not be connected with any government organization.

(b) Translation into Arabic:

c.?: I alzs.;41 I zi te,-"Ji j/-'r

jt, J.'s...di as. xis

 48

J-;%1 (sit
I
41-01

t16:4-1 r4.;;A L-iik3411

.7.13+.11 a..01 0

;-;e4J1.1, L;n3J 4?- 4i c47.11 _

...I-WI cz:r.11 alLAAJI c.1, sc_..e. --V
toy=

c.)-.!;)U 4rU aic 4

4:). r-c;L:ze cx ct-1:4--:: \J

Lia ZOL; J...f A r-i.wi.;91 ) 3.4J Lascy _1.

.1
 49

A. TRANSLATION OF SECTION A Unit 17

Selection From

Official Text of the Abolition of Monarchy and the Proclamation

of the Republic of Tunisia

1. We, the representatives of the Tunisian nation, members of the National

Constituent Assembly, by virtue of the full authority we possess, which is

derived from the people; in order to strengthen the bases of the independence

of the state and the sovereignty of the people, and pursuing the path to a

democratic system which is the purpose of the National Constituent Assembly

in drawing up the constitution, we take, in the name of the people, the

following resolution to be effective immediately:

2. We completely abolish the monarchic regime.

3. We proclaim that Tunisia is a republic.

4. We charge Mr. al-Habib Bourguiba, chief of the government, with the duties

of Head of State in its present form, until the constitution becomes effective,

and we bestow upon him the title of "President of the Tunisian Republic".

5. We charge the government with the execution of this decision as we charge it

with taking all the necessary measures to safeguard the republican regime. We

further charge the President of the National Constituent Assembly, the Secretary-

General of this Assembly and the government to inform all people of this

resolution.

6. We have issued this at the palace of the National Constituent Assembly, at

Bardo, on Thursday, 26th Zu'lhijia, 1376 - 25th July, 1957.

B. TRANSLATION OF SECTION D

(a) Translation into English:

1. The Tunisian people declared the abolition of monarchy.

 50

2. It is said in the official statement that the resolution !.o declare the

republic in Tunisia was unanimous.

3. The members of the National Constituent Assembly did not act in accordance

with the previous law.

4. The members derived their full authority from the Tunisian people.

5. The state became independent and the Tunisian people became sovereign after

the abolition of the monarchy.

6. The constitution went into effect as soon as the members finished writing it.

7. The members charged their president with the duties of the Tunisian State.

8. The members of the Constituent Assembly bestowed the title of "President of

the Republic" on Bourguiba.

9. The government carried out the resolution and took the necessary measures to

safeguard the republican system.

10. The Assembly issued the final text on July 25, 1957.

(b) Translation into Arabic:

; .4J 1.4-1 I IyJ 1 1

1)Jal Laji 4.}40

al j)tiz...1 4.4;) I Lap% r

..41 0.. rub Las9)11 _
:41411 WI.? tal 0

J-11 144e CA:

jtjaj .111 3_4- Y
fl...113 u06,11 I x.:%1 A
1/44.1., 4.; I L;LJI 9
 51

A. TRANSLATION TO SECTION A Unit 18

Selections From

The Constitution of the Tunisian Republic--I

Preamble

1. In the name of God, the Compassionate, the Merciful.

We, the representatives of the Tunisian people, meeting in a Constituent

National Assembly, proclaim that this people which has liberated itself from

foreign domination by virtue of its struggle against tyranny, exploitation and

retrogression, are determined:

2. On strengthening the bonds of national unity and adherence to the human values

common to the peoples who believe in human dignity, justice and freedom and

work for peace, progress, and free cooperation among nations,

3. On their attachment to the teachings of Islam, to the unity of the Great Magh-
reb, to their membership in the Arab family, to their cooperation with the

African peoples for building a better future, and to the cooperation with all

peoples struggling for freedom and justice,

4. And on the establishment of a democracy, founded on the sovereignty of the

people, upheld by a stable political system and based on the principle of the

division of powers,

5. And we declare that the republican regime is the best guarantee of human

rights, of the establishment of equality among the citizens in their rights and

duties, for providing the means of prosperity by developing the economy and

utilizing the country's wealth for the benefit of the people, and is the most

beneficial instrument for prot,cting the family and safeguarding the citizens'

right to work, health, and education,

6. We, the representatives of the free sovereign Tunisian people, draw up with
 52

the grace of God this constitution.

B. TRANSLATION OF SECTION D

(a) Translation into English:

1. The representatives o: the Tunisian people met to draw up a new constitution.

2. The American people weic liberated from foreign domination by virtue of their

long struggle.

3. The citizens have resolved to work for peace, progress, and national coopera-

tion.
4. Most of the African countries are struggling for freedom and justice.

5. The Tunisian Republic belongs to the Arab family and believes in the unity of

the Great Maghreb.

6. Lebanon works with the other Arab countries for building a better destiny.

7. The republican system is the most effective means for protecting the family.

8. The means of prosperity are provided by virtue of the utilization of the country's

wealth for the benefit of the people.

9. The government declared the sovereignty of the free Tunisian people.

10. The Constituent National Asembly decided to get rid of any foreign domination.

(b) Translation into Arabic:

I J.J.J1 Ar.t _T
r1.6; six .c..4;.11 4.01.3 r
1121-J1 43s-A ; .-ttL3 Ls-Lg j-N.;.`n \j'j 2.43-4j1
rsal z j 4., A_
7.0:5J J-.0:5 (4)3-44it1l :)1 --1
 :0..tilYr.'r.`7,",,,T.,

53

L.% c)... h.L.; tli.(11 -V

"-al 13 )40,il 0);-1,1,411 -A

31.1xJ I L." t..1;

1 5411 " `1Lf-r1,!

vs
 54

A. TRANSLATION OF SECTION A Unit 19

Selections From

The Tunisian Constitution

1. The President of the Republic has the right of special pardon.

2. Judgments are passed in the name of the people, and executed in the name of

the President of the Republic. The judges are independent, subject to no other

authority in their judgment than that of the law. The appointment of the judges

is made by an order of the President of the Republic according to c nomination

by the Judiciary Council. The procedure of their appointment shall be de-

termined by law.

3. The necessary guarantees for the judges, regarding appointment, promotion, trans-
fer and discipline are applied under the supervision of a Judiciary Council,

whose composition and powers shall be determined by the law. The Supreme Court

shall be formed when high treason is committed by a member of the government.

The law shall determine the powers of this court, its composition and procedures.

4. The Economic and Social Council is an advisory bldy in economic and social

affairs. The law shall determine its composition and relations with the National

Assembly. The municipal councils and the regional councils shall deal with

questions of local interest, as determined by the law.

5. The President of the Republic or at least one third of the members of the National

Assembly have the right to demand the revision of the Constitution, unless it

affects the republican system of the state. The President of the Republic ratifies

the revision of the Constitution as a constitutional text and promulgates it in

accordance with the provision of section No. 44.

 55

B. TRANSLATION OF SECTION D

(a) Translation into English:

1. The President of the Republic issued the judgments in the name of the people.

2. The Preside of the Republic shall order the appointment of the judges.
3. The law shall determine the manner of appointing the judges and the composition

of the supreme judiciary council.

4. What are the necessary guarantees for the judges regarding appointment and

promotion?

5. Is the supreme court an advisory body in legal affairs?

6. The judges have the right to change the law unless it affects the republican
system.

7. At least one third of the members of the Council asked for the revision of the

Constitution.
8. The articles of the Constitution do not become law until they are ratified by the

President of the Republic.

9. The law specifies the jurisdiction and the procedures of all courts.

10. The appointment of the judges shall be carried out according to the existing laws.

(b) Translation into Arabic:

I 4-, r4. (j.w _

r°13%1 ; ". k:;"

S' i L.44 _r

;Lail Lsic Lia.1! oat 1 cr..1-?.. j-^CA

I .7.1 Y
;5 aJ Cta-L:1 14,34"-"ci A

4,,
 TRIVerVoINWT,MW.T.
_-
 57

A. TRANSLATION OF SECTION A Unit 20

Selections From

Syrian-Jordanian Judicial Convention--I

I. The extradition of offenders between the Hashemite Kingdom of Jordan and the

Syrian Republic shall be effected in accordance with the provisions of this

Convention.

2. Extradition shall be mandatory if the requisition satisfied the two following

conditions:

(a) The offense, as described by the competent judge of the applicant state

according to the law of that state, is a crime or a correctional offense

punishable with at least one year's imprisonment or a sentence of at least

three months' imprisonment if the sentence had already been issued.

(b) The offense was committed in the territory of the applicant state or was

committed outside the territory of both states and is punishable under the

law of each state even if committed outside its territory.

3. The state to which application for extradition is made may refuse the applica-

tion:

(a) If the offense was committed in the territory of the state requesting

extradition, if the person claimed is not a national of that state, and if the

acts with which he is charged are not punishable under the law of the state

to which application for extradition is made;

(b) If the offense was committed outside the territory of both states, if an

offense committed outside the territory of the state to which application is

made is not punishable under its law, and if the person claimed is not a

national of the applicant state;

(c) If at the time the requisition is received exemption from prosecution or
 58

punishment in respect to the offense would have been acquired by lapse

of time under the law of the state to which application for extradition is

made, if the offense had been committed in its territory, and if the person

claimed is not a national of the applicant state.

B. TRANSLATION OF SECTION D

(a) Translation into English:

1. The extradition of the claimed person was effected in accordance with the

provisions of the judicial agreement between the Hashemite Kingdom of Jordan

and the Syrian Republic.

2. The extradition is mandatory if the requisition satisfies the following conditions.

3. The competent judge described the offense in accordance with the law of his

state.

4. Syria refused the extradition of the claimed person since his offense is not

punishable under the Syrian law.

5. The nationals of Jordan are not punished for acts they commit outside the terri-

tory of their country.

6. The judge sentenced the criminal to one year imprisonment and the government

applied to the neighboring state for his extradition.

7. Syria refuses the extradition of nationals of other states who are charged with

political offenses.

8. The offense was not committed within the territory of the applicant state nor

on the territory of the state to which application for extradition is made.

9. The correctional offense attributed to him is punishable by law in all circum-

stances.

10. The offense committed outside the territories of both states is punishable under

their laws.
 59

(b) Translation into Arabic:

;13; I L-z1 fr"M `' 31-"-/ I

1 -.4;1 1...;;Al 1 I k:g-sr>uJ I ft:1.Z tb-?1::

S 1-4-1 J, .' Lsi a I J cia-4.01.' $ jet: y r

" ciJ1 "LiJail Os/ Cf. frA-11 v.rJ "
fly 1 :1,-;:-1 I Lis J )11 J_NJ I j _ 0
t.D b I t: 1;

c) .-0 I sr' tDs1 %."t' .). .31-6"-i truzj I `vb 1

va:Li...1 1 1..s..; lid 1 L.Ji fj..?...J Y

1.4;;!.; 1; Lim I JJ 1 y?.) I sr,..s. A
LA: I J 1
k:40:1-1 I 4.-6 6741-4e. i-v.r?r-1 j I pJ r.ar., Jr.-%
 60

A. TRANSLATION OF SECTION A Unit 21

Selections From

Syrian-Jordanian Judicial Convention--II

1. If the state to which application for extradition is made has received several

applications from more than one state for the very same person in respect to the

same offense, priority for extradition shall be granted to the state whose interests

have been injured by the offense or to the state in whose territory the offense

was committed.

2. However, if the applications relate to different offenses, priority shall be de-

termined in accordance with the circumstances and the facts, in particular the

gravity of the offense, the place in which it was committed, the date of receipt
of the applications, and the undertaking by any of the applicant states for extra-

dition to return the extradited person.

3. Applications for extradition shall be made by the Minister of Justice of the

applicant state to the Minister of Justice of the state to which application for

extradition is made.

4. The application file must contain:

(a) A detailed statement of identity and description of the person claimed, with

his photograph if possible;

(b) A warrant of arrest or summons issued by a competent authority, if the person

claimed has not been tried;

(c) A certified copy of the provisions under which the offense is punishable, and

a detailed declaration by the judge, engaged in the case, certifying that

they apply to the offense, and the evidence establishing the liability of the

person claimed;

(d) If the person claimed has been convicted, a certified copy of the judgment,
 61

whether it has become res judicata or not;

A declaration by the judge engaged in the case that the penalty has not

lapsed or ceased to be enforceable under the law of his state;

An indication that the application conforms to the provisions of this

Convention.

B. TRANSLATION OF SECTION D

(a) Translation into English:

1. Jordan has received applications from several states in respect to the same

person.

2. Extradition shall be granted in priority to the state whose interests have been

injured.

3. Extradition of the claimed person was effected to the state in whose territory

the offense had been committed.

4. The applications received by Syria relate to different offenses.

5. The applicant state has undertaken to return the extradited person.

6. The government has determined the priority in accordance with the circumstances

and the facts.

7. The state accepted the extradition of the claimed person after studying the

gravity of the offense and the place in which it was committed.

8. The Syrian Minister of Justice submitted an application to the Jordanian

Minister of Justice for the extradition of an escaped convict.

9. The application file contains a detailed statement on the identity of the person

claimed.

10. It was not possible to secure the description of the offender nor his photograph.
 62

(b) Translation into Arabic:

,A ;3) A-0 1
tja.,.:J I Sr....41-411 Jj% I ziSJ.f.....1 I

4.5:1J I Ly.),;J I L>t Lkt-1 zt. I r

I ;;... 13 93... 4.ai.J I Ls.1., I Lye W I t

titij r L:)1.e.1 J

;-.1:0-kt ol LA J j.3

fj...?...J I ..tic La1 I INS.k.11 A

;1.13JJ 1 L e3.1.1a...11 ft -1-z 1-<-,..11

.14-10- (2,
 63

A. TRANSLATION OF SECTION A Unit 22

Selections From

Protocol on the Legal Status of the Trade Delegation of the

Union of Soviet Socialist Republics in the Republic of Iraq--I

1. Seeing that the laws of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics stipulate

a state monopoly of foreign trade, the Government of the USSR

and the Government of the Republic of Iraq have agreed as follows:

2. The Union of Soviet Socialist Republics shall have a Trade Delegation in the

Republic of'iraq,
3. The Trade Delegation of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics in the Republic

of Iraq shall have the following functions:

a. facilitating and promoting the trade relations between the USSR and the
Republic of Iraq;

b. representing the interests of the USSR in the Republic of Iraq in all matters

relating to foreign trade;

c. carrying on trade between the USSR and the Republic of Iraq.
4. The Trade Delegation shall form an integral part of the Embassy of the USSR

in the Republic of Iraq, and shall have its headquarters at Baghdad. The

offices and the premises belonging to the Trade Delegation shall enjoy the

immunities and privileges accorci-,d to the premises of diplomatic missions.

The Trade Delegation shall be entitled to use its own cipher.

The Trade Delegate of the USSR in the Republic Iraq and his two deputies

shall enjoy all the privileges and immunities accorded to members of diplomatic

missions.

Since the employees of the Trade Delegation are citizens of the USSR, there-

fore, the salaries they receive from the Government of the USSR shall not be
 .14

64

subject to taxation applicable to salaries in the Republic of Iraq.

5. The Trade Delegation shall act on behalf of the Government of the USSR. The

Government of the USSR shall be responsible only for commercial transactions

concluded or guaranteed in the Republic of Iraq on behalf of the Trade Dele-

gation and signed by authored persons. Commercial transactions concluded

without the Trade Delegation's guarantee by any Soviet organization, which

under the laws of the USSR enjoy the status of independent bodies corporate,

shall be binding on the said organizations only and execution in respect of

contracts may be levied only on the property of those organizations.

B. MODEL TRANSLATION OF SECTION D

(a) Translation into English:

1. The Trade Delegation of the USSR has a legal status under a special protocol

concluded with Iraq.

2. The laws of the USSR stipulate a state monopoly of foreign trade.

3. The Government J f the Republic of Iraq agrees that the Soviet Union shall have

a trade delegation in Baghdad.

4. The function of the Soviet trade delegation in Iraq is to promote trade relations

between the two countries.

5. The Soviet Trade Delegation in Baghdad represents the interests of the USSR

in all matters relating to foreign trade.

6. The Soviet Trade Delegation uses a special cipher with the consent of the

Government of the Republic of Iraq.

7. Diplomatic missions enjoy immunities and privileges accorded in all countries

of the world.

8. Salaries of members of the diplomatic corps are not subject to taxation on

emoluments in Iraq.
 65

9. Commercial transactions concluded by the Soviet trade delegation in Iraq are

signed by persons authorized to do so.

10. The execution of the commercial transactions concluded by independent Soviet

organizations shall be binding only to the property of those organizations.

(b) Translation into Arabic:

I
L4.J I 1...!%.;..1 I ;SLY L..;.9.1 I _1
es )1s ie.; "14 I I r
'to A
4;L,;),..) I )11i 4.511,1 I I ..1;.;) I 6.31.s.i I )4.;..;

L,4 .J 1 14 I I 'I J1-0...:1

L LA.N.11.1 L)1....1.;.,,t I j 4zoi 11; 1)..0J ; Lg.1 I lSsai I

i.z.1-4ci I )10.11i L4. 6.; 1.1....4.1 I Ij )113

"-4*-!J I LA= 5s ...1.g.; 4.a4,0 LI,Gri I re )1 I 4,5 JJ -Y

iz5 1)-14J
c) Lei I vi ctc A
W. j5-.:1.1 I L.. 5.4.I I Lib 1 La...1 I

aj 6). or. .411 Jii-'14.1 I J 4G-11 ciW yl ..)-.4-1-*;

r

66

A. TRANSLATION TO SECTION A Unit 23

Selections From

Protocol on the Legal Status of the Trade Delegation of

the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics in the Republic of

Iraq--II

1. The Trade Delegation shall be accorded the privileges and immunities provided

for under article 3 in connection with its trading activities, with the following
exceptions only:

(a) Disputes regarding commercial transactions concluded or guaranteed

within the territory of the Republic of Iraq by the Trade Delegation

under article 2 of this protocol shall be subject to the competence

of the courts of Iraq, unless provision to the contrary is made under

the terms of the contract.

(b) Execution of final judicial decisions against the Trade Delegation

in the above-mentioned disputes may be levied only on the goods,

rights, and credits which belong to the above Delegation.

2. The establishment of the Trade Delegation shall not in any way affect the

rights of Iraqi commercial firms to maintain direct relations with Soviet foreign

trade organizations with a view to concluding and executing commercial

transactions.

3. The Trade Delegation shall not be subject to the regulations governing

commercial registration. It shall publish in the official trade publications

issued in the Republic of Iraq the names of persons authorized to act on its

behalf in legal proceedings and also information on the extent to which each

such person is empowered to sign commercial transactions concluded by it.

4. This Protocol shall enter into force on the day of its signature and shall remain
 67

effective unless either of the Parties gives notice to the other of terminating it

three months in advance.

DONE at Baghdad, on 11 October 1958, in duplicate, in the Russian and

Arabic languages, both texts being equally authentic.

By authorization By authorization
of the Government of the Government
of the Union of Soviet Socialist of the Republic of Iraq:
Republics:
L. Ezhov I. Kubba

B. MODEL TRANSLATION TO SECTION D

(a) Translation into English:

1. The American ambassador in Iraq enjoys diplomatic immunities and privileges.

2. Diplomats in Baghdad are not subject to the competence of the Iraqi courts.

3. The Iraqi court issued a final decision against the Soviet trade delegation.

4. Diplomatic privileges and immunities do not, in any way, affect the sovereignty

of the state.

5. Iraqi commercial firms conclude trade transactions with world commercial

organizations.

6. Trade offices in foreign embassies are not subject to the regulations governing

commercial registration.

7. The Republic of Iraq authorized the foreign minister to sign the Protocol con-

cluded with the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics.

8. The United Nations issues official publications for distribution among member

states.

9. The Soviet commercial delegate is empowered to sign trade agreements.

10. Iraq gave notice to the government of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics

terminating the Protocol on the legal position of the Soviet trade delegation.
 68

(b) Translation into Arabic:

(Jo 4.:44...11J I oe.. 1.11:J I ;0101 )1.4J 1

ar...z.103.1 I rs
L.m...1 L Jar. j:,. a I r_.V1 s.aJ .r L.,.(2.1 I .1,k3 a

JJ 1 Ij VI,
;A:4.11 k, 1 Q.PLJ I , 11; Y'

6.),J 1.) ar. L.iywJ I at L, J I I ;.., LN:J 1

6-x-1 I I

a r.ccJi 1. )1:s j, 1 0

as' 1,:= VI .404;1 ; V1

4318-n-1

1 J Lc.; V k., 41-11 I 1./...n.1 1 1 431 I a. J.43.; Y

cAill I 6: j.).01.1 I lila I cx.t. 4 L J 1 vli III ..01 A

..11A $ Clt's j 3tS dig -1

`r_ r= ( J 1 %Lit. 40 'pas
I oA

it
 ry IT

69

A. TRANSLATION OF SECTION A Unit 24

Selections From

Exchange of Notes Constituting an Agreement Between the

United States of America and Lebanon Relating to Special

Economic Assistance

1. The offering of any economic or technical assistance by the Government of the

United States to the Government of Lebanon under this agreement will be based

on requests to be made by the Government of Lebanon and approved by the

Government of the United States, in accordance with any legislation effective

in the United States regarding foreign assistance.

2. In order to ensure maximum benefits of this assistance to the people of Lebanon,

our two Governments will cooperate in making available such commodities or

services as may be furnished under this agreement will be procured at reasonable

prices and on reasonable terms, and will be distributed and utilized in Lebanon

in the furtherance of the purposes of this agreement and on terms and conditions

acceptable to both Governments.

3. It is understood that the Government of Lebanon, in keeping with its primary

sovereign responsibility for the economic development of Lebanon, will assume

an actual share of the costs of this joint program as may be mutually agreed

upon by the two Governments, and that the contemplated assistance on the part

of the Government of the United States will be designed to supplement rather

than to replace the expenditures assumed by the Government of Lebanon.

4. The Government of Lebanon will furnish to the Government of the United

States such information and data as may be necessary to facilitate the consider-

ation of assistance proposals made by the Government of Lebanon and the

evaluation of the effectiveness of the assistance furnished, and shall give

 70

publicity to these programs of assistance as provided in Article 6 of the Point IV

General Agreement for Technical Cooperation.

5. It is understood that this agreement is complementary to and does not supersede

any existing agreements between our two Governments.

B. TRANSLATION OF SECTION D

(a) Translation into English:

1. The Lebanese Government sent a note to the American Embassy relating to

special economic assistance.

2. Lebanon requested the government of the United States of America to furnish

technical assistance.

3. The American Government agreed to furnish economic assistance to Lebanon

under The special agreement concluded between the two countries.

4. America concludes economic and technical assistance agreements in accordance

with legislations in the United States of America regarding foreign assistance.

5. Economic development projects in Lebanon help achieve the maximum benefits

to the Lebanese people.

6. Lebanon assumes an effective share of the costs of the economic and technical

assistance program.

7. America supplements the expenditures for economic and technical assistance

incurred by foreign states, rather than replaces them.

8. It is necessary to furnish information and statistics to facilitate the consideration

of assistance requests submitted by foreign countries.

9. America has given publicity to the assistance programs as provided by Point IV

agreements.

10. This agreement is complementary to the existing agreements between the two
 71

governments and does not supersede any of them.

(b) Translation into Arabic:

Le. 4.11J I 101..411 Lk; )11 1,5.:)..J I v L. JI

crls u..11 Leco )1 I ; I 4.. J* ra;;; _

cs.a.;% I .10.1 I L.4.1 I Az.: 4; 1 L: I Lit)..1..z, J. _r

1...4.J I Lei

La:inl I I ;,; L. JAI I L L.N.1 I t

5.(.1 1 ,s a.1 vyam.. a V Li; y I ri..4,15 xz.,,:;

Lz .01J s L )11 ;3.,1 LS,. I aJjJ

JIAGCJ)11 iaSL,.JJ I I:J.4 I la; v. La, Y

l;t 11
c)i-14.
La.:51 1 j jJJ I )f, a J. .J I r...cv A
I
U I

.0.u.1 I I j Lc )1 6.i Lce.J )11 ; I co L. I ..;

;JA 1.0 Liti I ;A: UJ I z. l; lk, )11 I I .1_0 L

1
 72

A. TRANSLATION OF SECTION A Unit 25

Selections From

Agreement on Economic Assistance Between the United States

and Libya, May 21, 1959

1. His Excellency, the Ambassador:

I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of Your Excellency's note of

today's date, the text of which is translated as follows:

2. I have the honor to inform Your Excellency that on the basis of our discussion of

April 14, 1959, my Government is prepared to agree to put the economic aid

allocated to the Libyan Government from the special purposes funds in accor-

dance with the provision of paragraph C of the Libyan-American Economic

Assistance Agreement of September 9, 1954, at its disposal instead of putting

it at the disposal of the Libyan-American Reconstruction Committee as has

previously been agreed in an exchange of notes, dated May 6 and May 30,

1955, between The American Ambassador and The deputy Prime Minister and

Acting Minister of Foreign Affairs of the United Kingdom of Libya.

3. It is understood that commitments undertaken by, through, or on behalf of, the

Libyan-American Reconstruction Committee in anticipation of receipt of the

above funds will be carried out and fulfilled by the Committee.

4. Furthermore, my Government is prepared to put at the unrestricted disposal of

the Libyan Government for this year only and subject to the measures of transfer

and exchange as will be agreed upon by the represer atives of our govern-

ments, the sum of four million from the funds allocated to the obligation and

commitment of the U. S. Government during the fiscal year 1959. This will

be a special evidence of the help and support for the Government of the United

Kingdom of Libya and without any prejudice or obligation to the assistance

 73

programs and the measures related to them for the coming years.

5. This note and Your Excellency's reply of acceptance may be considered to

constitute a general basis for proceeding with the offer contained herein above,

without prejudice to the current discussions between the representatives of our

Governments with respect to the review of the economic aid agreements between

the two countries.

Please accept my highest appreciation and respect.

B. TRANSLATION OF SECTION D

(a) Translation into English:

1. I have the honor to inform Your Excellency of the receipt of the above-mentioned

letter.
2. The United States Government placed all the financial assistance at the disposal

of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs.

3. The British Government paid some of the special purposes funds to the Jordanian

Government.

4. The Libyan Government utilizes the economic assistance it receives from the

other states at its own discretion.

5. As previously agreed, Jordan and Lebanon have set up an educational exchange

between the two countries.

6. It is understood that in addition to the economic assistance there are other

arrangements that have to be agreed upon.

7. The United States Government places hundred of millions of dollars every year

at the disposal of several foreign governments.

8. The Libyan Government received a great deal of British assistance without

prejudice or commitment in regard to American aid.

 74

9. The Jordanian Government is prepared to allocate $2,000,000 for economic

development projects.

10. This note constitutes a general basis for carrying out negotiations between the

two zountries.

(b) Translation into Arabic:

att...411 LiLicl 43 1.6.;.11 O J c v,i 104541 I

Lal I 41;AJ I J s.$ 06 . I J....L.

)11 J.-?-%

L.:1.1 )15.., 1..4;411 r

ljt4.1.11

4.; sl..c Lot -4- 4.1-1

..1)%1 ;.)1).5 I: .51 Ix L41 I 4::.1 I )11 _..

Up, I ;11j,JI

1 r:)11 J Lf,. JJ. "a.;13.4.1 I L )1,11 L. 1

*

1-°>%-% C-79.5

4)61 )15.341 I LL..1 L41.., j.411 a :I.J0 'axi La).(t -.k

)1.5
J La, 9
Jr'.1
;Le-. 60.1; r" (#4.1-7.- Lri ?a-4)1-Ni LI J6"41

* or .7.41..11 Congo
 75

A. TRANSLATION OF SECTION A Unit 26

Selections From

Trade Agreement Between the Union of Soviet Socialist

Republics and the Republic of Iraq

1. Goods which are being imported from the USSR into the territory of the Republic

of Iraq and are conveyed in transit through the territory of one or more third

countries, and goods which are being imported from the Republic of Iraq into the

territory of the USSR and are conveyed in transit through the territory of one

or more third countries, shall be liable to the same treatment they L. granted

if they had been delivered directly from their country of origin or export.
2. The merchant vessels of either Contracting Party and their cargoes shall enjoy,

in the seaports of the other Contracting Party, the same treatment in all respects

as the merchant vessels and cargoes of the most-favored-nation. The Contracting

Parties shall grant each other, in their ports, most-favored-nation treatment

with regard to the entering, clearing and stationing of their vessels and cargoes.

3. The most-favored-nation treatment provided for in this agreement shall not

extend to:

(a) Privileges which are or may hereafter be granted by one of the Contracting

Parties for the purpose of facilitating frontier trade;

(b) Advantages arising out of a customs union which one of the Contracting

Parties has concluded or may hereafter conclude;

(c) Special privileges and advantages which Iraq has granted or may hereafter

grant to one of the Arab countries;

(d) Special privileges and advantages which the Union of Soviet Socialist

Republics has granied or may hereafter grant in this respect to a country

adjacent to it.
 76

4. This Agreement shall be ratified by each Contracting Party in accordance with

its laws. It shall enter into force after the exchange of the instruments of
ratification, which shall take place at Baghdad, and shall have effect for one

year from the date of its entry into force. It shall be renewed by tacit agree-

ment from year to year, unless either Contracting Party gives notice in writing

to the other Contracting Party, three months before the expiry of any one-year
period of the Agreement's validity, of its desire to terminate the Agreement.

B. MODEL TRANSLATION OF SECTION D

(a) Translation into English:

1. Goods imported from Lebanon into Iraq are conveyed in transit through the

territory of the Syrian region.

2. Iraq delivers oil exported into Japan at the Basra seaport.

3. The Iraqi merchant vessels enjoy the most-favored-nation treatment at the

seaports of the Soviet Union.

4. Iraq is adjacent to !ran; the two countries have joint frontiers.

5. The Soviet merchant vessel was stationed a full month at the Beirut seaport.

6. Iraq grants privileges to facilitate frontier trade with all countries adjacent to it.
7. Iraq grants privileges and special advantages to encourage trade with Arab

countrles.

8. The Libyan parliament has ratified the trade agreement concluded with the

Sudan.

9. The United Nations Pact is renewed by tacit agreement from year to year.

10. The Government of Iraq has given notice to the Soviet Union of its desire to

terminate the cultural agreement between the two countries.

 77

(b) Translation into Arabic:

Ji. .L4/: ti v-10 k).

1 J Lm.; yI
" 0;1. r.N1 141 ;1.411..1")11 a 1-74_11 I e.
j.o.1.1 I ,0;13.1 I Lou. eL.L.,

;LN; j11-- 11 I CiLi"11 t

Of.44i I
a.SIJ I .11. it) .1-4.4-F.J1 JL.,;;13 jlp"JI czt, 4, 1..N.-J I J1.1: yl 0

d1 I ve jaki I rk I 1.,1 L11 ei.:,11 d,, L...13.J I

J3 I

t.L4J I j 44; ;,,C v.:5;

C1.14J1
1-4ai `41-'1:J1 °::';L"-1-1J1 °'"IJ1
cjI ,14,U LoL.41.11 1)4.. yl .1,;3....J 1 6-..1.S11.7.4 )11 It) JL.m.::1 A
jl.;:.; 1 41 tsio ; 11 1. Vi.1 I &pet.; .1S ,., all
r..4.1 J tts a-Or.
akil '4;
csit l
,.
 78

A. TRANSLATION OF SECTION A Unit 27

Selections From

TraJe and Payments Agreement Between the Union of Soviet

Sociaiist Republics and the Lebanese Republic - -I

1. The trade relations between the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics and the

Lebanese Republic shall be based on the principle of mutual respect for each

other's commercial interests. These relations will be based on the equivalence

of the balance of trade between the two countries with respect to the trans-

actions concluded within the limits of the two schedules referred to in

Article 2.
2. The Governments of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics and the Lebanese

Republic shall study and deal in a spirit of full cooperation with any proposals

which either party may wish to put forward for the purpose of strengthening

economic relations and promoting the exchange of merchandise between the

two countries within the limits of the export and import regulations in force in
each country.

3. The competent authorities of the two Governments shall issue, without restric-

tion, the necessary import and export licenses for the goods enumerated in

schedules A and B, in accordance with the laws in force.

4. The provisions of Article 2 shall not affect the right of the Soviet foreign trade

organizations and Lebanese individuals and juristic persons to conclude with

each other commercial transactions for the import or export of goods not in-

cluded in schedules A and B.

5. Soviet foreign trade organizations and Lebanese individuals and juristic persons

may also, subject to compliance with the above-mentioned regulations, con-

clude commercial transactions for the delivery of goods for which payment is to
 79

be made in a free currency.

B. TRANSLATION OF SECTION D

(a) Translation into English:

1. The Lebanese Republic concluded a payments agreement with the USSR.

2. Trade relations between Lebanon and other countries are based on the principle

of equal trade balance.

3. The USSR put forward a proposal to Lebanon for strengthening economic relations

between the two countries.

4. Lebanon and the USSR exchange goods within the limits of the import and export

regulations in the two countries.

5. The necessary import and export licenses are issued by the competent authorities

in the Lebanese government.

6. The trade agreement between Lebanon and the USSR shall nor affect the right

of Lebanese individuals and juristiLlersons to conclude trade transactions in

full freedom.

7. Lebanon exports goods to all Arab countries.

8. The USSR shall study, in a spirit of full cooperation, any proposals submitted

by Lebanon.

9. Lebanon encourages foreign trade on the basis of payment in a free currency.

10. The trade agreement between the two countries shall comply with the principle

of mutual respect for each other's interests.

(b) Translation into Arabic:

I 01-"':; :z-: Lub

)11

":451/z:. T
 80

1 )11

le)1-,.; L'z'
c. 1 1; )L1.11

e Lai..4 I xe. 1/44.-- e.)1-,:j c. c)L1.-1 t

`r* jala
J )1i ;$ j le; it L3 0

Le.-si.:4-Ni ;1-411 Q1-) jet _1

41 1 jig eu...,J
J
4,4 ;41,1

J.1-..J

1 r.lE%.: lia.; 13.1_211 A

JiL -iH ji-k; I

ie.)14a.& 1 i..") L.J I .;) LNLi 1

1.35-..11 - .
 81

A. TRANSLATION OF SECTION A Unit 28

Selections From

Trade and Payments Agreement Between the Union of Soviet

Socialst Republics and the Lebanese Republic--II

1. Goods originating in the territory of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics

shall be entitled, on importation into the territory of the Lebanese Republic, to

minimum tariff rates and shall not be liable in any case to any import duties,

taxes, or charges higher than those imposed on goods imported from any other

state, with the exception of the countries adjacent to the Lebanese Republic

and of Egypt, Yemen, Jordan, Libya, and Saudi Arabia.

2. Most-favored-nation treatment shall also be applied with respect to customs

regulations and formalities concerning the importation, exportation, conveyance

in transit, warehousing, and transhipment of goods being imported and exported

or in transit, and to any charges connected with these formalities and treat-

ments.

3. The merchant vessels of each contracting party and their cargo shall enjoy, in

the seaports of the other contracting party, the same conditions in all respects

as the merchant vessels and cargoes of the most-favored nation. The con-

tracting parties shah grant each other, in their ports, most-favored-nation

treatment with regard to the entering, clearing, and stationing of their vessels
and cargoes.

4. The most-favored-nation treatment provided for in Articles 5, 6, and 7 shall not

extend to the privileges and benefit. which have been or may hereafter be granted

by the Lebanese Republic 'n this connection to adjacent countries and to Egypt,

Yemen, Jordan, Iraq, Libya, and Saudi Arabia.

. The provisions of Article 10 shall include the following payments:
 82

(a) payments for goods supplied in accordance with this agreement, with the

exception of good supplied in accordance with the second paragraph of

Article 4;
(b) freight payments, insurance premiums, and sums given as premiums or

commissions;

(c) payments for expenses connected with the travel of official trade delegations;
(d) all other payments hereafter agreed upon by the contracting parties.

B. TRANSLATION OF SECTION D

(a) Translation into English:

1. The origin of the goods imported by Lebanon is the territory of the USSR.
2. Iraq enjoys the reduced tariff rates in Lebanon.
3. Customs duties are imposed on exports and imports in the Soviet Union.
4. The Northern region of the United Arab Republic is adjacent to the borers of
Lebanon.

5. The most-favored-nation treatment is applied in trade exchange between all

the Arab countries.

6. Lebanese vessels enjoy the most-favored-nation treatment in the ports of the

Soy let Union.

7. The Russian vessels entered the seaport of Beirut and received the freight

for the imported goods.

8. The Lebanese government paid the travel expenses of the official trade dele-

gation to the Soviet Union.

9. America grants scholarship to Arab students.

10. The two contracting parties have agreed to exchange the necessary goods for
each of them.
 83

(b) Translation into Arabic:

J.S .LJt pit 4.AlimufJ r

4-$: )1,1 1.3

t'.13.3 wi'111 °-1-;1-;-.1111 i4Jl

(Jig 4"" tlLL jJ -wi .-1)

ZJJJ atsi c).*

(12-k; ;1/4.;1-L:-U1 1/-1,1'-it

jJJt It".:1, _II 46) ) nI 4u..%1 cpLj _o
L-4.1 s.1 1,0 lj tjL L.,1J I I

Z,..,:l.;41.1 I ;,t).3.4. Y

4LJiI tr; I pfS cp.. J J-a:3

L-13.4 J..j l':"e tei Ji)-.1 I JJt
ci I
jJ j, ;SI 1

A:, ?A'AAA';.., ' " ' =

 84

A. TRANSLATION OF SECTION A Unit 29

Selections From

Trade and Payments Agreement Between the Union of Soviet

Socialist Republics and the Lebanese Republic--111

1. The conversion of roubles into Lebanese pounds and of Lebanese pounds into

roubles shall be calculated on the basis, on the one hand, of the gold content of

the rouble (1 rouble is equal to 0.2 gran of fine gold) and, on the ofner, of the

average rate for telegraphic transfer of United States dollars in Lebanese pounds

on the Beirut exchange at dos:: of business on the day of payment.

2. If the gold content of the rouble is altered, the balance of the account in

roubles of the Societe nouvelle de la Compagnie algerienne de Credit et de

Banque with the State Bank of the USSR shall be adjusted in proportion to the

new value, and the rate of exchange between the rouble and the Lebanese

pound shall be based on the new gold content of the rouble.

3. If there is any alteration of more than 2 per cent in the rate of exchange

between the Lebanese pound and the Unfired States dollar, the balance of the

account in Lebanese pounds of the State Bank of the USSR with the Socie'te/

nouvelle de la Compagnie algerienne de Credit et de Banque must be adjusted

in proportion to this alteration.

4. If the gold content of the United States dollar is altered, the representatives of

the two parties shall study what adjustment should be made in the balances of

the two banks' accounts.

5. If the prices of goods are fixed in a currency other than roubles and Lebanese

pounds, payments shall be made in roubles and Lebanese pounds through the two

banks aforesaid. The currencies of third countries shall be converted:

(a) into roubles--at the rate of exchange fixed by the State Bank of the USSR;
 85

(b) into Lebanese pounds--at the average rate for telegraphic transfer in the

currency referred to on the Beirut exchange at close of business on the day

of payment.

6. The State Bank of the USSR and the Societe nouvelle de la Compagnie alge-

rienne de Credit et de Banque shall L! mutual agreement determine the normal

technical requirements for opening the ulcounts and effecting the payments

provided for in this agreement.

B. TRANSLATION OF SECTION D

(a) Translation into English:

1. The American dollar is equal to 0.888671 gram of fine gold.

2. In accordance with the trade agreement between Lebanon and the Soviet Union,

the Lebanese pounds are converted at the Soviet State Bank.

3. The balance of the USSR was adjusted following the alteration which occurred

yesterday in the gold content of the rouble.

4. The rate of exchange between the rouble and the Lebanese pound is fixed on

the basis of the rate for telegraphic transfer of the American dollar.
5. Representatives of the two parties have studied the terms for effecting the pay-

ments provided for in this agreement.

6. Payments are converted at the rate of exchange fixed by the Bank of Beirut.
7. Payment was effected on the basis of today's close of business rate
on the Beirut
exchange.

8. Lebanon maintains a balance of Lebanese pounds in Moscow for the payment of

prices of its imports from the Soviet Union. ij

9. The Soviet State Bank monopolizes all banking and financial operations of the

USSR.
 (b) Translation into Arabic:

11)i JITv 1 1 A fir!

jp.1/4. (ei j j.so L _ T

J 1 4311 ;Li I J.,. Arm I xj...J I _r

hi &J I i7,-1.1-1 I

6r- -41-;L:.-1-1 I orb I Jt..))1 jt 1 J o

u j LAJ I co; c,i4

(Arf\JI )J J11
a-a)..re - JINJ .;j Jr
, A.t.4:0 (.is I A

I czji.ht.1 I .Xas jtsi

r.11_,11 I L.). I o 1U I Ar.%1 I y jai I _
 87

A. TRANSLATION OF SECTION A Unit 30

Selections From

An Agreement Between the Royal Government of Egypt and the Government

of the Hashimite Kingdom of Jordan for the Establishment of Air Services

Between and Beyond Their Respective Territories

1. The aeronautical author ies of each contracting party shall notify the aero-

nautical authorities of the other contracting party in writing of the name of

the airline or airlines designated to operate the air services specified in this
agreement.

2, The aeronautical authorities of one contracting party, before granting operating

permission to an airline designated by the other contracting party, may require

the airline to prove that it !s qualified to fulfill the conditions prescribed

under the laws and rules which they normally apply to the operation of scheduled

air services.

3. The Iriws and rules of one contracting party, especially those relating to entry

into or departure from its territory of passengers, crew, or cargo of aircraft

(such as laws relating to entry, exit, immigration, passports, customs,

quarantine, and currency regulations) shall be applicable to the passengers,

crew, and cargo of the aircrafts of the airlines designated by the other

contracting party.

4. In the operation of the specified air services, the rights iranted to the airline

designated by either contracting party shall not be exercised abusively to the

detriment or disadvantage or any airline of the other contracting party, oper-

ating on all or part of the same route.

5. This agreement shall be registered with the Council of the International Civil

Aviation Organization set up by the convention.

 88

B. TRANSLATION OF SECTION D

(a) Translation into English:

1. There shall be a fair and equal opportunity for the designated airlines of each

contracting party to operate on the specified air routes.

2. The combined capacity provided by the designated airlines shall be maintained

in reasonable proportion to the requirements of the public for air transport.

3. Fuel and lubricating oils supplied to the aircraft of the designated airlines

shall be exempt from customs duties.

4. This treatment shall be in addition to that accorded under Article 24 of the

convention.

5. The designated airlines shall provide statistics relating to the traffic carried on

their air services showing the destination of the traffic.

6. Rates shall be fixed at a reasonable level, due regard being paid to all

relevant factors.

7. Rates so fixed shall be submitted for approval by the aeronautical authorities of

the two contracting parties.

(b) Translation into Arabic:

07:t...c.J 1 rx7,...1 asr 1-4-eCJI J-611 Ls ..11 it _11

4.J jp.e. ..rti-c6 41

1-4,1 5.-1.1 j1.1.. (.5 Li:, `A Liao r * li _r
13,1,-4.1 I jA....1 I Lk.; .9...4J I trig
 89

alt Zi1;1,%i f L7 -
j NJ I * LJ j1
al?
J.; L,JI ,x...;1.12.1 Ijo I

".> J 4yJ JL j Lk; 11 I I : 4LJI jL&JI ;

LI' te. "it L '.z *L"^-1 I '..t-;)1J

I jj Lis L I JI sls
L" a; a i)-1-1 41
..t; LJ I jpimi
I-x.7...J I cx.j)-12.1 I aP:1 -LI J,J I i. I
4:x013111 s -4
/--11 6i/12i I 4;e:-.e. 4:..) *1.J I I 1i
 90

A. TRANSLATION OF SECTION A Unit 31

Selections From

Exchange of Notes Terminating the Treaty of Alliance

1. From the Prime Minister of Jordan to Her Majesty's Ambassador at Amman

2. Your Excel lency,

With reference to our Joint Declaration of the 13th of February, 1957, and our

recent negotiations, and in view of the desire of the Government of the

Hashemite Kingdom of Jordan and Her Majesty's Government in the United

Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland to terminate the Anglo-Jordan

Treaty of Ai l iance of 1948 by mutual consent and at the same time preserving

peaceful and friendly relations between our two countries, I have the honor to

make the following proposals:

3. The Treaty of Alliance, signed at Amman on the 15th of March, 1948, including

the Annex thereto and any notes and letters e"changed upon the signature of

the treaty and any other subsequent agreements relating thereto (hereinafter

referred to as the 1948 treaty) shall terminate and cease to have effect on the

day on which the Government of the Hashemite Kingdom of Jordan shall give

the notification provided for in the final paragraph of this note.

4. Withdrawal of British forces stationed on the Hashemite Kingdom of Jordan

territory for the purposes of the 1948 treaty shall (accordingly) commence as

soon as possible after the date of this note, and shall be completed in accor-

dance with the provisions of this note, not later than six months after the date

of the termination of the treaty.

 91

B. TRANSLATION OF SECTION D

(a) Translation into English:

1. The recent negotiations among the Arab States took place in Cairo.
2. I have the honor to remind Your Excellency of the current discussions between

our two Governments.

3. Withdrawal of the British forces from the Jordanian territory shall be completed

within a period not exceeding six months.

4. Jordan wishes to terminate the Treaty of Alliance with the United Kingdom.

5. The prime minister sent a note to the United States ambassador.

6. The Treaty of Alliance between Jordan and Britain was terminated and ceased to

have effect as from last year.

7. A joint declaration was issued on February 12, 1957.

8. The Jordanian Government wishes to preserve its friendly relations with all

states.

9. Withdrawal of the forces of occupation was completed in accordance with the

provisions of the treaty.

10. The signing of the treaty of friendship between the two countries shall take place

at the earliest possible time.

(b) Translation into Arabic:

I Z.<-1...J1, 0,4\11

.3)(1 ;4-r)641 °)1 j, is/ %:""' iii L911 ;)-/:")1 J-41.4;-11 61-4,)1

t
I
c") Lig cti LC1-1)(- 1"54'"
L.4.. 11 i....1..4)1 t
At..4-5J1 0.11

; JI.:;411 &._; 11ft.; 1

 93

A. TRANSLATION OF SECTION A Unit 32

Selections From

Air Transport Agreement P3tween Switzerland and Lebanon

1. The laws and regulations of one contracting party relating to the admission to

stay in, and departure from its territory, of passengers, crews, mail or cargo,

such as the formalities relating to entry, immigration and clearance, passports,

customs, and quarantine, shall apply to the passengers, crews, mail and cargo

carried on board the aircraft of the designated airlines of the other contracting

party while within the said territory.

2. Simplified procedure shall be used in the case of passengers in transit through

the territory of either contracting party. Baggage and goods shall be exempt

from customs and import duties or other national duties and taxes, if they are in

direct transit.
3. If either of the contracting parties desires to modify any of the provisions of this
agreement or its annex, the aeronautical authoritie5 of the contracting parties

shall enter into consultation for this purpose. The consultation shall take place

within sixty days from the date of the request being made. In the event of such

modifications being agreed upon, they shall enter into force only after they

have been confirmed by an exchange of notes through diplomatic channels.

4. Any dispute between the contracting parties arising from the interpretation or

application of this agreement or its annex which cannot be settled by direct

negotiation shall be referred for decision to any competent tribunal which may

hereafter be established within the International Civil Aviation. Organization

or, if there is no such tribunal, to the Council of that Organization. Th:,

contracting parties may, however, by agreement, settle the dispute by referring

it either to an arbitral tribunal or to some other person or body.

 94

5. T:le contracting parties undertake to adhere to the decision given, which shall

not be regarded as final. Either contracting party may terminate this agreement

by giving or3 year's notice to the other party.

6. This agreement shall enter into force on the day following the date of the ex-
change of the instruments of ratification. The provisions relating to exemption

from charges shall hove effect as from the date of signature, and charges

collected thereafter shall be reimbursed. In witness whereof, the representa-

tives of the contracting parties, being duly authorized thereto by their govern-
ments, have signed this agreement.

B. TRANSLATION OF SECTION D

(a) Translation into English:

1. A Swiss aircraft arrived carrying passengers, its crew, mail, and cargo.

2. Entry, immigration, clearance, and passport procedures are performed very

quickly at Beirut airport.

3. Baggage of passengers in transit through the territory of Switzerland is exempted

from customs and import fees.

4. The Government of Lebanon sent a diplomatic note to the Swiss Government

expressing its &sire to modify the annox of the air transport agreement between

the two governtdents.

5. The Swiss and Lebanese airlines entered into consultations for the establishment

of an air service between the two countries.

6. The International Civil Aviation Organization has established a competent

tribunal to settle disputes between the airlines of the world.

7. The Lebanese Government gave notice to Switzerland terminating the air

transport agreement between the two states.

 95

8. The Lebanese parliament has ratified the agreement with Switzerland.

It enters
into force as from today.
9. Charges collected from passengers of the Swiss aircraft who are in direct transit

through the territory of Lebanon, shall be reimbursed.

10. The dispute relating to the interpretation of Article One of the air transport

agreement between Switzerland and Lebanon has been settled by direct negotia
tions.

(b) Translation into Arabic:

..1.11.) 1 als .5 a.1 L4 JwJ I ;...1A.:%13 cit.;1>ii I 1

%.j1.4.) jj:d. ta.". L! Li ciAJI JI

40.0) 1J-41e. `r.1-5)-J
)jr* JI .-7,Ni I, di, 1....%) l L ir.

ai I LJ .,-N1 I jJ I r

r.b.11 Le. 1)144 I 4.5:.14.: 4.:11 LJJI cjli:J. LILL

Lc

cjIjt..1a1..1 & (5.11 jU 1.1.st tij 0

j)64.11 J (""::-b LS ci-k;I

4.; I c)11.:11.1..1 -.643 .1.1 I 1';...13.; J L

C- -1 I

Li I k J1, jLk A
siI j.i..;.11 ,s..cal I 4.i.! Li 1/4: 1.:Jj..)..11 9
c).0 )11 csix U L..
 96

A. TRANSLATION OF SECTION A Unit 33

Selections From

Agreement Regarding the Suez Canal BaseI

1. Companies and partnerships, working in Egypt as contractors for the purpose of

this agreement, and their personnel, will be subject to the Egyptian laws.
2. Nevertheless, any such company or partnership having its head office and the

office of its principal activity outside Egypt, and having no other activities in

Egypt at the date of the signature of the present Agreement, shall, with respect

to its activities pursuant to the present Agreement, enjoy the following

exemptions:

(a) Such companies shall not be required to effect any registration under the

provisions of the Egyptian Commercial Register Law No. 219 or 1953 or

be required to comply with the provisions of Articles 91, 92, and 93 of

the Egyptian Companies Law.

(b) Such company or partnership shall be exempted from paying Egyptian tax

on commercial profits including the tax on the pre Imed distribution of

dividends under the provisions of Article 11 of the Law.

(c) With respect to British technicians recruited outside Egypt for the purposes

of the present Agreement, any such company or partnership, as well as

those technicians, shall be exempt from the following Egyptian laws:

(i) Individual Labor Contract Law

(ii) Law concerning Compulsory Insurance and the industrial Accidents

Law and Law on Compensation for Occupational Diseases, or any

other law which may require industrial insurance or compensation for

occupational diseases.

(iii) Law relating to the Trade Unions.

vsktvsaduiitILdi,14,
 97

3. References to laws in the preceding paragraph include any enactment replacing

or amending these laws.

4. The Government of the Republic of Egypt expresses ;ts willingness to consider

sympathetically the grant of exemption from any law that may impede the

performance by the contractors and their personnel of their tasks pursuant to

the purposes of this Agreement.

B. TRANSLATION OF SECTION D

(a) Translation into English:

1. Egyptian law applies to the personnel of the British company.

2. The head office of Misr Bank is locatf'd in Cairo; the office of the Bank's

principal activity is in Alexandria.

3. Any company in Egypt is required to comply with provisions of the companies
law.
4. The law of taxes on commercial profits was issued in Egypt in 1939.

5. All the British technicians left the Suez Canal base in November 1956.
6. New industries in Egypt enjoy the exemption from taxes on profits for seven

years.

7. The law requires industrial insurance by companies operating factories.

8. Egyptian workers benefit from the law concerning compulsory insurance.

9. The new trade agreement replaced the economic treaty concluded between the

two countries.

10. The government considers sympathetically the grant of exemption from any law

which impedes export trade.

(b) Translation into Arabic:

1 L ;;;S:).:511 cr.;1:0.1.1 013.11 .... 1

 86

"..cr! 1&.4
rrs ITT '-frr;°' r ;1"1A-..27'
6-r! fi ""cnri etyd tn.! ir.cnr 9' 1r;
ot A e b 0 1

Nrrir ":7
w4v) .r4 4- Lott "rt rcf-44. Anrr
TT! itne4. assfrre' .s",-*-e;0 cw-11 I Yrnil' zr(51^
1r47-^ frl!
irtri^ Tr rzrl`r vt-r frrr rr(51.7

tr.'cv"v7. c-1 "si(. --^cr!

Icr-Fr `!"(7+1,)

&5-51 rffl ""4"1'r'= '1 irtf;. Irrrs1^ 1.--ccnrA

,r'-ir rfirrcl rill ;1'7' I'M I

3-rr irvfx04,-' ri-ir I
'1;
Irnrcr.1 qr?1 f' -c nr"' A4-r Neic
irirz mr.r1"T irer14' crn c' c-ft:rf
1,?' ircirrrn tr4-1%.! trirrIm cw-cr
 99

A. TRANSLATION OF SECTION A Unit 34

Selections From

Agreement Regarding the Suez Canal Base--II

1. The Government of the Republic of Egypt, in its capacity as the sovereign

Government, shall take the necessary measures for the security of the install-

ations. Accordingly, the measures taken by the Government of the Republic of

Egypt for the security of the installations handed over to the contractors shall

not be less effective than those taken for the secu:ity of similar Egyptian
installations.

2. The measures to be token by the Government of the Republic of Egypt for the

security of installations handed over to the contractors shall include the upkeep

of perimeter wires and its lighting, defense posts and the provision for defense

material, communications and other necessary measures. Material necessary for

the replacement or maintenance of such perimeter wires, lighting and defense

posts shall be provided by the Government of the United Kingdom.

3. Without prejudice to the above general principles, the contractors shall under-
take the following:

(a) take all reasonable measures necessary to prevent theft, sabotage, and fire

inside the perimeter of the installations, including the posting of internal

security civilian guards; and

(b) in particular, ascertain that, as far as facilities permit, stores are kept

under lock and key, and only the least possible amount of equipment be

left in the open air;

(c) without prejudice to the provisions of sub-paragraphs (a) and (b) of this

paragraph, comply with the general security regulations issued by the

designated Egyptian authority and applicable to similar Egyptian installations

 1CO

so far as they relate to the matters mentioned in those sub-paragraphs; in

this connection the Egyptian authorities shall have the right to carry out

inspections to ascertain that these regulations are complied with; and

(d) cooperate fully with the Egyptian authorities in the maintenance of the
safety of the installations.
4. The responsible Egyptian authorities shall, jointly with the contractors, set up a

pass system for the entry into the installations to control the entry and the exit

of persons, vehicles, equipment, and supplies for the purpose of reducing the

risks of their loss or sabotage.

B. TRANSLATION OF SECTION D

(a) Translation into English:

1. The Government of the Republic of Egypt, in its capacity as the sovereign

Government, shall take the necessary measures for the security of its territories.
2. Measures to be taken for the security of the installations shall include the up-

keep of perimeter wires and its lighting.

3. The Government of the United Kingdom shall provide the necessary material for

the replacement or maintenance of the wires and defense posts.

4. The contractors shall take all reasonable necessary measures to prevent theft or

sabotage.

5. The contractors shall post civilian security guards inside the perimeter of the
installations.
6. The agreement regarding the Suez Canal base stipulates that the stores shall be

kept under lock and key.

7. The contractors shall leave only the least possible amount of equipment in the

open spaces.
 101

8. The Egyptian aurnorities have the right to carry out inspections to ascertain

that these regulations are complied with.

9. The contractors hall cooperate fully with the Egyptian authorities in the main-
tenance of the security of the installations.
10. Notification shall be given to the Egyptian authorities in the case of equipment

awaiting movement at docks or railway platforms.

(b) Translation into Arabic:

Cr' i)21 I x..:A...Q11 0,5; y 1

1.4.; t.A szn

JZ' vz. tlis.JI J11.. 01 J.;

;:t J11-2'
ii2j.,,j1 jLall fL.611 ,,rs I r

ts J)lopi ,;;ZU t
LJ l a. L...1
c..%1 cj..1 (.lx ,e JLA:: 4.7:%11 Zt..5..N.11 jLe.;-:.

L.tati ;7.1 0-10 L6-; u":'.

L4-;.4 C.Jr-'.113

;%-;/-°-/ t..7% t..7%%1

t...4A 31 j;s1 ass. A

ais
I its 1r cx. .1.51:-thl it -1:: 4.'%11 4-14-11, cr'IrJ1 114 zs U2L-11 `..mitz;
 102

A. TRANSLATION OF SECTION A Unit 35

Selections From

Agreement Between USA and UAR Concerning Certain

Educational Exchange Programs

1. The Government of the United States of America and the United Arab Republic,

desiring to promote further mutual understanding between the peoples of the

United States of America and the United Arab Republic by extending the ex-

change of knowledge and skilled personnel through educational activities, have

agreed as follows:

2. A commission shall be set up, known as the "Commission for the Exchange of

Students and Professors Between the United States of America and the United

Arab Republic" (hereinafter refecred to as "the Commission") which shall be

recognized by the Governments of the United States of America and the United

Arab Republic as an organization established to facilitate the implementation of

a program for the exchange of students and professors to be financed by funds

made available in accordance with the terms of this agreement.

3. Except as provided in Article V of this agreement, the Commission shall be

exempted from the local and internal laws of the United States of America as

they relate to the use and expenditure of currencies and credits for the. purposes

set forth in this agreement. The funds and properties v,hich may be acquired by

the Commission for he implementation of the purposes of this agreement shall be

regarded by the Government of the United Arab Republic as property of a

foreign government.

4. The Commission shall consist of eight members, four of whom shall be citizens

of the United States of America and four of whom shall be citizens of the United
 103

Arab Republic. In addition, the chief of the Diplomatic Mission of the United

States of America and the minister of Culture and Education of the United Arab

Republic shall be honorary chairmen of the Commission.

5. The members shall serve from the time of their appointment until the following

December 31 and shall be eligible for reappointment. Vacancies by reason of

resignation, transfer of residence outside the United Arab Republic, expiration

of service, or otherwise, shall be filled in accordance with the appointment

procedure set forth in this paragraph. The members shall serve without compensa-

tion but the Commission may authorize the payment of the necessary expenses

.to the members for the.r attending the meetings of the Commission and perform-

ing other official duties assigned by the Commission.

B. TRANSLATION OF SECTION D

(a) Translation into English:

1. There is an agreement for the exchange of students and professors between the

United States and the United Arab Republic.

2. The Jordanian Government sent a diplomatic mission to London.

3. The commission members shall perform their jobs without compensation in any

form whatever.
4. The executive committee shall be composed of a president and five members.

5. The commission appointed one of its distinguished members as its honorary

chairman.

6. The Governments of Syria and Egypt, desiring to execute the will of their

peoples, agreed upon complete unity between their two countries.

7. No member is eligible for reappointment for any reason whatever.

8. The rulers performed their many duties faithfully and sincerely.

 104

9. The chairman assigns all duties to the members of his committee.

10. This letter shall be considered as a final document of the treaty between our two

countries.

(b) Translation into Arabic:

I4 )1111 `J 1

5 .63).4.1 c) .011 jz 1.0.J1

,J,N1 o Jui 1 v.; 44.6 Le..;

)13.1

1 c1.i v.t -ICJ 1 crS .3.:7:J I 1 L5.1.0 J)c%1 I ; t

;'..A I l JI :tej..4.4-7,11 i.. t.; o

LS.All
V,11, v ..5N 11 J 1
J
csaii L".J JI-L.A. --V

.4,514.1 I p,.di.1 (.5.4 a5..14) I J6 -A

r11-.J1 ,)%13 r_03 uzil

4"..:;:,11 4 1.1-Jb j I J.seN I six 1

 4111.mPoPP.IIMIPPININIIMMERipimw

105

A. TRANSLATION OF SECTION A Unit 36

Selections From

USA-Lebanon Agreement on Procurement of

Nuclear Equipment and Materials

1. Your Excellency:

With reference to the discussions which have taken place between the Ministry

of Foreign Affairs of Lebanon and the Embassy of the United States of America
in Beirut, I have the honor and great pleasure to inform Your Excellency that the

Government of the United Slates has approved the offering of a grant to the

Lebanese Government of approximately $160,000 to assist in the purchase of

certain nuclear equipment and materials which the Government of Lebanon

would like to acquire for use, either by it own institutions or by a designated

agent, for medical purposes and for training and research work in the physical
sciences.

2. I have the honor to propose to Your Excellency the following points of under-

standing on the basis of which funds will be provided:

(a) The equipment and materials to be acquired in accordance with this note

shall be used for peaceful purposes only.

(b) The Government of Lebanon or its designated agent shall purchase, or

arrange for the purchase of, all equipment and materials to be financed

hereunder, and shall meet the costs of transportation, insurance premiums,

trarri, installation, and operation of this equipment and material.

(c) Funds granted by the Government of the United States shall be available

only to purchase such equipment and materials, or their equivalents, and

in amounts not in excess of such prices, as may be determined by the

United States Atomic Energy Commission. Any difference between the

 106

amount determined by the Commission and the actual cost may not be

applied toward purchase of other items.

(d) The Government of Lebanon shall protect and safeguard the Government of

the United States against all liabilities resulting from any cause

whatsoever, including third party liability, which may result from the

operation or use of any equipment and materials provided hereunder.

Please accept, Your Excellency, my highest esteem.

B. TRANSLATION OF SECTION D

(a) Translation into English:

1. With reference to your letter, mentioned above, I inform you that I have read it

several times.

2. The United States Government has provided a grant of $200,000 to help the

refugees.

3. The Lebanese Government has purchased certain nuclear equipment and materials

from American companies.

4. The Jordanian Government desires to acquire a number of new factories.

5. All the mentioned equipment shall be used for medical purposes and for training

and research work only.

6. I have the honor to inform Your Excellency that we shall act according to the

United Nations proposal.

7. The provision of the grant took place on the basis of the following conditions.

8. The designated agent of the Lebanese Government has purchased the necessary

equipment and materials and ordered its installation and operation.

9. The actual costs of the equipment must not be in excess of the amount determined

by the Atomic Energy Commission.

 107

10. The Lebanese Government shall bear all responsibilities that may result from the

operation or utilization of this equipment.

(b) Translation into Arabic:

L.) L L3S-, ,A

jlks9)11 (5.6 ;14;4%1 I.) ;,;11%.11

14.-;-11.)

'I) ill b' r

i...6.1 ili)1.) JI.r.J1j jr'`:

21- Lsio 4*:;j ;9. 4 -U c-Le--11 tirl" °

1;

1.;.:1 0.2.1.11 t.),

Jr :`"-

4-"1"' u"L$ 1*-1/4 63.1.4"-* `-) PZ.z1 --V

A. Lis 46.4..1 L,1 L5.11 A

tr; 41z;

Lja....1 ;It; .01 1. 35..N.11 _1

)1 j, 011. ,11.11.. jig ; `1,11 4.; ZI.J I

1.....;L:,13 I ,-.;) L.a.J

 108

A. TRANSLATION OF SECTION A Unit 37

Selections From

Point Four General Agreement for Technical Cooperation

Between the United States of America and Iraq

1 . The Government of the United Slates of America and the Government of Iraq

undertake to cooperate with each other in the interchange of technical knowl-

edge and skills, and in the related activities designed to contribute to the

balanced and integrated development of the economic resources and productive

capacities of Iraq. Particular technical cooperation programs and projects will

be carried out pursuant to the provisions of such separate written agreements

concerning them as may later be reached by the duly designated representatives

of Iraq and the Technical Cooperation Administration of the United States of

America.

2. The Government of Iraq through its duly designated representatives in

cooperation with representatives of the Technical Cooperation Administration

of the United States of America and representatives of appropriate international

organizations, who are nationals of states at peace with Iraq, will endeavor to

coordinate and integrate all technical cooperation programs being carried out
in Iraq.
3. The Government of Iraq will endeavor within the limits of its capabilities to
make effective use of the results of technical projects carried out in Iraq.
4. It is understood by both the Government of the United states of America and

the Government of Iraq that this agreement shall be carried out consistently

with the principles and resolutions of the United Nations regarding technical

assistance particularly as set forth in paragraph 4 (d) of United Nations

Resolution No. 200 adopted by the General Assembly on December 4, 1948

 109

on the subject of technical assistance for economic development.

B. MODEL TRANSLATION TO SECTION D

(a) Translation into English:

1. The Technical Cooperation Administration of the United States of America

cooperates with the government of Iraq in carrying out technical projects.

2. The United Nations has established a division of technical assistance to help

the newly independent countries in economic development projects.

3. Member states must be consistent in their international agreement with the

principles and resolutions of the United Nations.

4. Friendly governments exchange technical knowledge concerning the growth of

economic production.
5. Separate agreements are concluded between Iraq and America regarding

particular technical projects.

6. Iraq does not admit on its territories nationals of other states not at peace with
it.
7. Iraq endeavors to make the Iraqi people benefit from the technical projects it
carries out.
8. The Technical Assistance division of the United Nations endeavors w coordinate

technical cooperation programs in the wor1,1.

9. International organizations for technical assistance send world experts to help

nations in carrying out their economic development projects.

10. Representatives of the American Technical Cooperation Administration have

reached an agreement with the representatives of the Iraqi Government about

the interchange of technical knowledge.

 110

(b) Translation into Arabic:

L,Se. (PC 441

j11-4'11,
4.0.; L.9

011 N1J J)1.3.4.1

44L1) I C.) j ( JO L.4` LAD :U..: iSt jip"ll Cz.: yli%1 Wks' r
LoL44.11 4-7,41 a,.
c.f 11J

)U cx..; I j JL ;et 1-RJ I J, ..1.1 I

'iv), I ce 6.1).1J s %A-4:J VI L.; -ail; 1

; I i..13 al I j11...,.1 Y
vaI L..) I J A
4.):1 v .,.; lS f. 1)1); a I

JLex:...1 1.; I ; 1,11 t>:.. iliA

4.0)-^11 (c... J Leroj 1..; j..t. 1

J I
 111

A. TRANSLATION OF SECTION A Unit 38

Selections From

Treaty of Friendship Between the Union of Soviet Socialist

Republics and the Mutawakkilite Kingdom of Yemen

1. (a) The Presidium of the Supreme Soviet of the Union of Soviet Socialist

Republics and His Majesty Imam Ahmed, King of the Mutawakkilite King-

dom of Yemen,

(b) Being desirous of strengthening the sincere and friendly relations between

their countries,

(c) For the Presidium of the Supreme Soviet of the Union of Soviet Socalist

Republics: D. S. Solod, Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary of

the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics to the Republic of Egypt,

(d) For His Majesty the King of Yemen: Sayyid Abd al-Rahman Abd al-Samad

Abu Talib, Minister of State and Envoy Extraordinary and ::::mister Pleni-

potentiary of Yemen to the Republic cf Egypt;

(e) Who, having exchanged their credentials, and ascertained their validity

and adherence to accepted principles, have agreed as follows:

2. The Government of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics reafrrms its recog-

nition of the full and absolute independence of Yemen and of the complete

independence and the absolute general and legal sovereignty of His Majesty

Imam Ahmad, King of Yemen.

3. Permanent peace and concord shall prevail between the two countries and any

disagreement arising between them shall be settled by accepted peaceful

diplomatic channels.

4. The high contracting parties undertake to facilitate trade exchange between the

two states in accordance with internationally recognized rules. The treatment

 112

accorded by each state to the nationals of the other state shall be based on

the principles of reciprocity and the nationals of each state who reside in the

territory of the other state shall be subject to the laws and regulations of the

state in which they reside.

5. The high contracting parties shall establish diplomatic relations between their

two countries in accordance with the rules in usage and the principle of reci-

procity; arrangements for the application of this provision shall be the subject

of a special agreement to be concluded subsequently.

6. This treaty has been done in duplicate in the Russian and Arabic languages. In

case of differences of interpretation, the Arabic text shall prevail. Done at

Cairo, on 15 Rabia al-Awwal, in the year 1375 (A.H.) of the Hegira, corres-
ponding to A.D. 31 October, 1955.

B. TRANSLATION OF SECTION D
(a) Translation into English:

1. The United Nations endeavors to strengthen the sincere and friendly relations

between all the countries of the world.

2. His Majesty Imam Ahmad, king of the Mutawakkilite Kingdom of Yemen, met

the president of the Supreme Soviet of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics.
3. The minister of state and minister plenipotentiary of Yemen to the Republic of

Egypt signed the treaty of friendship with the Soviet Union on behalf of his
country.

4. The new ambassador submitted his credentials to the ministry of foreign affairs

who ascertained their validity and adherence to accepted forms.

5. Peaceful diplomatic channels constitute the best means to settle disagreements

between the countries of the world.

 113

6. C-Jvernments implement the principle of reciprocity in the treatment of

nationals of other states.

7. Yemen concluded a special agreement with Morocco for the establishment of

diplomatic relations between the two countries.

8. The Soviet Union recognizes the absolute and general leuai sovereignty of Imam

Ahmad, King of Yemen.

9. The two states have agreed that perpetual peace and concord shall prevail

between the two countries.

10. Trade exchange strengthens sincere and friendly relations between nations.

(b) Translation into Arabic:

I .)-fbi.A..

')Le-1 C--
I a, I ..L.2113 J )1c 1..11 at .).-.6) I WS) I

JP-1 LA J-1 I I (-I LJ J)L:. tee J I S-49- -r

(5-11. c.)ts Le../ I jj.; L:rti. I ,

Zip j; cg, I), L:,;i5_0

t.lLAJ I J 13 (J....11 so:"...* r..%1 Ls_r.,*;

'41 .14....?,J Y

I cf.& I
4,1..y.:J I J.A.f..:J. I 4j7.-4,..z.; Zit a.a.11 A
ait 1 Jill
)11, 1,i111
-u sp>."1 Jp-ui

)11
 114

KEY TO SUPPLEMENTARY READINGS

1. From the Tunisian Constitution

1. Tunis is a free, independent, and sovereign state; Islam is its religion, Arabic

its language, and the republic its regime.

2. All citizens are equal in rights and obligations and they are equal before the

law.

3. Freedom of thought, expression, press, publications, assembly, and the

founding of societies is guaranteed, and it shall be exercised as defined by

law. The right of trade unions is guaranteed.

4. Sanctity of the home and the secrecy of correspondence are guaranteed,

except in exceptional cases defined by the law.

5. Every citizen is entitled to freedom of movement within or outside the country,

and of choke of his place of residence within the definition of the law.

6. Every person accused of a crime shall be considered innocent until his guilt

is proven at a trial wherein he shall be assured the necessary guarantees for

self-defense.

7. The defense of the territory of the country and its security is a sacred duty of

every citizen.
8. The President of the Republic is the head of the state and Islam is his religion.

9. The President of the Republic shall supervise the execution of the legislative

provisions. He is the one who shall effect both civilian and military appoint-
ments.

10. The President of the Republic shall be the Commander-in-Chief of the military

forces.

11. The President of the Republic shall sign treaties, declare war, and conclude
 115

peace, with the consent of the National Assembly.

2. From the Pact of the League of Arab States

1. The members of the Council of the League, the members of its committees,

and its officials as shall be designated in the internal organization, shall enjoy

in the exercise of their duties, diplomatic privileges and immunity.

2. The sanctity of the premises occupied by the institutions of the League shall be

safeguarded, except for the cases provided for in the present Pact. A majority

vote shall suffice for decisions by the Council effective in the following
matters:

a) Matters concerning the officials.

b) Approval of the budget of the League.
c) Setting up of an internal organization of the Council, the committees and
the General Secretariat.
d) Decisions concerning termination of the sessions.

3. The member states of the League shall file with the General Secretariat copies

of all treaties and agreements which they have concluded or will conclude

with any other State, whether a member of the League or otherwise.

4, The present Pact may be amended with the approval of two thirds of the

members of the League, in particular for the purpose of consolidating and

strengthening the ties between them, of creating an Arab Court of Justice,

and of regulating the relations of the League with the international organi-

zations that may be created in the future to guarantee security and peace.
5. No decision shall be taken as regards an amendment, except in the session

following that in which it is proposed.

6. Any state that does not accept an amendment may withdraw from the League
 116

when the amendment becomes effective, without being bound by the provisions

of the preceding article.

7. The present Pact and its annexes shall be ratified in accordance with the

fundamental form of government obtaining in each of the contracting States.

8. The instruments of ratification shall be filed with the General Secretariat,

and the present Pact shall become effective on the States that ratify, fifteen

days after the Secretary-General receives the instruments of ratification from

four States.

9. This Pact has been drawn up in the Arabic language in Cairo on 8 Rabiral-Thani

1364 (March 22, 1945), in a single copy to be kept at the General Secretariat.

A facsimile shall be sent to each of the States of the League.

3. From the Pact of Mutual Cooperation Between Iraq and Turkey

1. The high contracting parties affirm that the provisions of the present Pact are

not in contradiction with the international obligations contracted by either of

them with any third state or states. They do not derogate from, and cannot be

interpreted as derogating from, the said international obligations. The high

contracting parties undertake not to enter into any international obligation

contradicting the present Pact.

2. This Pact shall be open for accession to any member state of the Arab League

or any other state actively concerned with the security and peace in this

region and which is fully recognized by both of the high contracting parties.

Accession shall come into force from the date the instruments of accession of

the state concerned is deposited with the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of Iraq.

3. A permanent Council of Ministers will be set up to function within the frame

work of the purposes of the Pact when at least four powers become parties to
 117

the Pact. The Council will draw up its internal organization.

4. This Pact remains in force for a period of five years and is considered renewable

for other five year periods. Any contracting party may withdraw from the

Pact by notifying the other parties in writing of its desire to do so, six months
before the expiration of any of the above-mentioned periods, in which case

the Pact remains valid for the other parties.

4. From Notes Between Jordan and Britain--I

1. In order to give effect to the desire of each of the Governments of the United

Kingdom and the Hashemite Kingdom of Jordan to terminate ;.he Anglo-

Jordanian Treaty in an agreed manner and at the same time to preserve peace-

ful and friendly relations between the two countries, the United Kingdom and

Jordanian delegations, being so empowered by their Governments, have agreed

upon the following:
2. The Treaty of Alliance signed between the Governments of the United Kingdom

and the Hashemite Kingdom of Jordan at Amman on the 15th of March, 1948,

together with the Annex, all the Minutes, and Notes exchanged at the time
of signing, and any other supplementary agreements relating thereto, will

terminate and cease to have effect by virtue of Notes to be exchanged. Both

the termination of the Treaty and the Exchange of Notes referred to, will

take place on March 1st, 1957, if possible, but not later than April 1st, 1957,
under any circumstances.

3. Evacuation of British forces stationed in Jordan in pursuance of the objects of

the Treaty of 1948 will commence as soon as possible after the date of the

above-mentioned Exchange of Notes, and will be completed not later than six

months after the termination of the Treaty.

 118

4. Joint committees consisting of representative of the two Governments will be

set up forthwith to study the detailed problems arising from the termination of

the Treaty and the evacuation of British forces. These committees will be

guided by the principles set out in paragraph 3 above. They will present their

reports to the two negotiating delegations in a joint meeting as soon as possible,

but not later than the 20th of this February. Taking into account the reports of

these committees, the two negotiating delegations shall prepare, in a joint

meeting, exchange draft-Notes for the approval of their Governments.

5. This Joint Declaration is not in itself the formal instrument terminating the
Treaty.

5. From Notes Between Jordan and Britain--II

1. The Government of the Hashemite Kingdom of Jordan shall provide Her

Britannic Majesty's Government of the United Kingdom with all the facilities

and assistance necessary for the evacuation of British forces.

2. Until their evacuation from Jordan is complete, the British forces shall continue

to enjoy all the immunities hitherto enjoyed by them in accordance with the

provisions of Article 5 of the Annex to the 1948 Treaty of Alliance.

3. The Hashemite Kingdom of Jordan shall provide the Government of the United

Kingdom with all the facilities and assistance necessary for the removal or

disposal of the British equipment and possessions now in Jordan, by the date of

the termination of the 1948 Treaty.

4. The provisions of this Note shall be regarded as a full and final settlement of

all claims between the two Governments based on the provisions of the 1948

Treaty.

5. If these proposals are acceptable to the Government of the United Kingdom of

 119

Great Britain and Northern Ireland, I have the honor to suggest that the present

Note, together with its Annex and Your Excellency's reply in agreement there-

to, shall be considered as the Notes to be exchanged mentioned in the Joint

Declaration of February 13, 1957. Further, these proposals, the Annex, and

Your Excellency's reply thereto shall constitute an Agreement between the twn

Governments, and shall be considered the officiol document terminating the

1948 Treaty, becoming effective on the day the Government of the Hashemite

Kingdom of Jordan notifies the Government of the United Kingdom of the

approval of the Parliament of Jordan of this Agreement.

6. From the Trade Agreement Between the USSR and Iraq

1. Trade relations between the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics and the

Republic of Iraq shall be based on the principle of respect of the mutual

commercial interests.

2. The exchange of goods between the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics and

the Republic of Iraq shall be effected on the basis of schedules A and B

annexed. Schedule A includes the goods intended for export to the Republic

of Iraq and schedule B includes the goods intended for export to the Union of

Soviet Socialist Republics. Schedules A and B may he amended by agreement

between the contracting parties.

3. The provisions of Article 2 shall not affect the rights of the Soviet foreign-
trade organizations and Iraqi individuals and juristic persons to conclude trade

transactions with eaci other for the import and export of goods not included

in the schedules referred to in Article 2, subject to compliance with the

regulations prevailing in each of the two countries regarding importation,

exportation, and foreign exchange controls.

 120

4. The competent authorities of the two Parties shall consider, in a spirit of

genuine cooperation, mutual inquiries for the importation and exportation of

goods under the contracts provided for in this Article.

5. Goods produced in, or imported from, the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics

shall be entitled, on arrival into Iraq, to minimum customs rates, and shall not
be liable to any import duties, charges, or taxes higher than those imposed on

goods imported from any third country.

6. Goods produced in or imported from the Republic of Iraq shall be entitled, on

importation into the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics, to minimum customs

rates and shall not be liable to any duties, charges, or taxes higher than

those imposed on goods imported from any third country.

7. The above-mentioned provisions shall not extend to goods imported from the

Union of Soviet Socialist Republics and originating in countries which do not

enjoy most-favored-nation treatment in Iraq, or to goods imported from Iraq

and originating in countries which do not enjoy most-favored-nation treatment

in the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics.

7. From the Educational Exchange Agreement Between the USA and the UAR

1. In furtherance of the purposes of this Agreement, and subject to the provisions

thereof, the Commission may exercise all powers necessary to the carrying out

of such purposes, including the following: Plan, adopt, and carry out programs

in accordance with the purposes of this agreement, including instruction by

American professors in educational institutions in the United Arab Republic.

2. Authorize the Treasurer of the Commission, or any other person as the Com-

mission may designate, to receive funds which should be deposited in a bank

account in the name of the Treasurer of the Commission or the name of any
 121

other person whom the Commission designates. The appointment of the

Treasurer or such designee for this undertaking shall be approved by the

Secretary of State of the United States of America. The Treasurer shall deposit

funds received in a bank or banks designated by the Secretary of State of the

United States of America.

3. The pincipal office of the Commission shall be in the capital of the United

Arab Republic, but meetings of the Commission and any of its committees may
be held in such other places within the United Arab Republic as the Com-

mission may from time to time determine, and the activities of the Commission's

officers or staff may be carried out in such places as may be approved by the

Commission.

4. The Secretary of State of the United States of America will make available

the necessary funds for the execution of this agreement in the currency of the

United Arab Republic, and the Commission will not exceed in its expenditures,

the funds earmarked in the budget as provided for in paragraph V of this

Agreement.

5. This Agreement shall come into force upon the date of signature. In witness

whereof, the undersigned, being duly authorized hereto by their respective

Governments, have signed this agreement. Done at Cairo, in duplicate, in

the English and Arabic languages, both of which shall be of equal authority,

this twenty-eighth day of September 1959.

8. From an Agreement Between Libya and the USA--I

I. The Government of the United Kingdom of Libya either shall honor, without

driving test or fee, driving permits issued by the Government of the United

States of America or a subdivision thereof to members of the United States

 122

forces; or issue its own driving permits without test or fee to such persons who

hold permits issued in the United States. Members of the United States forces

who do not hold driving permits issued by the Government of the United States

of America or a subdivision thereof shall be required to comply with whatever

regulations Libyr. -.ay establish with regard to driving permits.

2. Military members :f the United States forces in Libya may possess and carry

arms as required in the performance of official duties.

3. The Government of the United Kingdom of Libya consents to the employment

of Libyan civilians by the Government of the United States of America, or its

contractors, and it shall be the policy of the Government of the United States

of America and the policy of its contractors also to prefer the employment of

Libyan civilians when they are available and qualified to do the work involved.
The conditions of employment for Libyan nationals and persons normally resi-

dent in Libya, particularly in respect to wages, supplementary payments,

insurance, and conditions for the protection of workers, shall be generally

those laid down by the Libyan law.

4. The temporary presence in Libya of a member of the United States forces shall

constitute neither residence nor domicile therein and shall r.st of itself subject

him to taxation in Libya, either on his income or on his property the presence

of which in Libya is due to his temporary presence there, nor, in the event of

his death, shall it subject his estate to a levy of death duties. Land and

permanent structures thereon located in Libya which are purchased by a member

of the United States forces shall be subject to the laws of Libya in regard to

taxation.

5. No tax, duty, or other charge of any nature shall be levied or assessed on

material, equipment, supplies, or goods brought into Libya, or procured in

 123

Libya by United States authorities.

6. Members of the United States forces may at the time of their first arrival in

Libya or at the time of the first arrival of any of their dependents to join them,
import into Libya free of customs duty their personal effects and household

utensils and their private motor vehicle for personal use.

9. From an Agreement Between Libya and the U.S.A.--II

1. The Government of the United Kingdom of Libya authorizes the Government of

the United States of America to employ and supervise military and civilian

personnel as required in connection with operations under this Agreement.

2. The Government of the United States of America may make engineering, topo-

graphic, hydrographic, coast, and geodetic, and other technical surveys

(including aerial photographs) in any part of Libya and the waters adjacent

thereto, A sufficient number of copies with title and triangulations and other
control data of any such survey shall be furnished to the Government of th,.1

United Kingdom of Libya.

3. Passport and visa requirements shall not be applicable to military members of

United,States forces, but they shalt ;.)e furnished with appropriate identification

cards or tags and samples of such identification cards or tags shall be filed

with the Government of the United Kingdom of Libya. Passport and visa

requirements shall be applicable to nonmilitary members of the United States

forces.

4. The Government of the United Kingdom of Libya shall exempt members of the

United States forces from any laws providing for the registration and control of

aliens. The Government of the United States of America shall take every step

open to it to ensure the correct behavior of all members of the United States
 124

forces and shall provide such information as the Government of the United

Kingdom of Libya may require about the civilian members, as may appropri-

ately be furnished, bearing in mind their status as members of the United States

forces.

5. The Government of the United States of American may establish agencies in

the agreed areas, including concessions such as sales commissaries, messes,

and social clubs for the use of members of the United States forces and nationals

of the United States having comparable privileges; and such agencies shall be

exempt from all licenses, fees, excise, sales, or other taxes or imposts. The

merchandise sold or services offered by these Government agencies shall be

exempt from all taxes, duties, imposts, and inspection by the Government of

the United Kingdom of Libya. Administrative measures shall be taken by

United States military authorities to prevent the resale of goods which are sold

under the provisions of this Article to persons not entitled to buy goods at such

agencies, and generally to prevent abuse of the privileges granted under this

Article. There shall be cooperation between such authorities and the ap-

propriate authorities of the Government of the United Kingdom of Libya to

this end.

6. The appropriate authorities of the two Governments will cooperate in making

arrangements in the interest of health. Any measures in the interests of health

which are required to be taken in the agreed areas to meet acceptable inter-

national standards will be the responsibility of the Government of the United

States of America.

10. From an Agreement Between Libya and the U.S.

1. The United States authorities will take the necessary measures-in cooperation
 125

with the Libyan authorities to safeguard the Libyan laws and special regu-

lations regarding foreign currency.

2. With respect to the acquisition of Libyan currency, the United States forces

will be permitted to purchase local currency with United States dollars at the

most favorable rate from banks and financial institutions, provided that the

Government of the United States of America may use what it has now, or what

it mr.., have. of Libyan currency for such purposes as it desires.

3. The United States authorities may import, export, possess, and use United

States currency, or the currency of any third state, and checks or military

scrip expressed in United States currency.

4. The United States authorities may pay the United States forces in checks

expressed in United States currency, or military scrip denominated in units of

United States currency, or in Libyan currency, or in United States currency,

provided the payment in United States currency shall take place after con-

sultation between the responsible authorities of the two Governments. The

United States authorities will take appropriate measures to assure that the use

of military scrip denominated in units of United States currency is restricted to

internal transactions within installations and areas in use by the United States

forces.

5. It is incumbent upon the Government of the United States of America to take

the necessary measures to prevent the abuse of the privileges granted by the

Government of the United Kingdom of Libya under this Agreement.

6. Matters related to the interpretation of this Agreement and to the settlement of

disputes arising therefrom shall be examined jointly by the responsible authori-

ties of the two Governments. In the event it is not possible for such authorities

to reach agreement, the two Governments will consider the possibility of

 126

submitting the dispute to an independent third person or body.

11. From the Suez Canal Base Agreement--I

1. British technicians recruited outside Egypt may, on their first arrival into

Egypt, import free of customs duty their personal effects and household

necessities for their own personal use. Members of one household may, on

first arrival import free of customs duty personal effects and household necessi-

ties belonging to other members of the same household.

2. a) Provided that the supplies held in the Base do not exceed the level for

which provision is made in paragraph 1 of Part C of this Annex, the

contractors may import and use for the purposes of the present Agreement,

without licence, objection, or hindrance, and free of any customs duty

or any other dues or taxes, British equipment sent to them by the Govern-

ment of the United Kingdom which is either,

(1) within the categories of the Article referred to in that paragraph, or
(2) to replace equipment present in any installation.
b) Nevertheless, this exemption from customs duty, other dues, and taxes

shall not include the following:

(1) petrol and lubricants used by the contractors;

(2) motor vehicles (other than tank transporters and their towing vehicles)

used by the contractors outside the installations, or

(3) office furniture and office supplies imported and used by the con-

tractors.

3. No property imported into Egypt in accordance with the provisions of para-

graphs 1 and 2 above shall be sold in Egypt unless Egyptian customs duty and

all other dues are paid in accordance with the fixed rate.
 127

4. The Egyptian authorities shall permit, without licence, let, or hindrance and
without fees or duties, the export by contractors of any British equipment now

in the Base, imported into Egypt or manufactured there for the purposes of the

present Agreement.

12. From an Agreement Between Libya and The World Health Organization

1. The Organization shall defray, in full or in part, as may be agreed upon with

the Government, the expenses necessary to the technical advisory assistance

which are payable outside the country, as follows:

a) the salaries and living expenses (including duty travel per diem while

performing their functions) of the technical advisers;

b) the costs of travelling of the technical advisers during their travel to and

from the point of entry into the country;

c) the cost of any other travel outside the country;
d) insurance of the technical advisers;

e) purchase and transport to and from the point of entry into the country of

any equipment or supplies provided by the Organization;

f) any other expenses outside the country approved by the Organization.
2. The Organization shall defray such expenses in local currency as are not

covered by the Government pursuant to Article IV, paragraph 1, of this

Agreement.

3. The Government shall contribute to the cost of technical advisory assistance

by paying for, or directly furnishing, the following facilities and services:

a) services of local personnel, technical and administrative, including the

necessary local secretaries, interpreter-translators, and related assistance;

b) the necessary office space and other premises;
 128

c) equipment and supplies locally produced;

d) transportation of personnel, supplies, and equipment for official purposes

within the country;

e) postage and telephone and telegraphic communications for official

purposes;

f) facilities for receiving medical care and hospitalization by the inter-

national personnel.

4. The Government, insofar as it is not already bound to do so, shall apply to

the Organization, its staff, funds, properties, and assets the appropriate

provisions of the Convention on the Privileges and Immunities of the Special-

ized Agencies.

5. Staff of the Organization, including technical advisers engaged by it as

members of the staff assigned to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, shall

be deemed to be officials within the meaning of the above Convention.

13. From the Electoral Law of Syria

1. All persons deprived of their rights of suffrage according to Articles 63 and 66

of the Penal Code shall be prevented from voting. The right of suffrage shall

be suspended for:

a) those who are interdicted during the period of their interdiction;

b) those who are mentally ill during the period of their sickness;

c) those who are convicted under Article 65 of the Penal Code.

2. Officers, noncommissioned officers, soldiers in the army, the gendariperie,

the police, the security forces, and persons attached to any organization

which has a military system, regardless of their rank, shall be refused the

right to vote.
 129

3. During the first half of January of every year, the census committee for the

electoral district shall prepare an electoral register containing the names of

the electors in that district.

4. This committee shall be composed of:

a) the chief of the municipality or his deputy acting as president;

b) the officer of civic affairs or the census clerk;
c) a member to be assigned by the municipal council;
d) a member to be assigned by the qadha council.
5. This committee shall put out, not later than January 15th, a unified register

of the district electors, containing their names, surnames, and places of

residence.

6. These registers shall be forwarded to the muhafez or qaimmaqam who will

decide on posting them in public places (government buildings, places of

worship, public squares, nahia headquarters and villages) and will be publi-

cized until the 15th of January.

14. From the Suez Canal Base Agreement--II

1. The Government of the Republic of Egypt and the Government of the United

Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, desiring to establish Egyptian-

British relations on a new basis of mutual understanding and firm friendship

have agreed as follows:

2. Her Majesty's Forces shall withdraw completely from Egyptian territory in

accordance with the schedule set forth in Part A. of Annex I within a period
of twenty months from the date of signature of the present Agreement.
3. The Government of the United Kingdom declare the termination of the Treaty

of Alliance signed in London on the 26th of August, 1936, with the Agreed
 130

Minutes, Exchange Notes, the Convention concerning the immunities and

privileges enjoyed by the British Forces in Egypt, and all other subsidiary
Agreements.

4. In the event of an armed attack by an outside Power on any country which at

the date of signature of the present Agreement is a party to the Treaty of Joint

Defense among Arab League States, signed in Cairo on the 13th of April, 1950,

or on Turkey, Egypt shall afford to the United Kingdom such facilities as may

be necessary in order to place the Base on a war footing and to operate it

effectively.

15. From the Air Transport Agreement Between Switzerland and Lebanon

1. The Swiss Federal Council and the Government of the Lebanese Republic,

desiring to promote civil transport between Switzerland and Lebanon, have

agreed as follows:

2. The contracting parties grant each other the rights specified in the Annex

attached hereto essential to establishing the air services defined therein (here-

after referred to as "agreed services"). The agreed services may be

inaugurated as soon as:

a) the contracting party to whom the rights are granted has designated one

or more airlines for this purpose;

b) the contracting party granting the rights has issued, within a reasonable

period, the appropriate operating permit to the said airlines, which is

subject to the provisions of paragraph 2 of this Article and Article 8

below.

3. Nevertheless, before inaugurating the agreed services, the designated air-

lines may be called upon to satisfy the aeronautical authorities of the con-

tracting party granting the rights that they are qualified to fulfill the
 131

conditions prescribed under the laws and regulations actually applied by those

authorities concerning the operation of international air services.

4. In areas of military occupation, the operation of the agreed services shall

further be subject, if necessary, to the authorization of the competent military

authorities.

5. Rates shall be fixed at reasonable levels, due regard being paid to economy of

operation, reasonable profit, and the characteristics of each service, such as

speed and accommodation. So far as possible, account shall also be taken of

the recommendations of the International Mr Transport Association (IATA).

6. Each contracting party shall recognize the certificates of aviation, certificates

of competence and licences issued or rendered valid by the other contracting

party for the purpose of operating the agreed services. Each contracting party,

competence or licences issued to itw own nationals by another state.

however, reserves the right not to recognize for the purpose of flights over its

own territory, certificates of competence or licences issued to its own

nationals by another state.

16. From the Provisional Constitution of Iraq

1. The structure of Iraq stands on a basis of mutuai cooperation among all its

citizens. Arabs and Kurds are considered partners in this nation.

2. Islam is the religion of the State.

3. Citizens are equal before the law and there shall be no distinction between

them by reasons of race, origin, language, religion, or belief.

4. Freedom of thought and expression are guaranteed.

5. Freedom of the individual and the inviolability of the home are safeguarded.

6. Freedom of religions is safeguarded and religious rites shall be respected.

7. Private property is safeguarded and it shall not be seized except for the public
interest and against fair compensation.

p
 132

8. Agricultural ownership shall be limited and regulated by law and shall be

preserved according to existing laws until new laws are enacted and provisions

made for their implementation.

9. National defence is a sacred duty and military service is a source of pride for

citizens. This is to be regulated by law.

10. Military forces in the Republic of Iraq are the property of the people and their

function is the safeguard of the sovereignty of the country and the defence of

its territory. The State alone may establish armed forces and no organization

or group may set up military or para-military establishments.

11. Persons enjoy;ng political asylum shall not be extradited.
12. Presidency of the Republic is vested in a Presidential Council consisting of a

president and two members. Legislative powers are exercised by the Council

of Ministers subject to the approval of the Presidential Council. The Council

of Ministers and the Ministers, each according to his function, shall exercise
the executive authority.
13. Judges are independent, and within their judicial duties they are subject to

no authority save that of the law. No authority or individual shall violate

the independence of the judiciary or judicial affairs. Court decisions and

their execution are made in the name of the people.

14. All decisions, orders, proclamations, and regulations by the Commander-in-

Chief of the armed forces or the Prime Minister or the Presidential Council in

the period from July 14th until the coming into force of this provisional

Constitution shall have the force of law. These amend any contradicting laws

which are operative prior to date of its ratification. All laws and regulations

in force prior to July 14 shall continue to be in force until abrogated or

amended as provided by this provisional Constitution.

 133

17. From the Judicial Convention Between Syria and Jordan--I

1. Each of the two States shall enforce in its territory sentences which have

become res judicata pronounced by criminal courts of the other State and

ordering imprisonment for less than three mon, or a fine or payment of fees
or costs.

2. Each of the two States shall likewise enforce security measures and orders for

limitation or deprivation of civil rights conforming to the law of both States.

3. On application by the State in which judgment was given, a sentence of

more than three months' imprisonment may be executed in the other State with

its consent.

4. Judgments given in criminal cases by judges of one contracting state with

respect to acts constituting crimes or correctional offences under the law of the

other contracting state shall, so far as they are compatible with the law of the
other State, have effect for the purpose of:

a) Enforcing measures resulting therefrom with regard to security, loss of

capacity,or deprivation of rights;

b) Ordering security measures, loss of capacity or deprivation of rights o,

restitution, compensation, or other civil consequences;

c) Applying provisions of law relating to repetitition of offences, habitual

commission of offences, joinder of offences, stay of execution, suspension

of sentence, or rehabilitation.
5. Application for execution shall be made by the chief State counsel of the

applicant State to the chief State Counsel of the other State in whose territory
the convicted person is present.

6. The application file shall include:

a) A detailed statement of the identity and description of the convicted
r.

134

person, with his photograph if possible;

b) A certified copy of the judgment bearing a statement that the judgment

has become res 'udicata and is enforceable.

18. From the Judicial Convention Between Syria and Jordan--II

1. Each contracting state shall assist the other to search for offenders and shall

remand in custody any persons wanted for trial or convicted of offences con-

stituting grounds for extradition. In affording such assistance it shall communi-

cate with the other officially by mail, telegraph, telephone or other means,

specifying the charge and citing the provisions of law applying thereto. The

applicant State may send an authorized agent to the State to which application

is made to assist in the search for the person claimed.

2. The period of remand in custody in the State to which application is made may

not exceed fifteen days, t. .nencing on the date on which notice of the

arrest is telegraphed to the Minister of Justice of the applicant State. If the

file relating to the requisition for extradition is not received during this period,
the prisoner shall be released on the expiry thereof by order of the competent

authority.
3. Remand in custody shall conform to the law of the State to which application

is made. Members of the armed forces shall in all cases be detained in prisons

andplaces of detention reserved for members of the armed forces of that State.

4. Where the prisoner admits that he is the person claimed am' that he committed
the offence charged, and the competent authorities in the two States find that

that the offence is one for which extradition may be granted under this Con-

vention, and the person claimed consents to be extradited to the applicant

State without a file relating to the requisition for extradition, ,'lose authorities

shall order his extradition.

 135

19. From the Judicial Convention Between Syria and Jordan--III

1. The applicant State shall take delivery of the person claimed during the thirty

days beginning from the date of despatch of the telegram notifying the decision

to grant extradition, failing which the State to which application ib made may
release him and he may not he claimed a secund time for the same offence.

2. The person claimed may be tried or punished only for the offence in respect of

which he has been extradited or for offences connected therewith discovered

after his extradition.

3. if he is sentenced, any time he has spent on remand in custody in the State to

which application was made shall be deducted from the term of the sentence.
4. If the case against him is dismissed or he is acquitted or declared not

responsible, the State which has claimed him shall return him at its own

ex 3ense to the place where he was when extradited.

5. The person claimed may not be detained, tried, or punished for another offence

except in the following cas,ls:

a) He consents thereto, in which case his consent shall be recorded in a

report to be sinned by him or his agent and that report sent to the State

which extradited him;

b) The State extraditing him consents thereto; and such consent shall be

applied for by the same procedure as extradition;

c) He has had an opportunity to leave the territory of the State to which he

has been extradited but has not done so within one month;

d) He has committed the offence after his extradition in the State to which
he hc, been extradited.
6. If an extradited person escapes and re-enters the territory of the State which

extradited him, he shall be apprehended and re-extradited on a direct

 136

application by the State to which he was originally extradited, without further

procedure.

20. From the Constitution of the U.A.R. (1958)-1

1. The President of the Republic is the Head of State. He exercises his powers

in the manner prescribed by this Constitution.

2. The legislative power is vested in an Assembly named the National Assembly.

Number of members of the National Assembly and their choice are determined

by Presidential Decree. At least half of the number of members must be

members of the Syrian Chamber of Deputies and the National Assembly of

Egypt.

3. The National Assembly exercises control over the acts of the Executive in the

manner prescribed by this Constitution.

4. Each member of the Assembly must not be less than thirty years of age according

to the Gregorian Calendar.

5. The National Assembly has its seat in Cairo. It may be convened elsewhere

upon the demand of the President of the Republic.

6. The President of the Republic convokes the Assembly and declares the closure

of its session.

7. Meetings of the National Assembly, without summons, and outside its sessions

are null and void, and decisions taken therein are nul! and void, according to
the Law.

8. Before admission to the exercise of their functions members of the Assembly

shall take the following oath before the Assembly in public session:

"I swear in the name of Almighty God to preserve faithfully the

United Arab Republic and its Regime, to watch over the interests
of the People and integrity of the Fatherland, and to respect the
Constitution and the Law."
 137

9. The Assembly shall elect a President, and two VicePresidents at the first

ordinary meeting.

21. From the Constitution of the U.A.

1. No law may be enacted unless approved by the Assembly. No draft law may

be adopted unless a vote is taken on each of its articles separately.

2. The Assembly draws up its own internal regulations determining the manner in

which it exercises its responsibilities.

3. Every member of the National Assembly is entitled to address to the Ministers

questions or interpellations. Interpellations may not be discussed until after

at least seven days from the date of their presentation, except in the case of

urgency and with the consent of the Minister concerned.

4. Any twenty members of the National Assembly may ask for the discussion of a

general question with a view to ascertaining the Government's policy with

respect to it and exchanging views on it.

5. The National Assembly moy express its wishes and proposals to the Government

regarding general questions.

6. No impost may be established, modified, or abolished except by a law. No

one may be exempted therefrom except in the cases specified by the Law. No

other tax or duty may be exacted except within the limits defined by the Law.

7. The Law defines the bask rules of the collection of public revenues and the

manner of thei- expenditure.

8. The Government may not contract any loans, nor undertake any project which

would be a burden on the State Treasury over one or more future years, except

with the consent of the National Assembly.

9. No monopoly may be granted except by Law and or a limited duration.

 138

10. The Law prescribes the manner of the preparation of the Budget, and its

presentation to the National Assembly as well as delimiting the fiscal year.

22. From the Constitution of the U.A.

1. The Executive Power is vested in the President of the Republic, and he

exercises it in the manner prescribed by the Constitution.

2. The President of the Republic may not, during his period of presidency,

exercise a liberal profession or undertake any commercial, financial or

industrial activity. Nor may he acquire or take or lease any property

belonging to the State, or lease, sell, or exchange to, or with, the State

any part of his property whatsoever.

3. The President of the Republic may appoint one or more Vice-Presidents, as

he may relieve them of their posts.

4. The President of the Republic appoints the Ministers, and discharges them

from their functions. Ministers of State, and Secretaries of State may be

appointed. Each Minister supervises the affairs of his Department, and executes

the general policy drawn by the President of the Kepublic.

5. The Vice-President, or the Minister may not, during his tenure of office,

exercise a liberal profession, engage in commercial, financial or industrial

activities, nor may he acquire or take on lease any property belonging to the
State, or lease, sell, or exchange any part whatsoever of his own property to,
or with the State.
6. The President of the Republic and the National Assembly have he right to
bring a Minister to justice for infractions committed by him in the exercise of

his functions. The indictment of a Minister by the National Assembly is

effected by a proposal submitted by at least one fifth of the members of the

 139

Assembly. Such indictment must be approved by a majority of two-thirds of the

members of the Assembly.

7. The President of the Redvblic has the right to initiate laws, to oppose, and to

promulgate them.

8. If the President of the Republic opposes a draft law, it is sent back to the

National Assembly within the thirty days following the date of its communi-
cation to him. If it is not referred back to the Assembly within this period, it

is considered law and promulgated.

9. If a draft law is referred back to the Assembly within the prescribed time,

and is voted a second time by a majority of two thirds of its members, it is

considered law and promulgated.

10. While the National Assembly is in recess, the President of the Republic may

enact any decree or proclamation originally lying within the competence of

the Assembly, should the necessity to do it arise, provided they be submitted

to the National Assembly at its first meeting. If, however, the Assembly

opposes them by a two-thirds majority, they are no longer effective from the
day of their opposition.

23. From the Tunisian Code of Personal Status--I

1. A promise and an arrangement to marry do not constitute marriage and shall

not be effectuated.

2. Marriage shall not be concluded save with the consent of both spouses. A

valid marriage requires the attestment of two trustworthy witnesses and the

specification of the dower to the wife.

3. Marriage shall not be established except by official deed which is regulated
by a special law. Proof of marriage concluded outside the Kingdom shall be
 140

established in accordance with the laws applicable in the country in which

the marriage was concluded.

4. Both spouses shall have attained the age of puberty and should be free of all

legal impediments. The woman is considered to have attained the age of

puberty on the completion of fifteen years of age and the man on the

completion of eighteen years. The marriage of either who is below the sair

ages shall be subject to a special authorization by the judge, and that will

be given upon proof of attainment of physical maturity.

5. The marriage of a man or a woman who have not attained the legal maturity

shall be subject to the consent of the guardian. If the guardian refuses to

grant his consent and they each persist in their desire, the matter shall be

referred to the judge.

6. Marriage may be concluded by the husband and wife themselves or by whom-

ever they wish to delegate. A guardian, too, has the right to delegate others.

24. From the Tunisian Code of Personal Status-11

. Polygamy is prohibited. Marrying more than one woman shall incur a punish-

ment of one year's imprisonment and a fine of 24,000 francs or either of these

only.

2. The husband shall treat his wife with kindness, live with her on good terms,

refrain from causing her harm, and support her and his children from her in

accordance with his circumstances and hers in all those matters envisaged by

true maintenance. The wife shall, if she possess any property, contribute to

the support of the family. She shall take care of her husband in his capacity
 141

as head of the family, and, within these prerogatives, obey him in whatever

he orders her, and perform her marital duties in conformity with usage and

custom.

3. The husband sEall in case of dissolution of marriage, recover from his wife

whatever remains of gifts he gave her after the conclusion of the marriage

contract if the dissolution occurs after the consummation of the marriage.

4. A divorce shall be decreed:

(a) in pursuance of an application by the husband or the wife and for the

reasons provided for in the chapters of this code,

(b) by the mutual consent of both spouses,

(c) or, by the husband's desire to bring about a divorce, or by the request of

the wife for the same, in which case the judge shall determine the financial

indemnity to which the wife may be entitled to compensate the damage

inflicted upon her, or the compensation which she has to pay to the husband.
5. The wife of a missing person, following a court decision designating him a

missing person, shall observe the same period of 'iddat as that applicable in

case of death.

1
 142

CUMULATIVE VOCABULARIES

General Observations

The following cumulative vocabularies, English-Arabic and Arabic-English, contain

most of the words used in the main units and exercises with the exception of the familiar

basic vocabulary. When using these vocabularies, it is important to bear in mind that

the meaning given here represents, in most cases, contextual usage only.

Words are arranged according to their Arabic root, as is customary in Arabic lexi-
cons. Hence ...L>zt is not to be looked for under but under . Since only few
words of the same root generally occur in the vocabulary, no arrangement has been made

to list them in any specific order as that used; for instance, in J. Milton Cowan's English

edition of Hans Wehr's A Dictionary of Modern Written Arabic. We used this excellent
dictionary as the authoritative reference dictionary for our work.

Non-arabic nouns (such as place names) are listed in alphabetical order according

to their initial letters.

Where an English word has two or more dissimilar Arabic equivalents, a gloss was

added to eliminate ambiguity. Thus,

;.;.L. square, open space

0

c.fr square, geometrical figure

Nouns are vocalized in the pausal form. Nunations are not usually indicated, with the

exception of some adverbial forms ending in I , and some nouns ending in , such

as immediately; I.; sometimes; lawyer; 0,-,1)1 lots (of land);

etc.

The vocalization of the definite article JI is not indicated. Hamzat-ul-wasl is

is also not indicated unless it begins an entry. In most cases hamzal-ul qatI is indicated.

With rove exceptions, nouns are entered in the singular. Sound plurals regularly
 143

derived from the singular are not given; almost all the other plurals are written out.
0
Such plurals are introduced by for rlural
expert.

Adjectives are entered in the masculine singular.

Verbs are entered in the third person masculine singular (the "he" form) of the

Perfect. Every Form I verb (i.e., of the pattern) is usually followed by , , or

which represents the medial vowel of the Imperfect form of the same verb. Thus

represents dammah, represents fathah, and - kasrah. In other dictionaries, these

are often represented by "u", "a", and "i" respectively. Thus stands for
p ,
with as its Imperfect; has t-1; has caN
respectively.

For some irregular nouns or verbs, two forms are given; the first indicates the third

person, masculine singular of pattern I of the verb in the Perfect, and the second, the
root of that verb. Thus,

().3.3 ijiJ) aril department, office

) exemption

The roots of irregular forms of verbs or nouns are usually indicated; e. g.,

(.0, ) agreement.

A preposition which is normally used with a given verb in a specific meaning is

glossed with that verb; e.g., to permit.

A few words are used in Arabic with alternative readings without difference in
-p-

r
meaning. These are indicated as follows: f j..>. which means that this particular

word may be read as 'f .9

- ,- or
....-

f
,
Similarly :-5 *". !
. loph; means that the Imper-
, ,, .
fect of this particular verb has two forms: -1,p4:: and .107
 144

The following abbreviations are used when considered necessary.

English Arabic

a adjective j i "1 an alternative form

adv adverb
n noun c plural
v verb
s.o. someone
s.t. something

t.
 145

CUMULATIVE ENGLISH-ARABIC VOCABULARY

) ;a: C s j abode

( ijaj UJ ) ' abolition

:drat above, further up
I );s:;:i I the ...-mentioned
abrogate, declare void
A_L absolute

abuse (n)

... of the privileges

acceptable
C,..644JI Ls -.11 .. to both governments

acceptance

access (n)

right of ...
accession, joining, affiliation
open for ... to
accommodation, living quarters

accompany

accompanying, companion

... civilian personnel

accomplish, carry out

with a view to ...ing the purposes of

the agreement

accord (v), treat

to ... rights
in ...ance with
 146

being in ... with

in with the provisions

in ... with the schedule

in to the powers invested in us
I
.11/ 41=4.10.20. in with his wish (or desire), at his
"
discretion

434 accordingly

c account

keeping ...s

( eh, accuse of

( rib") r=c1: accused, defendant

acknowledge, recognize

acquire, possess

Jr:0; acquisition, possession

act (n), deed

act (v)

action, deed

action, legal case

legal ...
actively
activity, action
educational ...
having no other ...
with respect to these

.-1";"" actor
w

Tet-jim, actual, real

... costs
 147

;;I/Jv ... overhead expenses

41741
aiC4 addition

GIs in ... to
ii/L:."11t;
additional (a)

... areas
address, title

adherence

adjacent

... country
adjust

administration

technical cooperation ...

administrative

adopt

advantage

...s arising out of

advisor, expert

advisory

body

IP fa; to render technical .,. assistance

aeronautical, aerial

... authorities

aeronautics, aviation

affair
the ...s and interests of the countries

civil ...s
internal ...s
 148

,I art ft el.rA affect

:
-"`rd affirm, assure

t-4°3
affix (v), put
aforementioned, previously mentioned

against, opposite

age

agency

specialized ...s
agent

aggression against, hostility

aggressor, attacker

an state

) 444 e 436) dal; agree

4z7,k; 4/311.4
to ... as follows
Ls4:41.;
cj.6U1 within the ... areas

agreement
J1-41; e .44(4
unanimous ...
..te4L
subject to ... with

under this ...

4. 0.)
agriculture
a/c
( C.).)a ) 4;5-AA aid (n), assistance

41i e jruS-.01 e aim (ii), objective

jtd, ,L10) 6112 aircraft, airplane

4,411 cs1; aboard the ...

/ reconnaissance
4.1) 4.11 u°

jtJo e ) Oa: airfield

ar.1:>1 c e Ze:$1 alien, foreigner
 149

114-%f.°1
, registration and control of ...
p ,o

) Ce/ 6 I") allege (v), claim

e C.N; alliance
,
641 ;.; 4-.0
1 xsi3 treaty of friendship and ...
) c."2.00-7- allocate, make available
( alteration, change

ambassador

. . . extraordinary

.$1. ... plenipotentiary

41".1 to have the rank of an

J Us amend

amendment

amount (n)

total ...
e annex (n)
'01;1 announce, declare

.51:- annually

Ji4:3-."^ Jam- responsible

3'1 1.C.1 to

anticipate, expect

:#1 any
J 1,0-#.N1 in case

..)1:48" apparatus

"±:,":+ r .1:40.L'Ai It4.6.11; appellation, expression

g Jyr app.endix, annex

p
applicable

074. be ... , apply

 150
O/
jr61.111111:15
application, putting into effect

application, request

"
e 474110

apply, put into effect

4 p
applied, imposed

appoint, designate

appointed, recruited

appointment

apportion (v), divide

,
0.1.4.4.
Tilow L. appropriate (a)
p
U31.4 the ... authorities

approval

approve (v)

approximately

April

`.)-0 C, Arab

League States

... nationalism

4rbitral

... tribunal

arbitration
decisions relating to ...

area, region

additional ...s
within the agreed ...s
1 / //
%IP'
/. / ,
f ..., :..; arise, happen
( It; ) G 4 L.;
arising, resulting from
(S7
.,. out of, resulting from
 151

arm (v), supply with arms

arming

armored (a), metal-covered

... car
1;,,LiJ I c,, 4:j I ... vehicles
arms (military)
C
army

arrange (v), put in order

arts. Is arrangement, measure

transfer ...s
arrest (v), imprison

arrival
on their first ...
article, clause (of a law, etc.)
,
as (conj)

... the case may be

L.; P>5:fa j vt ... far ... practicable

... soon ... possible

... such
to

t:J7 ascertain, ensure

R j..I a ;iration, hope

1).4/!` (4-7" assembly

6,44.:11 e National ..
( assets

( J assign

J
f.,
L':...+1;1 I to ... the duties
 152

(11,Lx) assigned, given

J;c3: to

J z-L=-41, tasks and functions ... to

4%;.0. JP

assistance, help

necessary facilities and ...

any other form of ...
#111 L related ...
j..1a
benefits of this ...
assistant (n) (a)

assume (v) , bear

to ... an effective share

assure, affirm

attached, annexed

attack, aggression

attacker, aggressor

attendance, being present

attribution
auspices, sponsorship

...
41;)0

under the of

) 4:8 err $ authentic

t71;:. c c authority, power

a Le.... I aiaLP
port

the ... primarily responsible

A.0. %Nita: ;JAL: executi..e

;14 4112:U1 to delegate full ...

1.11:1L subject to no higher ...
-.4atepitn.',
legislative ...
 153

I a L. 'I I competent ...s

JY ' 4.) c)--0 4-; authorize

authorized, delegated

... military organizations

duly ...
automatically, inevitably
avail (v), permit
availability
... of necessary funds

available (a)

... funds

to make ... to him

average

... rate
aviation, aeronautics

aware (of)

to be of, realize

baggage

balance (n), scale

balance (n), available funds

equality in trade ...

balance (n), equilibrium

... of power
1/40.:.' political ...
-:* '011
06"

C.46.: C.) 6361 to restore the ... between

balanced (a)
 154

41.1. ci 41j) t"°: c

bank (financial)

Savings ...
state ...
base (n)

sLpplies held in the ...

placing the ... on a war footing

into o. out of the ...

.... base (v)

01;" ... upon (v), center

d on
LeL1-1 a2; 1-',6 I 40-4:-

L... CAL VAL I .6 ...d on requests

basic, fundamental
V4,4. )1 I M:1
Codi basis, corner, rule
1::6 of discussion

451-4'
.tom
LeC-1
on the ... of
general ...
.12::1 I J52Ji (j.,C1 44-1-0 on the ... of the average rate

a.'," v21 reciprocal ...s

because of

become, reach

begin

...ning this day

c.;111 ce. c".
"'
behalf, in behalf of
behavior

correct ..., good conduct

belonging

benefit (v)
 155

benefit (n)

the ...s of this assistance

bestow, give

between

... the two of them

Bey (title)

beyond, outside

bias, prejudice
biased, partial, prejudiced

bill (n), list

... of lading

bind (v), tie up

binding, legally valid
board, council

boat, ship

body, organization

advisory ...
book, note, letter
bookkeeping
or
f uLD border, frontier

c.");.z.4 borrow (v), ask for a loan

xS both (m.)

(f.)

Lie ?Li; J.P11:`' box, chest

. o

. e
post office

branch (v)

breach, violation (of a law, treaty etc.)

 156

bridge (n)

movable ...
suspension ...

bring (v), present

brotherhood

budget (n), balance sheet

supplementary ..
build (v)

at" building, premises, structure

:+1113 building, constructing

e L:1 cS buy (v), to purchase

11L-7.
cable, wire
eJALI underwater ...
I Cairo

, calculation, accounting
. z-..
/ I (11 3.3.711 t s /J.X.A;. calendar (Gregorian)
a.;.; I ) jaif %.*:s canal, waterway

c4)-- candidate

L.; 15:1 4.+1 I ij :3; capability, capacity

j productive ...s of Iraq

t15'..- capital (city;

- ;;,,
14'
card, ticket
identity ...
Ls .:x ) ;;;C:t care, concern

medical ...
,:..<, ' C, 4.40t,
1.****4
a
C. If
..,/
41.61..o.;
.1 Jo 0
t 4J "as cargo, goods
 157

c j.12. carriage

J.acarry (v), bear

4,64,1" I JIZVL to on trade
'.; to ... out, to execute
t."

6/3.". .16- L;- -11/3-;-1 c JL. case, event, circumstance

ZIL;611 c.4- as the ... may be
exceptional ...s

jxfr in ... of differences of interpretation

in of doubt

in any ...
in special ...s
category, supply, kind

cause (n), reason

II JP 314.°
CS474;
cease (v), be discontinued
.0 e
to ... to have effect
censorhip (press), control

census

.,. registers

center (n), office

polling ...
certificate, certification
... of air worthiness

... of good conduct

elementary school

chairman, head, president

change (n), alteration

J.).> Jt J6.) j.;"-- change (v), convert

 158

cirio c Lie rto channel (n), way, route

, .
LjL 41 I ;.....47 J I cipleJ I peacoful diplomatic ...s
chapter, section (in a treati), also door
character
. (;01;;- ;:OL$' characteristics

charge (n), fee

J riL;i1 ...s connected with

0:4)"1 to reimburse the ...s

.,"") service ...s

.. charge with (v)

charge (n), custody

to hold in his ...

( charter (n), pact
United Nations ...
chest, box

chief (n), president

editor-in-...
... of the general staff

... of protocol (diplomatic)

choice

of his own ...

cipher (n)

( )3J) c t ; circle, administration, authority

( "1 citizen (n), national

civil
... administration
 159

... affairs
... air transport
... employees
(js Ls." claim (n), charge (legal)

class, group

clause, article

clearance, clearing

customs ...

clerk, secretary, writer

conference ...
close, closure

at the ... of business

) j1 club, association

athletic ...
vs ...)1J
social ...
coastline

Lt'LL'4 (k.) s= collaboration, cooperation

collective

... farms

... military measures

command (n)

to place under his ...

commander

...-in-chief
commercial, trade (a)

... agreement
... attache
 160

6 commissary, store

111:4; 44; commission, brokerage

e C):744 e Z";t1 committee, commission

af;sSI Atomic Energy ...

Lrah;
ti
reconstruction ...
commit (v)

to ... perjury, to break one's oath

commitment, obligation

commodity, necessity, need

common, prevailing, popular

commonweal

communicate, submit
/
%;:r )Lo ly, communications

I ;:o 1#1J wire

companion, accompanying

company

comparable, similar
p al.;
1{.2111 applicable to ... Egyptian installations

Cos
tob. (be) compatible with, be acceptable

compensation
A
4.h; LAA
.1
without ...
Zdl0L111.. j0 / competence, fitness, suitability

r,,,11 ... of the courts

11.4116A41411 competent
/ t
ZzA;) ... military authorities
1 / ... tribunal

J 411. complementing, completing

 161

JALC° f c*S, complete (a), comprehensive

CI; (->"
... evacuation

X 4, ... agreement

( .P61 14) :Ur," compliance

a& J.' subject to ...

comply (v)

Le e Jej ) to ... with

,
CP,
t".1.4.4.1 I 444a L ;; he ...d with the objective of the
Council

(be) composed of (v)

composition, structure

the law specified its ...

compulsory, obligatory

... conscription

... pilotage

... process

concentrated

... forces

concern (v)

the maintenance of peace and security

... him
4,
1"12 out of ... for
)..4)11 r4-41.1 crJ1 LpilI the parties ...ed
concerning, on
VP*" psi
/ IF
01.7 44 611 ... the purpose and scope of each
project

concession, organization

conclude, reach agreement

 162

'4:sill:I ALI .1i 0- to ... an agreement

"r0 to ... peace

concluded

contracts ...
concluding, contracting
o
:4 with a view to ... transactions

y,) concord (n)

y
t .
6.0,k, JO liwat r Jul.:: condition
on ... that, provided that
prevailing . . .s

J;Zu conduct (n)

good ..., correcr behavior

( g)1 ')11 conduct (v), direct
la;,J1 to ... seminars
'1";
(S "Am) I S /*a confer (v), extend to

to ... on, to vest

conference, meeting
jj# ,
. 1; $
composition of the ...
jS I confirm, make certain
.; confront (v)

(be) congruent with (v), to be like

4;)L0 J connection

in ... with the operations

6.1 Zoi 0; in this ...
0,
conscription

compulsory ...
LiC, ( consent (n), approval
 163

save with the ... of both spouses

tacit ...
consider (v)

to ... as
to .., in a general way
to .., it desirable to modify
to ... it necessary to place
to ... sympathetically
consign (v), send

consignment

k>o details of the ...

,../
Lris /4.)z-11 I CI' "4' consist of (v)

consistent, harmonious

r consonance, harmony

L.1415,,,,,. . in ... with its responsibility

Cs ./
/ op 11
j.f.i...... e ...1)....6.4. constant, continuous

Lill.i14 j.rir', ... efforts

J .., progress
4

( 3I ) -te,..17,k constituent
:
constitute (v), form
L.:, 1° ,
.11.0.d C e j yaw& #.1 constitution
0 ..
.f. Ili revision of the ...
J? -"e"
,.
:5(1 "I constitutional
w
/
to ,0 .P.e
to

-frtri 1 ;t') 5:,-. al i 1.03 the observed ... procedures

la ji il,
....
s 1.1.71
construction, building, set up
fi
/0 .., 1;
other ... materials
!/
construing, interpreting
11116:714:;
 164

consular

consultation

to enter into ...

consultative

consumed, used

consummation (of a marriage)

contain (v)

contemplate (v), intend

contempt

.. of court
contender, disputant

contents

pJ t J) continuous, perpetual

J "As c contract, concluding

, / 0
j."ji 11.1.$ 0; individual ... of service law
CA; 6:11 J.ws temporary ...
J.; contracting (a)

) ... administration

the ... governments

J3ki*Ar' contractor

contribute (v)

to ... to the support of the family

e_Jf:' I contribution, giving
/° ,P a o"
6i 1rft4 sI .
4.11.4; c 41 *ht; t JJ41.4:ij. I 244 1 +"
.',
I control (n), supervision
jidis/".11 (sle" ;,/ i..5
... of affairs
4..... IN ..,1;:ii
full ...
r4-14- 'IA 3 `r"'"7. J titluo; registration and ... of aliens
 St

165

J1+61 ;41;" Lsf;:' to exercise ... over the acts

Jii-A;NJ I.;S convene (v)

, -
,/ /, . .4
; .1.A Lft e ( y,) L4; LS:. convention, agreement
-, I
.-. I' ll;Vlf j. Li'. - Lk; 1
(..1
... concerning the immunities
, ,
er
hits judicial ...
Zr :A.;: i L: conversation
,, e . "" /
f<

P.fi i Jr- convert (v), change

.- i ;kW
jj, / .1'
conveyance, transfer

convict (v), sentence

tS6/ 0t"
( 4..ho cii f 01.1) Li .0, conviction, condemnation

e...
Lixil conviction, contentment

t,. ;1, (be) convinced (v)

..,, 0,
4;31.414 e( (36 ) SIL:.,... cooperation
, ..., ..
close ...
. ,0
,-A J L443.L; I, CASL-'1; economic ...

141: i.411 ,::.. ULLA ... cli l.,%7L L in ... with the appropriate withorities
.,
0.1,..,11 ,Al....7J" i ell ..sx International ... Administration (ICA)
.0'4 , 'III
J J :LIJI o.11-...:111 -,
4:0-1--/ pact of mutual ...
, spirit of genuine ...
J/-14'111 cr,61 I c 31
., 0,
Cf..e.i-1 g Lit!---;.:.; coordination
/
c..; c 1 r.ive.,,..; copy (n)
. 1
'jam
si.t.
61',
/0 .e
certified ...
corporate (a)
10
body ...
/
correct (a)
Ce
r correspondence, writing

u14.5; ze I &PA; cost

 166

..mss L J L actual ...s

...s of transporation

iii5,7J I 4,1.1 1:$10

to be at ... price
council
w 0
5 executive ...
s °1 vit.?" state ...
4.,...x.ou legislative ...
counsellor
t;,,,z).:
J ... of a legation
# ,
1-13° g g )46; country, state

country, land

adjacent ...
... of origin or export

underdeveloped ...s

court, tribunal
... of appeal

... of justice

... martial
r41# o#
the higher ... of appeal

courtesy

out of ...
craft

water-borne ...
creating, creation (of a court etc.)

credentials

to present ...
 r'

167

Ll'est credit, credence

creed, faith
4;6; c
crew, navigator

crime

criminal (n)

criminal (a)

I :no L;3L:i
... law, penal code

matters
4L.>
4 s
crisis
!tell or currency
e e
... co itrols
0
smuggling
017
the free ...
hard ...
custody

customary, ordinary, normal

il.JLAJ/ ... international practice

customs

... union

... duty, tariff

D

damage (n)

L4L-si.e data, information

date (n)
tr.)1';
,/ 0
tt)vsi
e;4.1 &e. ce! at the ... of signature
the ... it becomes effective
 r'

168

;:a.; deal (n), bargain

;;., ;;.;.00 favorable ...

/.
-1- deal with (v), exercise

( Ls: j) i; death

6.31 in the event of ...

. duty, inheritance tax
`') Idle. "4°

debate (n)

debate (v)

J decide (v), establish

,
to ... unanimously
decide, settle

( ) .7.1;1 ;.1 g decision, resolution

G.1 binding ...

r.tt.w.J1 ......1;1;,; ...s relating to arbitration
$ e
k.l. S1 V; Ili' majority ...

smeg;41 31 t 1.".1Le ,;1-/-:;.

unanimou3 ...

ii1,0 L.,' ,...., I; I ;,: void ...s

01t4 declaration, proclamation

cr.! La/v 31 ,...L;%,.p.o..%- r c.1?: declaration, statement

.411,1";" Ce4-61;
handwritten ...
ei .plif 0.
joint ...
%.4.;.;,11 0 )i; Is ... of war

r° ;1:1 declare (v), announce

to ... war

r="3;" C g
decree (n), government decision

4.kiA
yW f. royal ...
p1
presidential ...
 169

deed

formal ...
deem (v), regard

...ed it necessary to

de facto

defend

to ... himself , ,
to ... the right
defendant, accused

defense

civil
... posts
mutual ...
national ...

self

treaty of joint

defensive

.., line
ewe
J define
,
defined

as ...
defray (v), pay

to ... in local currency

delay (n), postponing

delay (n), detaining

without undue .

without unnecessary ...

 74

170

delegate (v)

... authority

to ... full powers (authority)

has .. ,ed (on his behalf)
.. " 0, , f. w-
a..
44-0614 I 73 Jaw e
6ri-- delegate, representative
1,:er
( t))11) c.? JilA delegate (n), authorized representative
)
,J44 delegated, authorized

delegation, mission

cultural and scientific ...

the ... is entitled to

to establish a trade ...

delete

deliver (v), present

... an address

deliver (v), hand over

delivery, handing over

demand (n)

democratic regime

demonstration, guidance

department

the auditing (or accounting)

departure, clearing

departure, travel

dependent

e.1,1 c deposit (n)

deposit (v), file (a copy)

(e.-13)
 171

.4 deprive (v), deny

III 2;;. /f:, ...ed of the right to vote

(..y r C.; deputy

`1Z11 c)4; `*6 ... Prime Minister

j.: jji the Syrian Chamber of

( ) derived

( Jr) ,1:4-1 derogate from (v)

t,
...ing from those obligations
W 5 o

Z:)1 L;44e. it does not ... from

( 3.s )' Jar derogation

J4.2- describe (v), fix, specify

( I ) .t. described, prescribed

7 kJ 6.3 126 design (v), aim

.. , \
e
W t,
a eti 1
,c

ati-- 1 i
.+ I
.9

Z...--, `,..
( mac)
ps1 e.

,,,,,.., ,:,
(:)74A
0 :4 A designate (v), appoint

to . . . the airline
\
( t:t,c i 07:-"... designated, appointed
,0.,
designated, provided for
11/... ...,
Cr..6- J:41' ... agent
14:411 4;;JI SsJp.1 z,L.,i,5. ... airlines

, VI-, 0-'4 tittSi . . . freight agent

, 4.
;.;;;.m..,1-1."1:,../...611 aUL.,..11
.. Egyptian ... authority

designee, the appointed person

0
desire (n), care

41;1 desire, wish

6.10)

) desire (v), wish

desire (n), to
1/411!

. . . to promote
411° 64r..6
 172

the government's ... to

desk, office
c .73:
destiny, future
( lee )Lio )::1:
better ...
destruction

detail (n)

detailed

... account
... problems arising from

determine (v)

determination, stability

( " determined, resolved

(
development, growth

balanced and integrated ...

economic ...
dictate (v)

to ... these provisions

; Ja.
9
difference

in cases of ...s of interpretation

,e);
(;) diplomatic, diplomat
,
Z. J ea.1 *q:A;.;
`° ... immunities and privileges

114"Le.,L! 4Llie ... mission

peaceful ... channels

4.,14- J curb the ... channels

direct (a)

... relations

... transit
 1,,

173

( J e ji ) I JI direct (v) , conduct

directions, instructions

,
j) directive

ar I Zr.l.;....1L ...s on military policy

0

1...;i: .1. 1.4:,:i5 higher ...s

. t
( 4,1, ) C.1; directly, promptly
I; J:
, ....,r it
director-geraral

` CS; r ;:i. ;41 vo4; director of a municipality, "mayor

( jj J j 1 J) Afd. director (principal of a school, institution)

...i )1.i. disagreement, difference

0 1
6i,Xij I dr.,y S pr i to settle the ...
.1 ,-
6.; pa:, disbursement
1.,,
z.. I a"..-4; VI
'''
....;/..0:, the ... of funds
. I,
disciplinary
( Ji ) TA., discipline
ee
t-12; discount

discretion, according to his wish (desire)

o/
;j pk; ito ;L) discrimination, distinction
'( JJi J3I discuss (v)

L;tiC discuss (v), examine (cross-examine)

discuss (v), reminisce

JSI
j1 .11 c discussion

l5:11.Z1 the current ...s

(.0.4 c disease (n)

alas 01:01;.7.1 mental ...s

( e dismiss (v)

400; dismiss (v), terminate (a meeting)

 174

4.0,4i2; dispose of (v)

g* disposal

at the ... of
disputant, contending party

dispute (n)

...s arising from

the a!--)ve-mentioned ...s

international ...s
to settle the ...
dissolution

distinction, discrimination

distribute (v)

distribution

... of dividends

(), J t )1 J) district
electoral ...
divide (v), apportion
dividend, profit

division, differentiation
division, part
divorce
.0* of
dock
1L9)1 t ;Itij I jVf;
g cg document, instrument

ratification ...s, instruments of

ratification

Z. I; .11, g .013 .5.) dollar

J domestic, internal
w'
 175

domicile

domination

foreign ...
dowry

draw up a report (v), specify

draw up (v), write, edit

W
.)-4 jr.". this treaty has been ...n up
drawing up, writing
; J al I driving permit
CwWWWN
-'3
drop (v), fall, occur
due to, resulting

dues, tolls

duplicate (n)
"
5 done in ...
( JJb t JU0 ) (.1,10 duration
,o.
I during, while
... in transit
1 o
o,
34' C t t"S duty, tax
',51 63 ; free of customs ...s
; import ...s
r
d0-4/ t ) (J t `:*?-1., duty, obligation

to perform his ...

sacred ...
while exercising their ...s

ats,
 176

East, Orient

economic

... and financial matters

... assistance
... development
... relations
edit (v), write
education

educational

... institution

effect (n)

to cease to have ...

to have .., be valid

to have ... as from the date of
signature

effective
most ...

111
to become ...
effects, luggage
0/
6.41.2 personal ..
P
effort

1-41; Egypt
0
rin Egyptian

jIAJ I ;/..e )11 the ... National Assembly

A elect (v)

a;::1 g
u.
f,
election
 177

free ...s
general ...s
... campaign
/o
electoral

... district

( C; r (JAI) 44-741 eligibility, being eligible

6.4.d) embassy

(;"a' ) b
.44 emergency (a)

GAS ) 1;.:1 c I it44.) emir, prince

r4"1 j J
j "7'?i; emolument, salary

employ (v), take into service

employee, official

civil ...
employment, use

... office
enactment, law

end (n), purpose

endeavor (v)

ending, termination
/ 4
endorse
crls
OW 0/ /
trkr $ enforce
0
J r enforcement
./1
enjoy
. ... . f. " G" to ... civil and political rights
111

4., L.;,..J I, ....; J4i I

-. cil*-24:, ez
-. ,
Z;U"):' to ... immunity
ensure, ascertain

enter
 178

13L4:11' I al/ to ... into consultation

jati:j 414 L.;
to ... into force
5
C,424 entitled, authorized

cdA. the delegation is ... to

e e
entrust

envoy, representative

... plenipotentiary

equal (a)

an ... trade balance

on ... basis
equality
c,41,1p1 Lo: 3 J (-1 establishing ... among the citizens
I %LA,* .j.4..?" J Jt equipment

... and supplies

nuclear ... and materials

to replace

equivalent

espionage

essential, necessary

establish (v), found

--,L.P4a to ... a trade delegation

establishing, setong up

... equality

... identity

establishment, installation

... of unity
etc.
 179

Europe

evacuation, withdrawal

evaluation, estimation

event, case

alL;. in the ... of death

L
aim every, all
, w.
I ;a LS ... step, all measures

(JJ) jVJ , ;ILI c. J evidence

(it ;./Z jo4/ examine (v)

examination, test

136 ( J3j f (;I; /j11 exceed (v)

not to ...
excellency

His ...
His ... (for Prime Minister)

His ... (for President)

exception

with the ... of

with the following ...s
exceptional

exchange (n)

stock ...
... of notes

... of diplomatic notes

... of students

execution, putting into effect

execution, death penalty
 180

executive

... authority

... director

exempt (v)

exemption

this ... does not extend to

visa

exercise (v)

to ... the rights abusively

to ... control over the operations

to ... his function (duty)

( ) Jilt; r ( 05.5' existence

existing, vevailing

Sy!";;; I ciS ... accommodation

exit (n)
expect (v), anticipate
t;>;"
"6:..1
4.1 expenditure

experiment

expert (n)

technical ...
s4 t c; ) t k--17P, expiration, end

; 44 gq--4:04 ... of service

!, fi
explain (v)

e'
exploitation
export (n)

pe.,4.4111 import and ...

 181

; I goods intended for

... 0.0 expressed, based
(5-:1 )
V*7
)1 expression

JI as freedom of thought and ...

extend (v), include
t""J
.411 .1:'1ieg; V al; `::-JA to ... the privIleges and benefits

I extradition

extraordinary

I j ja; II: ... envoy

F

facilitating
ji:;) . .. and promoting relations

... frontier trade

" facility

k. 1;'° j necessary ...s and assistance

I j.4111 the following ...s and services

) ;4;1)34" facing, meeting

05 ,
J.0)1.1, .4.11,. facsimile

C .1 .>; c faith, creed

faith, confidence

C); faithfully
, ,
6"3 fall (v), occur, drop
( 1.40 I I i'01 family, group
L, ) c fate

(>
461 j-14( fatherland, homeland
.)0/11' security of the ...
( (so) ) '41-; favor, interest, advantage

t;

1
 182

in his ...
favorable, agreeing

at the most ... price

February

v1" )
,4i,,-.11 federal

111;:01 14;i1 ... Council

ki r 6,;; ... System

z.1 5LZ '» 0

federation

fees
(>69

fellowship, scholarship
g ...;.;,, 5 g ( 6i ) 4:.. ill; c g 64., file (n), folder
4,nw final (a), last
+.11 final, absolute

(Jr) Jr- finance (v)

( Jr) financial
;:41. IL". I .5;41 j1 economic and ... matters

fine (a), pure

... gold

fine (n), as punishment

fire
firm (a), strong

... friendship

... action

firm (n), organization

first

fitness, serviceability, suitability

fitness, skill
 183

fix (v), specify, describe

fixed

... date

at the ... rate

fleet

follow (v), apply

to ... in succession
following, what follows

the ... facilities and services

for, about, with

... the clrrying out
official purposes

... the preservation of

... the purpose of

. the purpose of making

(51115)11
())1;2)1 the purposes of the present agreement

. the replacement or maintenance of

;.:5;11Li ::141 . . the security of the joint command

4;1; which provision is made

force (n), strength

, 0r
G j 164j ...s placed under his command
.5
Z11 I concentrated ...s
Her Majesty's ...s
the armed ...s
- 0
/ /2 0 //y
*TA
00
%,.0 3114 C the American ...s will have the authority

L5,3 the security ...s

striking ...s
 184

to be in ..., effective
cj,.1.41.4)1 :yL
withdrawal of ...s
foreign (a), foreign affairs

... domination

exchange

office

... policy

... trade

minister of ... affairs

foreign (n), foreigner

I j) forge (v), falsify

form (v), set up

form (n)

correct (valid) and in proper ...

in good and due ...

formal (a)

... instrument

forthcoming

forthwith, immediately

found (v), establish

4.4a.4111 foundation, agency, establishment

, foundation, base, basis
dral J-11 60motod

..., establishing

c g fraction

framework

free (a), at liberty

 185

... elections

... of customs duties

... of legal impediments

free, without cost

... legal representation

right of ... access

the ... currency

free, independent

LY c g
freedom, liberty
p

d"2"4"4 personal ...

... of movement

... of speech

... of thought and expression

... of worship

freight
designated ... agent
... movement instruction

... payments

... requisition
rti

I C) "1 (:°)' ... shipment order number

friendly
1,'
itsyl u1 ,sill 1) the ... and brotherly relations
p
4 I, J ... neutrality

friendship
:4; u l s.; firm ...
J-J sus Ii.r6;$1 strengthening the links of
P 0. .0
treaty of ... and alliance
 186
)1.5.5.11
treaty of ... and good neighbors

1)4 t-44 f from, as from

... any other state

the date of its entry into force

.r-'" %I'S; $ ... time to time

Sy ... year to year

l1 . ."
( 3"" ) J3 4> c ..)..... frontier, limit, boundary
,;
( 03j) algi 4( a J1 ) a JI fulfill (v)
.,
i 4C; 10, t s1 J1
eir
' %LAC:
., ' ( Li"' ) fulfillment
-, ..41±c1;1.4::

il.; j1lX full, complete (a)

J4 j .Xo...'....* `,' ... and absolute independence

a".l.. :t..: i ;...:;..: ... and final settlement

,14 ,..i1;41,, ... recognition
j.....G J..IL function (v), exercise

1:1'`{.. C.' 114: ' tfirci C. ' S'; function (n), work
,...i:Li4 cI it I 401
Z. Lris: to exercise his ...
while performing their ...s
'4)4 r 41 665
t fund
,
I
availability of necessary ...s

I special purpose ...s

the disbursement or an accounting for
of ...s

.11:.;
, ra;
0..
;10:;
furnish (v), provide, introduce

furnishing

( ) 4.6( furniture

&.4j office ...

4;1; aa:. further (v), assist
 ,0 ,1114,;,,,,,,711.7.7FA777`VM,TrfriT

187

Via: d future, destiny

better ...
future (a), near future

... meeting

G
gather (v), to collect
general (a), public

to consider in a ... way

basis

without prejudice to the ... principles

... elections

the ... Secretariat

... security instructions

-
'74P'" VISM ... staff
, 1.;,1-1 .; a'
al) I ) 116":"- chief of the ... staff
a, ,
44 La 'J....2f i 4. generally

Li J1:0 genuine, sincere

e .1%c ) ulass1 give (v)

to ... authority, to delegate

VW to ... effect, to affirm
4
I; CA.4 ib dl!` to ... notice, communicate (v)
to ... publicity, publish (v)
to ... up, to waiver
to ... validity to, to put into effect
God

by the grace of ...

gold
 188

fine ...
.
Ugj L:;"
w ,,
6"ejb

y:=."14
content of the pound (monetary unit)

good
P
... conduct, proper behavior

L:61
in ... and due form
Jir,11
... neighborhood
c ta. goods, merchandise

import and export of ...

,; :1;,_111 c:LL I ... intended for export

CAVIL' iji caL .. originating in

the shipment of ...

government

the ... shall be responsible (only for)

the sovereign ...

:441 ;3;°. ait)1;4i1

te. 643.'`.1
the ..., desiring to

the contracting ...s

the signatory ...s
gram (weight)
1.1)-A

grant (v), to accord

to ... each other

cc.:.. to ... permission
grant (n)
C;1
-0 iv__
10.4-Arli
,
4.011... A academic ...
granted

... privileges
e
4 21 to whom rights are ...

r1" grave (a), serious

.7
 189

. . responsibilities

Great Britain
r.
magnitude
("'
c
J e %r:N.1 1
Gregorian calendar

(d'°')1 g
ground, land, territory

01311 Cr group, party

C...J.' 'CCP) C g fir'
::1L:rnJ I '14.11 rt1:4 expert work ...s
alp ZI'it small ...s
(3..; g 1,;) gaL:.4 g growth, development, progress

3 guarantee (v), to assure

g g .za11:-.1; c guarantee (n)

tai;;;s1 the best ... of human rights

ji necessary ...s

LP' I C 4.r? guard (n)

oZi.) I cx.,1.:%11
ik.
posting of security civilian ...s
"a.
Jo* guide (v)

guidance, demonstration
H

hand over (v), deliver

handing over, delivery

c handicap (n)

"IP° handle, link, loop

c r harbor (n), port

1.1`412 harm (n), damage

hasten (v)
cal's have (v), possess

) a2::-. 1v to ... (the following) duties

 ,,T75,,,, ,71,,,?,.,713)4

to the honor

head, chairman, president

cri) ) e tP.tt;
head (a), principal
1/4"4,4tv

; ... office
Ili ( ... of state

SP;':
(;;) headquarters

health, sanitation

4e...ow i.;: ... center

or

.)311 ... matters

4.!..111 protection of ...

iLI1,J1 World ... Organization. (WHO)

help (n), assistance

mutual ...

,1*
high (a)

jA'st,&11 0L.L111 the (two) ... contracting parties

ji; L64'1.1 ... level

olik; .. treason

( c c)10 higher

... directives

li;;Pmi t.:), CS:t . than those imposed

Highness, Grace
`r-;"1-°
His Royal ...
hindrance
jLe c' CfraL;

(11) hire (v)

jt ) ply c L history, also

ot?L
hold (v), keep
-11""
:)-4; lit; to , . in charge
 191
, .....
e.14 to ... the meeting
J. to ... an office
Z:2 holding

4L"---. cev home, residence

.....*
:J1 4.9...,- sanctity of the ...
. .,
0114 C e c:)bi home, homeland
. ,...
uLl'31 C e 0.6i homeland
./.....,
....... 6,75.:
honor (v)

,..i.p..., honor (n), respect (n)

-..
I have the ...
4-44 honorary (a)

Li L.I * hope, aspiration

hospital

( r hospitality
e 1.4.47..,11 1,11 hospitalization
( I hostile (a)

I:3; cil.:;1 hostilities

. ;' household (a)

(1j1 ... necessities

:$1 . . . utensils

( human (a)

... principles (or values)

0L-711 ... rights

;1";
%;-
.r.
humanitarian (a)

humanity
 192

identify
identity

if
... necessary

... possible

ignore

immediately

imminent

immunity

enjoyiAg
P0
4,40 L*31.1 j diplomatic privileges and ...s
grant ... to
impede (v)

impediment

implementation
4

import (v)

J 1;t47,i, ... and export of goods

... duties
/ *0
I t 1311 ...s and exports

importance

imported
)
impose

imposed, applied

imposts, taxes

inaugurate (v), open

 193

C inauguration
4
61; SM L."4 g /.4: include (v)
vi e s 0,
including

J-4- 0 income

; I t ).'e' . . . tax

. c$16:; u°)'gis incompatible with, (be)

g

,..T j..1..*
,
inconclusive
., ... .:1
( 1,71 i r-.1 incorporate (v), found
./, ,o, .j
trt4;" * C4,14 ' .1..,-,, incorporated

( t.i'la g c.rao ) uesti-.s indemnity

( a; ) ciXil:,
, I independence
.10, ...t.

J-Ls full and absolute ...

J %
11
-;' L L ; treaty of ...
independent

ii ..
to become .

(j4) iJ;JI
$ .,-g
31 ,,t v.) c jei S g indication
, ., ,...1
(i'LZti c g cia.kt i Ji poi c ( j.p; individual, person, member
. 0 . 0
lettA4 e csij.; individual (a)
,...." L, industrial
Nr, ...

vi!'" Le, cc :L.), ... production

;;L, industry

. j.ZtS g j;i: influence, power

.., s
/.1*-4-1 g Ll;1 g jf
"...

g 'tic 1 inform

:. I.:)4., g ,:l.j.l.:: information, data

,
Is
-74111 , .
c..1:3;1:,IL ;1_,,z. i.11 c..L.,.L....4i i ... regarding +echnical assistance

s 4A11-.4. infringement
Of"
g jk,", inhabitant, resident
 194

inhabitant, people

inheritance

... tax
injunction

innocent

) CL;:4-..":#1%,
inquiry
committee of ...
4311ifi;
inspection

( ) ;117.: installation, establishment

T. necessary ...s and bases

installation, establishing

J installment, payment

instead of, rather than

institute (n)

Za %ULNA.*
,
C.
f institution
educational ...
instrument, document

...s of ratification
...s of accession

insurance, security

... premiums

integration, unification
racial ...
integrity, safety
the territorial ... of the state
intend

intention
 195

interchange, exchange

... of technical knowledge

interdict (v), prohibit

interest

each other's commercial ...s

foreign ...s
interference

internal

... offices

... transactions

international (a)
w/w
) gli4J1 ... Air Transport Association (IATA)

... air services

e,.4611
... Civil Aviation Organization
... Cooperative Administration (ICA)

... disputes

... Labor Organization (ILO)

customary ... practice

maintenance of ... security

... tension

interpretation

interpreter, translator

interrupt, delay
interrupt, cut in

ba. interval, period

J) 6)4 LA,' intrigue (n)

t>e investigate, find out

 196

J investment

-;--4- inviolability, sanctity

(ap..1 (50.) 10..1 ) o,c J invitation
. ,
Jr k-j.4.;. irrevocably

issue (v), distribute

j Jame I I issue (v), publish

join (v), unite, bring together

to ... someone, something

joint (a)

... declaration

... defense

... defense agreement

... defense plans

... program
treaty of ... defense and economic
cooperation
cS
jointly
... together

Jordan
/ OS
:5 /
; L 4 .1 I 4 I ra .%) the Hashemite Kingdom of

( poi ) ;LIS judge (n)

/us
judgment, rule, provision

execution of ...s

r-SP
... by default

judicial
tit',
( t jurisdiction, competence
 InT

197

subject to local .

just (a), fair

justice, fairness

court of ...
minister of ...
International Court of ...
K

keep (v), preserve

to ..., retain
114.:.1.": I to ... order, to police

C*-4 t C CLi. key

6.;)1,; 31 6..;L:'_;i o kind (n), type

Ce
king

kingdom
, f,
164.6"Aj I the Hashemite ... of Jordan

i. JI the United ... (U. K.)

,
:;.!;1411 I -1.:,.11 the United ... of Libya
.1; 6i1.0 know (v)
.- e

,
Cj i e cji
. - -
we ... that
knowledge, information
o;
I Kuwait

611:: I JILl laborer, worker

of
land, territory
.71 I (AGi (..)°,11
,
,1 ,,t ... occupied, or used
a1
Lli;; jI ;1; on, in, or over ...
14w, JI
the Holy ..., Palestine
 198

language

colloquial .

foreign

literary

later, subsequently

law, statute

administrative ...
W ,t 1

$11"06
Lo
, ,.;l: basic constitutional

civil ...
companies' ...
constitutional

criminal ..., penal code

is

:e
j international ...
2
co .. on compensation for industrial
diseases

compulsory insurance

JeJ workers' unions

...s and regulations

... and the statutes

under the ...s in force

league, university

Arab ...
... of Arab States

... of Nations

least

at ...
at ... four
 199

.0 0 / ed.
leave (v), to depart
., e ., .'
e 4,:,. PI e legal
(6.5,1-41P

t....ui (557.,- ... action

., , , .. 9 ,
. . . position
;vs...,-;t; .4-:-1-'; 3
.
611:31; i.l; ifsr:,Q ; .)'... absolute and general ... sovereignty

tit''': (0-;1-4 J--41'

free ... representation
. -, .,
......,
-Li"' 4;l;.11 ,e Z. j:5 to take ... action on his behalf
..1 '../,
(c."..,-; ) I-..4.* PiA legation
, o. o.
,......1...0... jr..= c t c-Iy....tz; legislation, lawmaking
..,' ..., ... a.
4011r4k ' Vter. legislative (a)
0/ ow / w
a:Aitrt; 1w4-"a". . . . assembly
... 9. .0 i6 iz ... authority, legislature

/ ... council
1,
...-
0. ". a
.:111.0 rtd. i121..., . power
......ee 0y
14. !:Z ka, Y4L; a provisions
; q/ , o e.
;11. re7Z;
- , ;LI 4 session
04..
legislative (n)
44.41.0.10
w

erast
0
r; /
. .. action

46:Abil J""-' legislature, legislative authority

( ) less

v. 1)41 J. 1 .. effective than

ie
J.' lessor

levy (v), to impose

C":1'1""
liable (a), prone, subject
to be ... to (a law, a power)
( ) SLA' liability, responsibility f.

Jt!-P.°: liberation, emancipation

 r'

200
.(v.
liberty, freedom
.0
I.Not ji r4j ... of the press

Er 4.41-4-) license (n), permit

c granting of a

license (n), certificate

the necessary ...
like, such
and the ..., etc., and other matters

( limit (n), fvontier

within the ...s, in accordance with
limited, defined

to, for exclusive use of

line

armistice, demarcation ...

link, loop, handle
;Si strengthening the ...s of friendship
#,' .0
11.411.1i; liquidation

r, e der 10 J,1 J.!" J, %.$.> list (n), index

I.
stock ...
,,
loan, credit
local (a)

... news (in a newspaper)

... purchase

lock (n), instrument

loss

... of time

lubricant
 201

...s (collective noun), lubricants

M
magnitude, greatness

vj_1:11 Maghreb, northwest Africa

)41:45j
I I Greater ...
r: mail (n)

... and telegraph service

maintain, keep

to ... order
maintenance, upkeep

the ... of the security of the

installations

... of international security

majesty

His ...
majority (a), greater part

absolute ...
... decision

... opinion

... vote
make (v), to be made

to ... available
to ... clear
to ... effective use of
to ... someone happy, to have the
pleasure

J LIEU- 61'1" to ... subject to

a.1 to ... use of
 202

manifesto

ship's ...
manner, quality

in the prescribed ...

manufactured

marital

mirk (n)

by affixing a ...
07: 3.' marketing

ICJ marriage

IS; to constitute a ...

w 0 .1 w
te "b.14"'A martial

;14 :1)1: court ...

mass (a), of multitude

... communications

... immunization

... production

mass (n), the masses

material, article, item

nuclear equipment and ...s

matter, subject, question

matter, affair
communications ...s

criminal ...s
economic and financial ...s

3-1
health ...s

4.&1::;;) 4.)..1
social welfare ...s
 203

( ) maturity

maximum

(jam) may, to be able

0 / ... be occupied and used
Liao-104.66,H, L41-A...1A

U J mayor, director of the municipality

mean (v), to give interpretation

cr.ts L;s. 01,1; meaning

11 0, J J.2" within the ... of the convention

means, medium, way

so,
0 J-42
'
C.
( J-µ5)
, 0
g

peaceful ...
1#:,1w

:s1;11:r 11;41 measure (n), step, procedure

administrative ...s
all ...s
collective military ...s
the necessary ...s

preventive ...s
the reasonable ...s, necessary to

to take final ...s

taking the required ...s
measurement

mediate (v)

mediation

committee

medical

... purposes

medium, means

meet (v)
 204
tr
J.4.04:;
to ... (costs, obligations, etc.)
q-4 meeting

"I;St a historic ...

to hold the ...
)1;1; emergency ...
W 0
executive

ordinary ...
summit ...
1.41.001
member (of an association)

JI 1;1 member, individual

the ... states

co-opted ...
3;.611 Ja 34at full- fledged . . .
4? membership

4111,5 memorandum

mental

... diseases

mentioned

above- ...
merchandize, goods

exchange of ...
mess, restaurant

message, note (n)

method

middle

the East
 205
.
ptts military
al,;1:11 123 I the competent ... authorities

41:.A JS"^"S' Jr11 a; collective ... measures

... plans

of ... nature
the authorized .. organizations
40.1:.11 L.I.J L 1,0 L;41 I Li.e°;1 1 the directives on ... policy

u;"1-/-11 ... purposes

60

JSZX di; . . . service

C mine (n)
r
VL. jj minefield

mineral (n)
4.,.% g

..13* I JI J.-+ minimum

... tariff rate

4.4;11 r;";i1 c$:""4 5;611
ow
.. tariff rates

) ;Z 1 g j; minister (in government)

... of education
..4
... of foreign affairs

"61.1-;111 P.: )3
acting ... of Foreign Affairs
- e
4.1-'* I :LI i; ... of the Interior

prime...
Jir crt--:e;

4.J14-
°
.
... plenipotentiary

1.;;; prime ..., premier

al; 11
.
J.,
... of state
.
it' I."
... of war (defense)
j )
-;1 j; g ii;11 Ji ... without portfolio

ministerial
 Y'

206

... crisis
in a ... capacity

ministry

... of communications

... of education

.. of foreign affairs, foreign office,

state department

minority

)06:2,1:1";.; I jp..0.2". minute

;SS ...s and exchange of notes

missing, lost

mission, delegation

diplomatic ...
mobilization, packing

mode (a)

modification

monarchical

... regime
monopoly

month

most (a)

at ..., at the ...

... effective

movement, transportation

freedom of ...
muhafiz, chief officer of a province (Syria)
municipal

mutual, each other

 207

... agreement

lar.r iL011 ... cooperation

... confidence

... defense

... understanding

... security agency

ail., c is. name (n)

4°..0

6:AabatO I in the ... of the people

narcotics

nation

Arab ...
laws of ...s
the most-favored ...
' e0y
League of ...s

rAl United ...s

national (a), native, home

aspirations

.. defense

.. front
the ... Assembly

... unity

... loyalty

01;;I: I c (;its) national (n), fellow citizen

nationalism

41;;JI Arab ...

. w .
g nationality
 208

M'1;- nationalization
L>)1 navigation, shipping

inland ...
mercantile ...
e
)1 ) JjJ"; necessary, essential, obligatory
t:j Lam, as may be ...
iw j)111 availability of ... funds

:)*j114 ... to carry out

if ...

if he considers it ...
... facilities and assistance

... guarantees

... installations and bases

the ... license

e ... measures
ii:;)i yrn I :Ka;
e / A
... office space
))1j i VA.:<:1
Le, e e .a41
e
112; ( 6;+;/ I
necessitare (v), to make obligatory

c o. j necessity, need

household ...s
r
rj,"
need (v) , require
ELE:1,
needs, requirements

neighborhood

good...
)1;!til
negligence, omission

r 'otiation
L?33)
direct ...s
nevertheless, however
 nomads, Bedouins

nominate (v)

nomination
4:L; ,(4" normal, customary, ordinary

:.11..Z.J1 LA. in the ... manner

:$4)1 .1; nonaggression

pact

noncombatant

noncommissioned officer

nonconfidence

nonintervention

note (n), message

convoy ...
diplomatic ...
political ...
exchange of ...s

Cr-1-1
gI g

...,1
exchanged ...s

notification

11:41 notify (v), give notice

&LI I J t 5 &I
.1A"*1

notify (v), announce

.;"
notwithstanding

now, currently

nuclear

4,3.; 4!u; ... energy

:31;3
... equipment and mat,Drials
, ... text explosions
arlt J"''''
J' I.:: 55;
null (n), void
 210

41 a:A v; ... and void

r1-1; c number (n), figure

.
11 rJ reference ...
serial ...
/ / / 4,
JS S (six rjril C4°, to mark the ... on each item
/r
14,4 numbered, has a number

. 0
number (v), give a serial number to

number (v), count

oath (n)
4:)Lei g

//01
0.4.4:6.11 ji to take an ...
/
obey
t#1. g e-b)) e.L61
,.);.4.;i object (v), oppose
/04
Vel; objective, aim, purpose
/.1
g c
c obligation, duty, commitment

international ...s

k*. the rights and ...s

7
obligatory, binding, compulsory
J4is, g 4
) 2 jla obtain (v)

occupy (v)

occupation, profession
04: g

*";3 occupation (of territory etc.)

-)
J1-111 occupied, being used
/0
iL:e.i.11 31 iii-1.4.11 41.01 the lands ... or used

"7 Se. occur (v), to take place

offense (n)
 211

offer (n)

office, desk

407S
principal ...
" I e
office, position
.10L;A:; Jae L.40 officer
W /
CP".44)
official (a)
in an ... capacity

... authority

... publications

performance of ... duty

official (n), employee

omission, negligence

on
Ws 11 a
J, rt.p1;, . their first arrival
so. the basis of

. behalf of, in behalf of

condition, provided

. the one hand

... the proposal

It, .1231.6W . terms and conditions

only, solely
- D.

64 d
open (v), to inaugurate
; d g;51 ci ' operation, operating

plans of ...
in connection with the ...s
e
P.C4 d opinion, idea
( 41, ) IsT c d 41; opinion, point of view
 212
a,
ii../.31 4i;JI
-4e.,;:..)1 the Arab public ...
./1
4").11 C I 4.40.1.0 opportunity, chance
/.,
3.-,011.11 ck.... .:,
,
to seize the ...
or

L4J L 31 .., its equivalent

j ... otherwise

oral

... statement
,11ji 1: I order (n), command

4;1 C, rUL. order (n), system

JIc d .16 ordinary (a), normal

41,4k; e.L"?"?.) ... meeting

/ /
Z.114.6
/ a/
organization, institution
/
kf 4°' auxiliary ...
/
, rLtt.; internal ...
I, .,
4e,4Ji c.)1r.14.1% International Civil Aviation
L4i authorized military ...s
;1;l4Z1.1 L
,
j.11
,, rights of the foreign trade ...s
/ ,
Z. 4.11-^J I I 2.0 World Health ... (WHO)

1'11; organize
a/
Orient, East
Ja e
414°1 C, j,ol .
origin

origirv-I

.. text
other

... matters, etc.

... necessary measures
 213
/
65 fri 61 otherwise

outlaw (v)

to ... war
outline (v), prepare a plan

outline (n), general plan

outline (n), summary

11 .1;1 3.;.; r c$4 e ) ownership, possession, acquisition

P

( ) packing, mobilization
/ e
4.1:1L141 L Low 6- ar-m: tropical ...
g
r
..1OL.,sob g 1.0. c 4314.44, pact, treaty

concluding a ...
incompatible with the present

... of mutual cooperation

nonaggression ...

paragraph

paramilitary

parcel, item, article

pardon (n)

right of special

parliament, House of Representatives

parliament (U.K.)
/
g ( parliamentary

... seat

( 1;.>11 c I u;.> part, element

44.er e p
11.3",
an integral ...
 214

, //,
(iP" t....oz" partial, biased

toy-, partial, in part

9, / y
I C ;e46.4.7%*
participant
g
participation
) Ja-
W

(vo-"- o particular, private, personal

C/
/ O 1

6$6.1,1 c vj.lo g g
party, group, team
t-;. PIJ I )Lf LA of
by both ...s
01 4; LIZA) I LAM Cai I Olic. ;al the (two) high contracting ...s
to ,#
r4.2>t: 0.e.J1 liriJl the ...s concerned
{.

party, political party

c
Pasha (title)

pass (n), permit

passage

right of ...
passenger

...s in transit
passport

( a. ) JL. pay (v), defray

to ... due regard to

r CT "
Ls-°)
, ,
0,..9
payment
/
s,:r'yl all other ...s
1 , ft 0.

ceti l J3 `3' freight ...s

peace, reconciliation
to conclude ...
to work for ...
 215

time of ...
at ...
peaceful

diplomatic channels

... means

... purposes

... solution

penalty

people, nation
171,411"'s C.

in the name of the ...

.4;13
the sovereignty of the ...

.
Jpz.LJ
...'s destiny
.E2.: capita

per cent
/0
jug r,..mwora sc,(sue) perform (v), do
6:0

13 a J1 to ... his duty

rf 6
performance, carrying out

111 L r ... of official duty

?erimeter
/

,
y
11m:a .1
sr) 6%1 IJ inside the ... of the installations
t,)46.; . period
a

initial ...
reasonable ...
/ /// /
within a ... not exceeding

I fiJ) permanence, lasting

permanent (a)
1.as

op.) I permission
 216
O

Cg4
to grant ...
,off
-,y;,0, " permit (n), icense

j=
e

/c permit (v)
fi/
jee. it is not ...ted
( r 1 ..)) `I J perpetual, lasting
C

411:,; persist (v)

/
J persona grata
.
uo La- e personal
/ei
.1 ... effects
O
... use
, 0
petroleum

c if J... phase, stage

/ 111

) '40 e picture, copy

Vs J)'''' pilot, model

Ls% J1.411' z:A.A,J.4.4J1 ... projects

.01.; pilot (n), airplane pilot
J Cst; is, pilotage

"/ J compulsory ...

;- pipelines

c41.1 c Cjl.<4/ place

T: e J14" ... of worship

place (v), to put

I. (
to ... under his command

yN to ... on the agenda

placing, placement
. /
17' )"°414 4-1Z-0 ... on the basis of a war footing
 217

plan (n), policy

joint defense ...s
military ...s
...s of operation
pledge (v), undertake

plenipotentiary
.
.$4I'Y' minister ...
point (n), place
...s of understanding

... of view
technical ...
police (v), keep order

policeman

policy

...s and administrative procedures

foreign ...
political
polygamy
g Lt popular, prevailing, common

popular, pertaining to the people

population
p

I /o
alaZ.
L.C.A.
port, seaport

... authority
portion (n), share

position, situation

legal ...
 218
/ tom'
a.s.a.ko
position, job
./. I ..
l LI' i at: possess (v), acquire
! , possessing, po.sessor of
:r i J i 3J

..s1... .::.. I ..i ... sovereignty

i ( j .3.2. i j:,.... , ji..... ) ;61;2- i ;IP./ possession, acquisition, ownership

twit )
...s (collective)
possibility, practicability
/ 0 ../ /0
Id0i,S) I a J..011 (...i%6.; 1%; 1.5.1 the ... of applying these plans
-, -, 3
.
possible, possibility
L..)L 5 Is

:......,
f.' 4
as soon as ...
t./-** `1,
.., ..
LAI t.) if ...
44:4.1 ll . L ,'4'...
so far as ...
t..
ii;:i.:
post (n), locality
defense ...s
t./41 '1;":/05
0.61
post (v), proclaim
, .f postpone, adjourn, defer
6 ) 6r)
pound (n), (monetary unit)

,.; -1Z. power, authority, rule

executive ...
/1. /o / / 0
full (absolute) ...
ILLS ;Lill:
i,;,,.,w o

,os
legislative ...
precedence

precedent (n)

p:4" receding
61 '4

1)1,;1 in conformity with the ...

c.}-41; preference
 219

) prejudice, breach
;;;L:11 J)t without ... to the general principles

41.1ii 6,4; premier, prime minister

/1
Cc premises, building
I,
s;, pp. the inviolability of the ...
( 3. ) J1 .1.11$ preparation

J1 g( g ) 04.1* preparing, preparation

,,
al: L; g ( cra; ) prescribe (v), require

prescribed
.../, 0/ ,
in the ... manner
,0/
... under the laws and regulations
.10

J j.}.0." presence

(J r Je- g J6- ) present (a)

ray present (v)

0
k; presentation
1:4> g 1..;6/1 presently
/1
preservation

for the of
preserve (v), keep

L 1.12) r (e'rd president, head capital

y 5
1-44"r presidential

JIP ... decree

(vet) ) presidium

) prevail (v)

) g 4P-/- g( 51.4° ) bi:' prevailing, existing

-g ... conditions

(1-2" 1 prevent (v)

 220

.7,6,e..;y1
(.:1;
to ... from voting
s preventative
`''
o/ war
J/
previously, formerly
,. $
I
6.-114.01 ..r."7 price
.0

J;AA' at the most favorable ...

( 1.11 ) L:41 "".4.1) primary (a)

JJJ e J) J) °111:1: Ce principal (of a school), director

( ) 645 "JL4/ e "It*:" principle, basis

0
j1.1L
$I ar..., the ... of reciprnity
... of mutual respect
human ...s
to object in ...
priority
private, particular, personal

privilege

J I AL... I diplomatic ...s and immunities

abuse of the ...s

/,
J Ji.r pro-, favoring
- .1
c ;;Ii- ( ( jL. )) Jr c problem

4.41(
ke:Ll'i
,
1.1ti,j i ($ pr ) Z 0 I rai
,
.
. '.

0 iel
detailed ...s
procedure
c ,
1... I
3 C the normal working ...s
L{r JIL:1:11 °

constitutional ...s
" t.16°
proclamation, declaration
c) A:1
4.1../0::.: procure (v)
 221
/
/. produce (v), show
JP:
C;;1 produce (v), yield, bring forth
t,s
CL.) I profit, dividend
C C?
/ program
C.: C ed jr, C
C.
C 1.:4.1A)
e
progress
.,/ /0
prohibit
C.Sig
.1P 0/
)11;.."14
prohibited

)11. C, "P.A."
project (n)

promise (v), pledge

1W
1 / 1
W/i
JO g C.:N. g ( 4i) ) Li) promote (v)
/ , _ , /- i .1, 1..
.:. Li .,t.J I c-,...1. 3' a" . . . relations

011, ill )s)31-A!J' I C.-?*/

to ... international cooperation
. , 0/
jfe.i-.. e ( tei) ) I:Si.', promotion (n), advancement
,
.
promulgate (v), publish

el)11 11:11.:0 property, possessions

proportion

in to
d/`` i.l:L3JLf
z °
li.4i/ c proposal
Zo /°
propose, suggest
,
( ) ° c Li) prosperity

la>41.;L:. c ( Lc) ) protection

c
I ..111,- ... of health

,;-1.11 of rights

J protocol
/s.
k>116 g "LA:4 prove (v), satisfy

Jjj provide (v), furnish

,
411'6 ue..9-a;- provided for
 222

tfa'pis, L.)1 jig provided that

1, 1
LP.,"44; L
5-"" c /4 provision (of a treaty, etc.)
4.4 a".4...."
"
11,53,-1
I
restrictive ...s
o / JP 9
.41.11.,
A
crr".47.0 legislative ...s
6/ /
under the ...s of the agreement
/
:J1,111 I AA subject to the ...s thereof
,O:4; %:0j provisional, temporary
,
psychology

puberty

the age of ...

public (a), open

publications

official ...
published, issued

punishment
41.0-0

vc.16- pure, fine

( ) purchase (n)
I/ ,
local ...
/ 03
Li pa
1/ 1 job
t Ly0 purpose (n)
0, / .1'
for the ... of stre_gthening relations

cdC. 1).i medical ...s

I pursue (v), follow
C-4:6;1 t61:4,
to ... a policy
e
( pursuant (to)
:15
/ ... to the present agreement
du5:44
 223

Q
/
4/ 1;6 qualification
( ,si5) ,;-5 qualified
,
( quality, manner
;:a5 quantity

Cr,"' quarantine

) ) . ;AL.: question, matter

tr" ..s concerning

0/

°.-1-';`-ui I
.;-211 questionnaire

t.)4 quote (v)

r to ... verbatim
R

( ) c railway

... skiing

... warrant
raise (v), lift up
rank (n)

to have the ... of an ambassador

JJ*A
a, / rate, duty, charge, premium
O( 1-'L7
""1 / 0
);Ail at the fixed ...
0
average ...
PA-7 w

'464-4.11 minimum tariff ...s

/y
1.%1
.e
j a..114 ... of exchange
_/e
*IA.; T rate (n), proportion

r It" ratification
... of documents
 224

Le..0 , / .
/ / tir
ptf. ratify (v), (a treaty, etc.)
/ /
61-4' .3.-; reach (v), obtain

( Js) readiness, willingness

(Jst) Jai reaffirm (v), assure

/
realization
/W/ ,.'s
4.:1).31 l( realize (v), be aware of
0/ /
J I, I appointment

"I reasonable
a:j111 AL/ the ... necessary measures
-*/
p
t J-03 t receipt, receiving
receive (v), obtain

receive, greet

recent, modern

recent, of late

reciprocity
recognition

de facto ...
recognize (v), acknowledge

recommendation

letter of ...
record (v), register

recreation

recruiting, conscripting

45-1 refer (v)

Ai
r"5:
to ... the matter to the judge
I"
7^ C, N'y "P.
.1/
J .1"1) 1/1-115 reference
ji with ... to
 225

referred to

refrain (v)

refugee

refund (v), pay

refuse (v), reject

regard (v)
o
J /
1.10
CP, kmd
1 vo regarding (prep), with regard to, relating
to
rit.:
L/idfralot1 I regime
,
1" constitutional ...
/

(.41- r ; monarchical

existing ...
o, /
f) republican ...
t c region, area, territory

I / C r"6.1
"I
regional

... market

register (n)

census ...s

commercial

register (v)

registration
/, /.31 /
a I Lie,t1:: ... and control of aliens
/
c c Cu:a; regulation

regulations, instructions

customs ... and formalities

general security ...

 226

subject to compliance with the

reimburse (v), return

to ... the charges

reinforcing (n)

relate to (v), belong to

///
.1.0L.. LA ...d assistance
I
/
...d to
relating

relation

direct ...s
economic ...s
the friendly and brotherly ...s
/
for the purpose of strengthening ...s
-"
release (n)
/oS
cjt J r J cji.rJ1 4:4J religion

r)L. cjt the Islamic ...

remain, (v), persist in

remainder

reminisce (v), discuss

removal, clearing
.
r ay
,
e t pl. e $ 4...., ) .5 Li
, render (v)

..ul.......11 , .1,.4.4.1i s 4....,1 to ... advice and assistance

"/ / to ... technical advisory assistance

renew (v)
/
to ... by tacit agreement
renewable
J repel (v), return
 227
/0
1 Ji.IA .3 j to aggression

I ...t.11.o. 11 5; to . . . the attack

4").11
replace (v), supersede

I JJ:c,ls, to ... equipment

replacement
of
g
reply (n)
/,
(y) 1"s: c 7'.
y; report (n)
/ 0/
J,:. g
represent k" )
Qi
representation
/ . .0 4,.
1%°.'. 4" (se-';13 "a4.4'°.
free legal ...
(..) .31. " r i J"; C "74a; I SI" representative
- 'G..
die. J.,-4.-.-.'' republic
, ,,
'7,-1-10 request (n)

,u. at the ... of

L.1.10
u-CS u cam based on ...s
.;,.11;
request (v)
, . ., ,,,, ....--
J 6...06;Ni
, , 6ph.t.owi i 40 i.s J .7.1.1* to ... a meeting of the council
11"'4 I 4..411-10.7, require (v)
Lri It C g i it

rj y required
..,'
... MI .1 OS
Ziii Nel I ".IL, i 0....j. i j L4%....I i Oftem," i i to necessitate taking the ... measures
,!, ,
;$.1j. 4 ,.....1...11=:;.: c i.r...UL requirement

i P' ) requirements, needs

.::., La:.
'''.:"1: C. ' C L-''':Ip
1.J1-12A I .7411, requisition, application
a -;- ,,
Li.......,ji ,..:411, freight ... ft

;......li oJi.ci5 resale

,:..i./.:T
research
4..,./.01; training and ... work
-4'. / i/ i JiAtiel
 228

reserve (v)

( g fl;) 6/ reside (v)

g c,s;. g 1. 6.1 g residence

oiol; g g resident

g jl; resign (v)

(*.PS
resolution, firm intention
cjt;i/ resolution, decision

cS"
;/ f J.° resolve (v), decide
w
roi is ...d, is determined
Gri
resort to (v)
/4
r ift,-If respect (n), honor
//y
J 14;7 4:-. principle of mutual ...

( kits"- g Jam) g respect (n), aspect, feature

/
with ... to
kilY't t!L-/- 4', in all ...s
( JL ) jill:.,.: "il J;L:: responsible
/
(JL ) 4;L:,:. 31 f,JA:.: ..,
responsibility
,
, .. i"' :" '
b-r-:--. 3 1..- t"
1: 1_,/,....:1
., s,
in consonance with its ...

r Ls-,, :-.
/ i.
.Lfi4:::
0e
grave ...s
ft U:S4 C C .811-1111-
restaurant

(Jo g J6) restoration

....1.4L; sll Jc1 restore (v)
, */
awl,
L;41/Lai LS) j r )Li OA. NI :, to . . . security and peace
>> o/ /0
g Cr`' 6 I J. 1 : 0 C " : 0 restriction, control

j7"'` /
'6
Li; 1 t.), I/
4, .
. without any ...
 229

result (n)

as a ... of
/
,L *74.7.s.
result (v), from

retrogression
,
tneitAC4a0. Otis review (v)

revise (v)

revision

... of the constitution

right

to exercise his ...

.1. . . _, 4,,
6,,,ALII 4..).g ta.0 sll 1 3o7 )Lki in exercise of the ... of self-defense

J.31111 5y- ... of passage

/ , .1, .
it' r:t, J-4- WI C$'' ... of free access
.. .
c.;41r 1 .0-"il C.i." ... of special pardon
to accord ...s
to enjoy civil and political ...s
human ...s
sovereign ...
...s of the foreign trade organizations

the ...s specified in the annex

to whom ...s are granted

risks (collective noun)

, /
1.6 L.' I Zw.bi 1.; rivalry

kit );117 road, way

C
fr C rule, regulation
// /0
c Li r
 230

t /1, internationally recognized ...s

L,1 3 L./41 k-i/;:"Li
rule (v), deliver, judgment

ruler, governor

run (v), take place

sabotage (n)

sabotage (v)

sacred

... duty

safe (a), secure

safeguard (v)

J in order to ...
.4
safety, security

ULNA '7412 3) C., *T4,.

sok- emolument
/
awl; same

... charges

sample

sanction (v), honor, authorize

sanctity

... of the home

sanitation
.4
satisfy (v), prove

. Saudi Arabia

( C.1 ) C7.1. "6" scale, balance

/ .1
. scarcity, lack
/
jii schedule (n), program

schedule (n), chart

 231
;
not included in the ...
the .. referred to

scholarship, fellowship

science

physical

political ...
scientific
scope

scrupulous, precise

seal

unbroken ...s
seal (v), sign, ratify
seaport
/
J.s C.
(,7; seat

parliamentary ...
permanent ...

secretariat

the General ...

Secretary (US)
,; C.

secretary, clerk, writer

4.0 I
assistant ...

honorary ,.
... general

of State

section (in a treaty), chapter

ft secure (v), acquire
W')
securing, obtaining
 232

security, peace
cz...#11; security, insurance, safety

for the ... of the joint command

posting of ... civilian guards

public ...
the ... forces

... Council (UN)

... of equipment and stores

... of the fatherland

Social ...
the maintenance of the ... of the
installations

select (v), choose

seminar

Senate (USA)

Senate (Iraq, Jordan) 4

send (v), consign

sentence (v), convict

serious (a), grave

seriously
.6

CIII":a: c
4.21. AA J.- service

agreed ...s
diplomatic ...
international air s
military ...
... charges

...s provided
 233
/ft f /7 / the ... which shall be provided by the
4.1.1i ,W1
government and the organization
/4 . /
4 t i j, J
/
i e. i.:-
/ )11f 1 ; session, sitting (UK)

cr' 1 tat-4 set up (v)

./ /0
,
/ . , .. settle (v), bring to agreement
J., -5
4 ez',-' Sr,
,
i
.., /01
, ...31.4..i1 io...;:, to ... the dispute
cocuit, 'c1.1 , t.s,-.>1

e,r;:711 .
1 I)011......t,
..' . 1
4, /ae
g it..,...... d Clij
.' settlement, agreement

f i:!Lit;/ i::)... full and final ...

I
./ ..... peaceful ...
Li..., dr...Y.'

Cd-6,
settlement, colonization
, .1

cp.: all J1 a. .1 .st .31:5 settlement, payment of debts

("4"-, C ' -4 i ...-:...2:

.;
share (n), contribution

share (n), part

/ ..."4", C i .....:0-
,i.;:, :j.1
to assume an effective ...
/P -
r-c-, I 'r' 0,
share (finance)

45 IL-. sharing

ship, vessel, boat

, / 0
shipment
, 0/
eGA shop, sales, commissary

it","" short
(JJ) ":1..A 31 SyJc 4.6) J sign (n), indication
6:3 sign (v), ratify
AALAII.4 (a.," to . a treaty
,
(..r6 signatory
/../P
the ... governments
0

C"-j,; signature, signing

/0
signify, indicate
.5
 234

similar

simplified

since, seeing that, whereas

sincere

sincerity

situation

smuggle (v)

smuggling

social

... activity
... club

... reform

... welfare matters

-(
socialist
;;j,Thi
435;1;;; the ... Party

J33-, C. e soldier

solidarity, cooperation

solve (v)
e J sovereignty

Las LA F.:: ;LL.L. absolute and general legal

possessing . . .
,
the ... of the people

territorial ...
space, room, place

necessary office ...

special

in ... circumstances
 235

Le i.> J .e1;. ... issue (of a publication)

specialist

specialized

I ... agencies

specialty, power, jurisdiction

. 7
specific

specified

in the manner ...

... in paragraph (3) above

specify (v), prescribe

... a definite date

/o /.
(al"' speed

c dj42 t4.
sphere, area, region

iirtj ... of influence

C 1/.1 d C spirit, soul

... of confidence
t'Lli ... of genuine cooperation
spontaneous, tacit

spontaneously

square (n), open space

; stability, determination
stage, phase

stamp (v), put seal on

standard (n), measure

acceptable international ...

standard (a), of measure

... time
 236

standing, existing

state (n), government

aggressor

Arab League ...s

dependent ...
from any other

... aggressed against

minister of ...
... bank
the council

sovereign ...
... treasury
vassal

statement, declaration

( ) L.::.;13 statistics

c j ,
status, state
Jr- ;, ,,;1' I 3119

1 J1,0.1 personal ...

c r-= statute

LEI" .1;in the laws and the ...s

steamer, vessel

step (n), level

step (n), pace

/ /
0.;14 ts-6 -:/ stipulate
/ /
1.6 : Itirtt c 11).4 stipulation (in an agreement)

storage

stone
 237

/ 6.
I .y $ O J 46 $ stores, materials

provision of defense

strain (n), tension

political ...
strength, force

strengthening

for the purpose of ... relations

.., the links of unity

strike (n), ceasing work

strike (v), hit

Ladlb stricken, attacked

striking (on a war footing)

... forces

structure, building

permanent ...s

struggling

study (n), consideration

I Jr study (v)

subject (n), national

subject (n), dependent

0,
subject (n), topic
0,
(.4-6 4;'*" to

... to compliance with regulations

r4=6 ... to no higher authority

,, .
(5-6 submit (v), be liable to, subject

submit (v), present

submitting, placing
 238

subordinate (a)

subsequent (a)
j-7
subsequently, later

subsidiary

subsistence

substitute (v), replace

such, like
sudden

... emergency
Suez

... Canal

sufficient, adequate

suffrage

suggest (v), propose

suitable

suitability, fitness
sum (n), amount

summons

supersede (v), replace

supervise (v), control

supervise (v), oversee

/,p ,
supplementary

supplementing, completing

supplies, provisions

... held in the base

/
1- supply (n)

.7.11;1 1; (J4-:-11 ... and demand

 239

supply (n), supplying

/rt.: supply (v), deliver
/ supply (v), provide
.P) C.) _IA
/ / P
support (n)
Jt".. L; ami) lq..

Lrls supreme
( g

... court

d-Lf 1 LS) t surname

(
/ survey

engineering ...
hydrographic

topographic ...
swear (an oath)

syndicate, corporation

Syria

system, method

system, regulations
/
L to establish a ...
federal ...
of government

/ 0
(
"
J-421
fir,tsi;#
4.3 J.,
tacit, cutomatic
to renew by ... agreement
tag (n), mark
take (v) +11

c.-° )
I
) to ... account of
/ /
(5." Urn 4.)41-141, r to ... an action tending to
jea..14.;
to ... final measures
 240

to ... an oath
to ... over
to ... plaze
to ... part
/, /tryil, / / tariff, duty
. C 3.4.' J C e r ) i 4 , ) IA'r ;iiel-°:°.
, f,, e ; ,

4:;Vp.e.&P 1 0...9.11 Cid,b 1.))1i jaki i minimum ... rate

.,
task (n), mission
; // task (n), work
j1.4.0 i c t JAC

j I I '; jk.c)11 ...s and functions assigned to

tax

excise ...
11,
, inheritance ...
, r
at .1-° property ...

Cr."14
sales ...
technical

cd*,L.Z11 O; I J1 ... cooperation, administration

... expert
...v.' 0,
... survey
technician
W /P
JUDji .C.).014A ...s recruited from outside

telegraph (n)

telegraphic

... transfer

( ms; s ) temporary, provisional

on a ... basis

c 1,31.4 c Jo.rS, term, condition

001:0-1-0.:'v,1 163,1 ...s of reference

 241

/
,.;.*.. lali.6...". c clio...2. term, idiom
/.. , f,
terminate (v), bring to an end
4,04; r Lc-C:1
Liae Ll C4...,...1 CZ.' termination, ending
* f-

40-13. .1
territorial, regional
I
.11,11 the ... integrity of the state

L. ... waters
1:'1"
cg g G cg territory, land, region
,
I .1.4q the ... of the Iraqi Republic
/ ,
!I
01--7, test (n), examination

.11:4641$ testimony, witness

4'1; csa; is1:41 in ... thereof, in witness thereof

text, provision, ordinance

official ...
original ...

third

... party

Iv
J1 Zvi thought (n)

Ataf4.4 A ). freedom of ... and expression

J threatened

through

... official channels

tie (n)

time

of peace

... of war
reasonable ...
at all ...s
 242

at the earliest possible ..., as soon as

possible
/
a?lj at the same
.
from ... to ...
timetable
h., 6i I 7,31 title (n), name
:31 o al.tl tool

total, complete

t I. -Li ... agreement

... amount
touch (v), affect

trade (n), commerce

;;44.i foreign ...

:.)41 JCsVL 1'1; to carry on ...
facilitating frontier
P
Ji"s ... union
as,,
traffic
).-1 train (v), educate

"et J % training
5s,

uet 0°1;1 i ... purposes

3 `et ):1 ... and research work

transaction
J internal ...
/ #
4.3)"; transfer (v)
JP

DIY transfer (n), conveyance

irjrI 1"' telegraphic ...
..
11:4" AD.. "nj: transit (n)
 243

visa

direct ...
freedom of ...
transition

translator, interpreter

transportation

civil air ...

costs

treason

high ...
treasurer

treasury

state ...
treat (v), deal with
treatment, transaction

most-favored nation ...

ajth treaty
/ I /
aab o armistice ...
to-' to sign a ...
.4,v1 minority ...
11.4;i s'
rat non-aggression . .
,
... of alliance
/
4.>,` ... of friendship and good neighbors
t ... of joint defense
trial
tribunal
 244

arbitration ...
competent ...
tropical

Turkey

unanimous

... agreement

... approval

... decision

under

... any circumstances

... the auspices of

... the command of

... the provisions of

... the laws in force

undersigned

understanding (n)

rki
'
roLArs r CID
Jo .;
/
mutual ...
points of ...

understood (a)

01..044)1 Cdo#1 it is ...

0,1, , / 1' p /
kjrZA ja.c.P0i I a Jai p4i4) I CI; it is ... by both governments
/ / " ./ I
undertake (v), promise, be responsible
if ;"ii I g '7* "^43 f /,
I' '
/jg:,
4.-1. undertake (v), guarantee
,
W'/ ,
IlitZ1 ; g J4111; f ,.... l4:, r.. ( rib ) 1.-44 undertaking (n), commission
. ,, :, ,
...
international
/
( ) unification, integration
 245
//
Jrr unified

J union, guild
P 6z/
customs ...
L.Z.
... of Soviet Socialist Republics (USSR)

JL 41;4 labor ...

/ e.
JJw unit
C.
/ unite (v), bring together
united

... Arab States

the ... Kingdom

/ P / /
cril&AJI ail:x.111J
.
the ...
Kingdom of Great Britain and
/, , Northern Ireland
1.Wie. J I:4% 3

... Nations
/
a .1 I r.v
/
jL . Nations Charter
/.1 3 , ,
rvi
1
. Nations Organization
ss.
c..1.;j111
, unity
. States of America (USA)

national ...
establishment of ...
racial ...
strengthening the links of ...
universal

university

unless, except

unrestricted

upkeep, maintenance

W-47. 1
 246
. el )Li
0 /
... of perimeter wires
qr. )64J1 .1,......11 i.; L....o
, ... " ..,

kr6 upon, according to

L!" .
... the request of

urgent
,
jej,
/
. g

/ 1/
5.0 usage

JAC:Awe f?" use (v), to perform, to employ

/, .,/ o$
Ipatiliew do.; if* spI to ... simplified supervision
/° 0
use (n), utilization
3....1.
usage, utilization, employment
,
personal ...
utensil, tool
:il household ...s

utilize (v), to use

V

vacate, move out of

valid, correct, in force

validity
vclue (n), cost, worth
human ...s (or principles)

vehicle

armored ...s
. /
t f Coll vessel, ship, boat, steamer
c
) 1"!4; k.)" merchant ...s
S.

vest (v), to confer on

vested

... with full powers

via, through

Vw3V-",olta.,
 247

(.7- c vice, second in rank

( ) ter,T ji; view (n), opinion

P1=%;/ view (n)

J ,ialL in ... of, having realized

A.; point of ...

0/
J. 42.A .O with a ... to
with ... to strengthening
t at:
0
village
$ al-4- violate (v)
( J.41 ) ) 1; visa
I
JY d":*^.4;
L entry ...
Jul' transit ...
courtesy ...
JI.4 official ...
Jift..; void, null
... decisions

L>6 d t.U* ) volunteer

4.-, ,
( .L.,..0 .::.1...a. ) .:..."..0 vote (v)
Q .-
c..13..or °i c. $ ....:.,,..0
vote (n)
,;:, 211 i . 1
L...- t Cr pa
/
.1,,14,..1 1L:
.., , telt, affirmative ...
.. ,, 0.
4J
, :'..,.i
,
O.
d tat:4" :.# 3103
negative ...
0/
unanimous ...

wage (n)

wage (v) (a war etc.)

waive (v), give up

/ / '/ to ... his right
C)4 J
 248

war (n)

at ...
to declare ...
defensive ...
minister of ... (defense)

prisoner of ...

threat of ...
jI
bey-- rrA ... criminal
1 ,
warning, notice
(41,4 4,13.1 31 4 t e 01.; water

ilL11 dig I I ...-borne craft

territorial ...
I,
Ch-1" E i .4*..,-6 way, road
.-
J13.'-4.V1 JL> %it. in any ...
e ire
er. rka..) welcome (v)
.1
''-'/P. s
welfare

L.: what

11 I d sr:" ... follows

whenever

,
01.1' 1 i whereas, since

wherever
631
while, during

tii wife, spouse

( d J1) ) %./.114 will (n), desire
( ) I willingness, readiness
s

21 Le.1 t < 411. wire

1/
...Q." 3L, . . . communications
 249
is /
:iej I .6.:1:11 Lo
"
upkeep of perimeter ...s
etir
wireless
4477
ela J wish (v), desire
Po

( "a.* e dj" cj41 ce " wish (n)

4'
/
according to his . .s, at his discretion

with, at, for

J ... respect to

J ... the aim of realizing, in order to

realize

... due regard

... the following exceptions
... reference to
e ... respect to
J4:,
... a view to
... a view to concluding transactions
... a view to strengthening, in order
to strengthen

in accordance ...
.111111 withdraw (v)

withdrawal, evacuation

... of forces

within, inside
L. ... the agreed areas

... the categories of supplies

... the country

within, during

without

... compensation
250

... license

... prejudice to the general principles

... restriction

... delay

witness (n)

a worthy ...
... thereof

... for prosecution

work (n), operation

list of ...s
to do the ... involved
research ...
survey ...
work (v)

to ... out
to ... for peace
worker, laborer

law relating to ...s unions

,..s councils
worth, value (n)

write .,), edit

writer, clerk, secretary
writer, author
writing

by

written

... copy

0
 251

... statement

Y
:).3.4.4, C. I ALL. year

fiscal ...
in *
&Lg.
Ce, from ... to
yearly (a)
johodo yoe . report

yearly (adv.)

Yemen

g ) zeal, enthusiasm
/
zone (n), district
/ 0
demilitarized ...
r..
'7
dj free ...
/ / //o
41 4.1 neutral ...
,
jjAh -61a prohibited ...
 252

CUMULATIVE ARABIC-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

furniture

archaeological remains

wages, fee

disciplinary

license, leave

date, history

prisoner

organization

affirm (v)

et cetera

composed (v)

JET hope

ra' nation

security

Italy

conversation
//
45 principle
" /
hasten

exchange (v)

mutual

replacement

protocol

mail (n)
 253

postal

land

iVt.1 production of

telegraphic

parliament

conclude (v)

to conclude peace

ratification
goods

card

identification card

be void (v)

become ineffective

fir. convoy note

C bank (finance)
LI, construction
4.01, )

exorbitant
. nevertheless, however

CA:: statement

follow (v), pursue

trade (n), commerce

border (v), be adjacent to

interpreter, translator

date (n), history

estate, heritage, legacy

 254

complete (v)

complete (a)

permit (v), avail, give an opportunity

investment, operation

cultural, educational
triangle

exception

) 1,1';- towing vehicle, tractor

,
$1
c crime, offense

rt,LEJI 1:41 ;4,11 r!1;.JI offenses wherein extradition is permiss-

, able

(Jr, ) 5rr-1 effect (v)

espionage
1,
(..P.IL!` C 6r4-,L!" council, assembly
Y
0.J) c f dipm? customs

as L.r group
0,
' meeting, convening

unanimously

courtesy
7
4p-4? republican
p
47;..r. avert, ward off
.7
foreign (a)
 255

misdemeanor, correctional offense

crime

effort

equipment
, ,
( ive 1 ....-, ) 'it. el c, 1.,1e- reply (n)

J.0",' neighboring
( ) e- g JL . , )

( ie- c it , /i., / )1-- may

,, // exceed (v)
, ,
license

.°/
c
automatically, inevitably
// . . -/
Le"'"-
.,
J Lfts1
. ,i Lft.... t f j--7%-,.. stone
6., ' recently, newly
1V w
J. Js Z border, limit
/i
5"
.
i
-,
J.,-
4.1.%1

minimum
..
...If .,
a''''
.
s..,- maximum
.,
::).1..." L ul j J..... ili, as far as practicable

Jr'- write (v), edit

/ 0
jti:;.' caution, reservation
. /
i... ir, ;. custody

Ler; care (n), desire

41
c.r rt
//
''' je. J--
.,
fire (n)

deprive
C r"
/o,
Am J.,. inviolability, sanctity
.0
...J I
,1.. a. pi. inviolability of the premises
iri
''''ems accounting
 256

keeping accounts

acquisition

immunity

(T) statistics

summon, bring

minutes, official report

favored

enjoy

preserve (v), keep

police (v), keep order

preserving

entitled to
realize

monopolize

sentence (v), judge

to acquit

sentence (n)

sentences acquiring absolute or final

degree i.e. have become res judicata
_/, ....
ISLA.. c ' 1114SOVI court

'*S'4.1 1
;IjUa 1 contempt of court
ii,/,..f....., ,
government
/ /W , / /P1
i jirieji int....1., 1.,,,.,JI
. s
.. the sovereign government

4..)--"' replace
/
J3.4'4 occupation
e,.
J.":3 meet (costs, obligations, etc.)
/ II
ii....,- cargo
 257
e
commit perjury
o
require, need

commodity, necessity
( ) b la/4 attend to, look after
o /
ta.6 41064 to acknowledge, inform

(JP' Jr->. Ji') ./51; attempt (v)

condition, state

civil affairs
conversion exchange

content (n)

t expert

laboratory

chemical laboratory

personnel (collective noun)

sabotage

respect (n)

warehouse

fear (n)

for fear of

designate

jurisdiction

particular
specialized, competent

shortened, summary

subject (a)
 258
/o
designate, notify
notice

to be given 48 hours notice

risks (collective noun)

line

pipe lines

plan

reduction

retrogression

dispute (n)

471J
,, LPL,
0/
during

during a reasonable period

evacuate

release (v)

delegate (v), give authority

choose, select

welfare

treason

high treason

J arrange

t.' 4 4' manager, director

./ 0/
jey c measure, plan
// I,
14$ ;t'./4'46 /
collective military measures
/ rank (n), degree
;'''!" J1.1
 259

j included
r.J gendarmery

1r.31:& J Cf J constitution

bolstering
it`
./.
( ,gJ `1.0.4 claim (n)

J.
/.
LA, J J payment
.
1 0. Ls y JAJ I freight payments

J defense

c.); self-defense

)1 4; IS )1 0,;s1 J evidence

destruction

( jp.1 d )1,11 conduct, operate

) I Jt to conduct seminars

)31) //J c d
./ J/
d.j.!) authority, circle, district
;') 1;)I
#
administration

Ci.a: I electoral district

/.
j.)// Lip)
/ e
state

is Xs. ;1.1) J aggressor state

( cp1 J vl J ) uLJ c J religion

JI conviction
5'
I
C vl N J department
/

discuss (v), reminisce

note (n)

mentioned
/.1
.Ns the above-mentioned
 260

( tiji give publicity to

°l)1' g f; opinion, vote (n)

Jt g profit (n)

tie (n)
,
arrange

Lfri; g r. "79 arrangement

authority

step, phase

permit (n)

driving permit

repel

to repel the attack

restitution

,, r formalities, protocols

f Jo, t1 fees

insurance

stationing, anchoring

candidate

guide (v)

guidance, pilotage

compulsory guidance

balance

tend, take care of

subject to compliance

J desire (v)
 261

wish (n)

prosperity

recreation, (mental) relaxation

commit

installing, installation
passenger

headquarter, center

polling center

concentrated

,
)
is I) j agriculture
/
I jrA C01league

jjj al; Jij exceed

ji E J1.; ) visit (n)

I J ICJ extinction, cessation

;
list (v)

register (n)

yuJ I census registers

,
withdrawal

( J. S a,,) LSZI render, confer a benefit on

give advice to
(5"

J 1/ *1 1"6: secret

theft

if
 262

drawing up, writing

/ /0 it
make someone happy
4.14.0,00 I

, y
as LwA assistance

ri .).A.0
ti .//
I at L...4.1 the contemplated assistance on the part

of America

cost, price
i/t1 ambassador
J. / /
ig4m, ship

railway

domicile
/
arms, weapons
e
it
CHI,.., c authority
/0 /t paramount authority
al:11.0A
/
merchandise
C" d "17/
, du. corps

3.1.6v c$L0 loo ) 1:4415°. recreation

.
45.1 based on
cri. supervise
0,
facilitate
1...a/ L.:.
contribute

ktY:61 take part in teaching

( >a* ) J.; L'm prevailing

4.e
policy

11.7 / diplomatic

( j.*, together
E " standard

settlement
 263

( Om.* JL ) proceeding (of a discussion, etc.)

Ptt-: all

t
1'
matter, affair
encouragement

loaded, freighted
cjoLZi o/
person

sw
body corporate

.10, C lop% condition

policeman

plan (n), project

guidance plan

law, legislation
have the honor

noble (a)

jointly, together
socialist (a)

operating, operation

cipher, code (n)

hospital

hospitalization

formal

testify

;JL.41.4 certificate
.*: ../
e..31.41 elementary school certificate
4"E't4 E:4".j
. / 0
consultative
( J)4) diL4":""t
.. ,
 264

with reference to
d/4
visa

crli object, thing

become

become effective

connection

issue (v)

export (n)

ratify
certified,' confirmed

friendship

firm friendship

declaration

joint declaration

dispose

at the disposal

class

armor

transaction

( "Lc) 4-4.4; liquidation

r.,11..cas interest

qualification

Cr0 14-* determined, resolved

. (
4.0 industry

vote (v)
 265

./1-° g 4J3-o form, picture

.)1J, facsimile

L.rd,
) Lit;ir form

d v L,o) k!,JCD maintain

safeguarding

regulate, adjust
officer

taxation

assume

field, domain
in this connection

enumerate

solidarity
loss

additional

, ,

gjr-b apply

application, conform

6)-:41 L.3L:Jr%)
the act conforms to the text
c^11."' al-01

conformable

fJ, altered

submitting
C.;"6

dis/
/
6.1 11,101
3L-4"/1
submitting the disputes to

group, party
 266

j :ri.; C J: ?-111 road, way

;:il./.....:i1 "'Ai j.L I L in the normal manner
/ , ..
.
in transit
......".r- .-;, li:J1 :i--' 6-'
Y
crew, set (n)
16-.:41°
obey
( e. II I t .L6 ) it.L1*/ I
( aviation
iri2 I Juo) 01;;.4-6

.
. .1,
remain

r4.1=1
appear, seem to

E
0.4.,
ISL:a:1 I #j" place of worship

consider
0/ through
J...`c

-') `et term, sentence

, / 0 0
I j.t.sc; C. i expression

tc' t
J t"? 't, consideration
.. .
( ilsw ) as I prepare
w , ,
a... intended for
, O.
J 1 J.....; census
,
:at several
. /. ,
Jas:4.4,.. ready (for a person)
/
e, 4 0
Jac amend
4 .J
j ...t....A reasonable, level, average
.1,, /f, //
.ii >L.:. V.).".. owl...1 l.& at reasonable levels

f,11 un-, dis-, non-

 267

( 3 as i i .ks ) 4,41:),; hostile

6-./.-6' vehicle
.
...r.1_,.
1 rate, tariff
"
1. ,0-'' promoting

f)' resolution
.
'I/Li" c I d ,t7S
A

tribe
.,/, .
ad:, L104 support (n), help
'1...;tsi °'
c f.as member
./ AI's
t0 punishment
4%.

4 ;L.:nil ,..1.11./
the punishment became null

conclude
, 0.
J 3;-.4 tacit
/,
cil/ No c I Zi.)1; relation
/ ..,
;ie.), 44 ,:...t: .)i.:
P /
peaceful and friendly relations

PI-- knowledge

r3-6 c ' clt science

!i"f
...J.
./.., f 4 physical science
4 Ng I above (on the page), before (in the

discussion, etc.)
wi,
f'
,,,.
public (a)

4.-.4 I authorize, honor (v)

.1.4s undertake
, C.Iii' i 1...A
,
4...c to enter into consultation
J,
J 1::,;
, I funds
il:L.,,..::
treatment
' 0 ,/ /
..S1 Z VI ilAl-^: most-favored-nation treatment
1..1:15,::
transaction
 268

., internal transactions

mean, signify

morale, ideal

care

undertake, pledge

treaty
LILA" treaty of joint defense
LI;IJ solidarity accord
( Jig return

review (v)

tolls, dues

toll charges

rehabilitation
resale

habit formation

rather than

impede

l I;; 6'4 L; restriction, handicap

J6) Jr dependent

) collaboration, cooperation

( ) specific, engaged

engaged by the organization

(..?1;11 c purpose

1".-.1
Lep= medical purposes

(3) J11-4:1, exploitation

 269

f U) change (n)

LI aim, purpose

t4r. LC.: Z, d key

11%;) sudden

release

opportunity

(1;', imposed

LA. branch (v)

subsidiary

Lit party

titPiz division, differentiation

dissolution

interpretation

detailed
4177"-".
settlement
.64.; preference

jiAi active

CJI loss

paragraph
rul
"
1/41,
technical
IP group

I)) immediately, forthwith

( ) lid entitled, benefit (v)
 270

L,
arrest (v)

J acceptance

future

estimate at

present (v)

serve notice

decide
*".

4.14ZZ J1; to decide, to set up

44a LC:.
J Plh to decide to dismiss his case (not allow

his persecution)

1161,3 d )1)-; decision, resolution

-.4
majority decision

determination, stability

, jaw proposal

commit

cS jr C r I' village

cS `34".:1* economic

omission, negligence

Le" stipulate

( L2.1 justice

L.,;" C case

termination, ending
JP

C d Pk" country, region

definite, final
.,
S

C 4-P6 lock (n)

 271

":"" minority

JPW-11 independence
cos
separate (a), independent

clearing, sailing

re-PA r- territory, province

( e acquisition, possession

canal

rise, stand erect

. to undertake
0.
to make available

( al; ) al; force (n)

comply with

register (v)

resign

letter

acquired

fraction

discovery

schedule

not included in the schedule

equality
sufficient, adequate

responsible, legal guardian

expense, cost

1.14:14e 614e*: actual costs

 272

complement, complete (v)

Li
resort to

refugee

committee, commission

Atomic Energy Commission

.i.l.: Nii ::;-;-.1 the reconstruction committee

annex

supplement

necessary

household necessities

going hand in hand

obligation

mines (military)

language

file (n)
collection, taking up
taking photographs

not

r
1--
enjoy

t. baggage
... r. . i
JsZ..41.f. comply, obey
k;s:: I Ill
comparable, similar

I representative
 273

representation, agency

test (n), examination

article, clause (of a treaty etc.)

scope

exercise (v)

disease

affect (v), touch

survey

topographic survey

persist

navigation

property, possessions
MIMMEINOI
grant (v)

award

scholarship

impediment

wish (n)

dowry

fiscal

fiscal year

port, harbor

due, resulting

production

successful

result (v)
 274

( 6%; ) dismiss

part, section !.4

club

motor club

dispute

waive (v)

to waive his right

suitable
0
471: c dt,--4 proportion
L..1 I I La 44 1 L. in proportion to this alteration
. 0
copy (n)
0 .0
coordinate

establish

arising

activity
related activities

literally

0 C. I ot office, rank
j.I,. t limit, scope
examination

expeditious examination

removal, cleaning

structure, system

rules of procedure

advantage, benefit

spending

non-commissioned officer
 275
L.
examine

contradict
c :11,Z point (n)

conveyed, copied

sample

pilot, model
light (n)

contemplate, intend

V!
"-
Li telephonic

;;4A3 immigration

,attack (v)

,
.
Lit J-4 objective

armistice, truce
ft
47,* escaped

identity

lborganization
.e.,
arbitral (tribunal) organization
dor....ILJ I I World Health Organization

document

credentials

at113: L:;4., pact

44.; must

5
 276

incur

exist (v)
.1
J r''.,4 existing, situation
I L4412' now in the base
I
4-11"15 confront
, w
(4-r1) regional

directive
iwf:L;JI directives on military policy
(y, unification
unitea

file (v), to deposit (a copy)

( ;1; inheritance

(,J,) JIA+9.4:/ import

resource

distribution

budget (n)

mediate

t""3 ) 414: qualified

C6:4 way, means

locked

communicate

reach an agreement

relation

recommendation

inquiry
=111= place (v)
 277

to place his hand on, i.e. responsible

for, be available

reinforcing

official (n)
assure, secure

providing

corresponding to

reconciliation
agreement

satisfactory

satisfactory form

fuel

sign, ;citify
anticipate, expect
falling, happening
facts

position

Isrre41,4"11, strategic position

.4.ogy
CAS I arrest, remand in custody

arrest (n)

period of preventive arrest

(;,) preventive

c charge (n), accusation

(rob,)

c) l;L;11 Japan

availability